Family Bible Library Sample by Southwestern Advantage

Prospectus

What do you want your child to become? The Family Bible Library offers... • The story of the Bible from beginning to end told in an interesting way. • 36 building blocks of character to help build Christ-like children, ranging from obedience to faithfulness. • Trans-denominational teaching suitable for every denomination with Christ at its center and used in conjunction with your own Bible translation. • A mid-point reading level which appeals to children, teens and adults. Suitable and interesting for all ages. • Learning aids: Bible stories, people, places, charts, graphs and diagrams with great photos and illustrations. • A perfect curriculum for home school and Sunday School classes. 180 lessons, a 365-day devotional program and Parenting/Teaching guidebook. • A built-in parent’s guide to help you help your child grow spiritually.

Volume 1

Volume 2

Volume 3

Lessons 1-27

Lessons 28-54

Lessons 55-88

Volume 4

Volume 5

Volume 6

Lessons 89-118

Lessons 119-148

Volume 7

Daily Devotional

Lessons 149-180

Volume 8

Guide for Parents

Let’s Find Out... Enrichment and insight into people, places, and events about Bible life and times

Let’s Think About... Each story focuses on one of the 36 Character Building Blocks. 36 Character Building Blocks

Purpose • Faithfulness • Obeying Faith • Creativity • Friendliness Ambition • Giving • Kindness Belonging • Joy • Serving Contentment • Gentleness • Following Choosing • Helpfulness • Perseverance Praising • Patience • Self-Control Worship • Providing • Humility • Sympathy Accepting • Courage • Loving • Trusting Honesty • Forgiveness • Courtesy Thankfulness • Seeking

Incredible Illustrations help tell the best stories about great leaders of Bible times.

You Were There helps kids imagine what it would be like to be there.

Maps, Drawings, Charts, Graphs, Diagrams, and other learning aids make the Bible easy to understand.

What’s in each volume Volume 1 Story 1

The Way the World Began

God makes all things; Genesis 1–2

Story 31 Let My People Go God sends ten plagues to Egypt; Exodus 5: 1–13: 16

Story 32 The March to Freedom The Exodus from Egypt; Exodus 13: 17-22

The Worst Mistake Ever Made

The Man Who Didn’t Like God

Story 33 Pathway through the Sea The people of Israel cross the Red Sea; Exodus 14

Houseboat in the Desert

Story 34 Grocery Problems in the Wilderness The Israelites grumble about food and water; Exodus 15: 22–16: 36

The Time It Kept on Raining

Story 35 Water from a Rock Moses gets water from the rock at Horeb; Exodus 17: 1-7

Promise in the Sky

Story 36 Ten Ways to Make Us Happy God gives us Ten Commandments; Exodus 18-20

A Tower That Reached toward Heaven

Story 37 A Calf Made of Gold The Israelites worship a golden calf; Exodus 32: 1-35

Story 7 Story 8

Toward a New Land

A Selfish Nephew Takes the Best

Story 39 Broken Promises at the Promised Land The people refuse to go into the Promised Land; Numbers 13, 14

Story 10 Not Even a Thread or a Shoestring Abram rescues Lot; Genesis 14: 1-24

Story 40 Rebellion in the Family Korah rebels against his cousin Moses; Numbers 16

100

Story 11 Can You Count the Stars? God makes a promise to Abram; Genesis 15: 1-21

Story 41 A Snake That Helped People Live The brass snake on a pole; Numbers 21: 1-9

104

Story 42 The Donkey That Talked Balaam’s donkey talks; Numbers 22–24

110

Story 43 Dry Land in the Midst of a Flood The people of Israel cross the Jordan River; Joshua 3–4

116

Story 44 The Sound of Marching Men Joshua fights for Jericho; Joshua 6

124

Story 45 The Day the Sun Stood Still God stops the sun; Joshua 10: 1-15

130

Story 46 A Mighty Army of Three Hundred Gideon’s army fights a strange battle; Judges 7

134

Be Careful What You Promise

142

Story 2 Story 3 Story 4 Story 5 Story 6

Story 9

Adam and Eve disobey God; Genesis 3

Cain kills Abel; Genesis 4: 1-16

Noah builds the ark; Genesis 6: 5-22 The great flood; Genesis 7

The first rainbow; Genesis 8: 1–9: 17 The tower of Babel; Genesis 11: 1-9

Terah moves his family from Ur; Genesis 11: 27-32 Abram and Lot part; Genesis 13: 1-13

Story 38

Story 12 The Woman Who Laughed at God’s Promise 82 God visits Abram and Sarai; Genesis 16; 17: 1-9; 18: 1-5; 21: 1-7 Story 13 Making a Deal for a Doomed City 88 Abraham bargains with God for Sodom; Genesis 18: 16-33 Story 14 A Strange Sacrifice Abraham prepares to sacrifice Isaac; Genesis 22: 1-19

Story 15 Water for Ten Thirsty Camels Rebekah is chosen to be Isaac’s wife; Genesis 24

102

Story 16 Selling Out for a Bowl of Soup Esau sells his birthright to Jacob; Genesis 25: 27-34

108

Story 17 When Enemies Become Friends Isaac refuses to fight for his wells; Genesis 26: 17-33

114

Story 18 A Family is Torn Apart Isaac blesses Jacob instead of Esau; Genesis 27: 1–29:9

120

Story 19 A Ladder to Heaven Jacob dreams about a ladder; Genesis 28: 10-22

126

Story 20 Fourteen Years Without Pay Jacob works for Laban; Genesis 29: 1-30

132

Story 21 Twin Enemies Meet Again Jacob and Esau meet after many years; Genesis 32, 33

138

Story 22 Selling a Brother as a Slave Joseph’s brothers sell him; Genesis 37

144

Story 23 Slave in a Strange Land Joseph is a slave in Egypt; Genesis 39

152

Story 24 The Slave Who Ruled the Country 160 Joseph tells Pharaoh about his dreams; Genesis 41: 1-46 Story 25 The Strangers Who Were Brothers Joseph’s brothers buy grain; Genesis 42

168

Story 47

A Tent House for God

Building the Tabernacle for God; Exodus 35–40

Jephthah makes a foolish vow; Judges 11

86 94

Story 48 The Strongest Weakling in the World The story of Samson; Judges 14

148

Story 49 The Girl Who Came to Bethlehem The story of Ruth; The book of Ruth

158

Story 50 A Prayer for a Son Samuel is born; 1 Samuel 1: 1–2: 11

164

Story 51 A Call in the Night God talks to the boy Samuel; 1 Samuel 3

168

Story 52 A Gift of Golden Rats and Golden Tumors 174 The Philistines capture the Ark of the Covenant and return it; 1 Samuel 4: 1–7: 2 Story 53 A King Who Looked for Donkeys Israel demands a king; 1 Samuel 7: 15–10: 13

180

Story 54 A New King Saul becomes king but makes a foolish mistake; 1 Samuel 10: 17–11: 15

186

Story 26 The Silver Cup 176 Joseph’s cup is found in Benjamin’s sack; Genesis 43, 44

Volume 3

Story 27 Caravan to a Strange Land 184 Jacob and his tribe move to Egypt; Genesis 45: 1–47: 12

Story 55 Jonathan’s Two-Man War Jonathan attacks the Philistines; 1 Samuel 14: 1-23

Volume 2

Story 56 A Shepherd Becomes a King David is chosen to be king; 1 Samuel 16: 1-23

Story 57 Warrior with a Slingshot David fights Goliath; 1 Samuel 17

Story 28 God’s People Become Slaves Pharaoh forces the Hebrews to become slaves; Exodus 1

Story 29 A Basket of Bulrushes Baby Moses is hidden in the Nile River; Exodus 2: 1-9

Story 58 A Jealous King 28 King Saul is jealous of David; 1 Samuel 18: 5–19: 17; 20; 24

Story 30 The Runaway Prince Moses runs away from Egypt; Exodus 2: 11–4: 17

Story 59 Abigail the Peacemaker Abigail gives David food; 1 Samuel 25

Story 60 The King’s Evil Plan King Saul tries to kill David; 1 Samuel 26

Story 61 King of All the Land David is made king; 2 Samuel 5: 1-16; 6: 1-23; 1 Chronicles 11: 1-3

Story 62 The Rebel Prince Prince Absalom rebels against his father, King David; 2 Samuel 13 –18

Story 63 The Best Gift Solomon prays for wisdom; 1 Kings 3: 1-15; 1 Chronicles 1: 3-12

Story 64 The House Made with a Hush Solomon builds the Temple; 1 Kings 5 – 8: 2; Chronicles 2–7

Story 65 The Richest King of All Solomon shows his great riches to a queen; 1 Kings 10; 2 Chronicles 9

Story 66 The Torn Cloak, the Torn Kingdom Ahijah tells of the divided kingdom; 1 Kings 11: 26-40

Story 67 Dinner with the Birds Ravens feed Elijah; 1 Kings 17: 1-7

Story 68 The Barrel That Was Never Empty Elijah and the widow of Zarephath; 1 Kings 17: 8-16

Story 69 The Test of Fire Elijah and the prophets of Baal have a contest; 1 Kings 18: 1-46 Story 70 A New Work for Elisha Elijah anoints Elisha to do his work; 1 Kings 19: 19-20

Story 88 Looking Toward the Savior 188 Looking for the coming Messiah, Jesus; The Prophets and Between the Testaments

Volume 4 Story 89 Strange News for an Old Man John the Baptist’s birth is announced; Luke 1: 5-25

Story 90 God Makes a Promise Jesus’ birth is announced to Mary; Luke 1: 26-38

Story 91 One Night in Bethlehem The baby Jesus is born; Luke 2: 1-7

Story 92 Angel Voices Above the Hills Angels visit some shepherds; Luke 2: 8-20

Story 93 Wise Men and Good Gifts The Wise Men bring gifts to Jesus; Matthew 2: 1-12

Story 94 Escape to Egypt Jesus is taken to Egypt; Matthew 2: 13-18

Story 95 A Happy Family in Nazareth When Jesus was a boy; Matthew 2: 19-13; Luke 2: 40

Story 96 A Boy Who Taught the Teachers The boy Jesus teaches the great teachers; Luke 2: 41-50

Story 97 The Preacher Who Ate Locusts John the Baptist preaches in the wilderness; Matthew 3: 1-12; Luke 3: 1-18

Story 98 A Voice from Heaven Jesus is baptized; Matthew 3: 13-17; Mark 1: 9-11; Luke 3: 21-23; John 1: 29-34

Story 71 Going to Heaven in a Whirlwind God takes Elijah to heaven; 2 Kings 2: 1-14

102 106

Story 99 A Lonely Place in the Quiet Wilderness Jesus is tempted; Matthew 4: 1-11; Mark 1: 12, 13; Luke 4: 1-13

Story 72 The Miracle of the Oil Elisha helps a widow pay her debts; 2 Kings 4: 1-7 Story 73 Guest Room for a Prophet A kind couple makes a room for Elisha; 2 Kings 4: 8-17

110

Story 100 Called to Follow Jesus Jesus calls His first disciples; Mark 1: 16-20; John 1: 35-51

Story 74 Healing from Dirty Water Naaman is healed in the Jordan River; 2 Kings 5: 1-19

114

Story 101 A Happy Wedding Jesus turns water into wine; John 2: 1-11

Story 75 An Army of Fire Elisha shows his servant a fiery army; 2 Kings 6: 8-23

118

Story 102 The Shopping Mall in God’s House Jesus drives merchants from the Temple; John 2: 12-22

Story 103 A Night Visitor Nicodemus visits Jesus at night; John 2: 23–3: 21

Story 104 A Strange Harvest A Samaritan woman meets Jesus at Jacob’s well; John 4: 4-42

100

Story 105 The Day the Nets Broke The miracle of the fish; Luke 5: 1-11

106

Story 76 Food for Hungry People 122 Four lepers find food in the enemy camp; 2 Kings 6: 24-7: 20 Story 77 The Boy King Joash becomes king of Judah; 2 Kings 11

126

Story 78 The End of a Great Kingdom 132 Israel is destroyed and its people are deported to Assyria; 2 Kings 17 Story 79 The Fish That Taught a Prophet a Lesson Jonah is swallowed by a big fish; The book of Jonah

136

Story 106 Through the Roof Jesus heals a paralyzed man; Matthew 9: 1-8

112

Story 80 The Lost Book The Book of the Law is found ; 2 Kings 22: 10-20; 2 Chronicles 34

142

Story 107 New Work for a Tax Collector Jesus calls Matthew, or Levi, to become His disciple; Matthew 9: 9-13; Mark 2: 13-17; Luke 5: 27-32

118

Story 81 The Prophet Who Told the Truth Jeremiah tells kings the truth, even when it hurts him; Selections from the book of Jeremiah

148

Story 108 The Greatest Sermon Ever Preached The Sermon on the Mount; Matthew 5–7; Luke 6: 20-49

124

Story 82 Adventures in a Faraway Land Daniel and his friends in Babylon; Daniel 1, 3

154

Story 83 The Hand of God God’s handwriting on a wall; Daniel 5

160

Story 84 Hungry Lions That Couldn’t Eat Daniel is thrown into a den of lions; Daniel 6

166

Story 85 The Queen’s Plan Queen Esther saves her people; Esther 3 - 8

172

Story 86 As Patient As Job Job stays true to God; Selections from the book of Job

178

Story 87 The Wall Builder 182 Some Israelites go home and Nehemiah builds Jerusalem’s walls; Nehemiah 1- 8

Story 109 The Funeral That Never Happened 130 Jesus raises the widow’s son from the dead; Luke 7: 11-17 Story 110 Tears for Jesus’ Feet 136 A woman anoints Jesus’ feet with her tears; Luke 7: 36-50 Story 111 Roll Up Your Mat and Walk Jesus heals a paralyzed man; John 5: 1-9

142

Story 112 Storyteller by the Sea 148 Jesus teaches in parables; Matthew 13: 1-23; Mark 4: 1-25; Luke 8: 4-18 Story 113 The Wind and the Waves Obey Jesus calms a storm on the sea; Matthew 8: 18, 23-27; Mark 4: 35-41; Luke 8: 22-25

154

Story 114 Back from the Dead 160 Jairus’ daughter is raised from the dead; Matthew 9: 23-26; Mark 5: 35-43; Luke 8: 49-56

What’s in each volume Story 115 Picnic Dinner for Five Thousand 166 Jesus feeds more than five thousand people; Matthew 14: 13-21; Mark 6: 30-44; Luke 9: 10-17; John 6: 1-13

Story 140 The King upon a Cross 138 Jesus is crucified; Matthew 27: 35-44, 55, 56; Mark 15: 24-32, 40, 41; Luke 23: 33-43; John 19: 18-27

Story 116 Walking on Water Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee; Matthew 14: 22-33; Mark 6: 45-52; John 6: 14-21

174

Story 141 Two Kind Men 146 Joseph and Nicodemus are kind to Jesus; Matthew 27: 57-61; Luke 23: 50-56

Story 117 Master Healer Jesus heals many people; Mark 6: 53-56

180

Story 118 A Face Like the Sun Jesus is transfigured; Matthew 17: 1-13; Mark 9: 1-13; Luke 9: 28-36

186

Story 142 The Empty Tomb 152 Jesus lives; Matthew 28: 1, 5-8; Mark 16: 1-11; Luke 24: 1-12; John 20: 2-18

Volume 5

Story 143 On the Road to Emmaus Jesus appears to Cleopas and another disciple; Mark 16: 12, 13; Luke 24: 13-35; 1 Corinthians 15: 5

160

Story 144 When Weak Men Became Giants 166 Jesus appears to His disciples; Mark 16: 14; Luke 24: 36-43; John 20: 19-25

Story 120 Who Is Our Neighbor? Jesus tells about the Good Samaritan; Luke 10: 25-37

Story 145 Doubting Thomas 170 Jesus appears to Thomas; John 20: 24-31; 1 Corinthians 15: 5

Story 121 The Best Meal in Bethany Jesus visits Mary and Martha; Luke 10: 38-42

Story 146 Home to Galilee The disciples meet Jesus in Galilee; John 21: 1-14

176

Story 122 The Poor Rich Man Parable of the rich fool; Luke 12: 13-34

Story 147 Feed My Sheep Jesus talks with Peter by the sea; John 21: 15-25

180

Story 123 The Lost Sheep Parable of the lost sheep; Luke 15: 1-7

186

Story 124 The Runaway Parable of the prodigal son; Luke 15: 11-32

Story 148 Beyond the Clouds Jesus rises into heaven; Mark 16: 19, 20; Luke 24: 50-53; Acts 1: 1-11

Story 125 A Dead Man Who Lived Again Jesus raises Lazarus from the dead; John 11: 1-54

Story 126 Where Are the Other Nine? Jesus heals ten lepers; Luke 17: 11-19

Story 119 Good Shepherds and Sheep Jesus tells us that He is the Good Shepherd; John 10: 1-21

Story 127 Two Kinds of Prayer 56 Parable of the Pharisee and the tax collector; Luke 18: 9-14

Volume 6 Story 149 One Voice but Many Voices The disciples pray in the Upper Room; Acts 1: 12-14

Story 150 A City That Found Its Soul Peter preaches at Pentecost; Acts 2: 14-41

Story 151 The Man Who Leaped and Jumped Peter heals a lame man; Acts 3: 1-11; Acts 4: 2-37

Story 152 Would a Person Lie to God? Ananias and Sapphira; Acts 5: 1-11

Story 128 Jesus, Friend of Children Jesus asks children to come to Him; Matthew 19: 13-15; Mark 10: 13-16; Luke 18: 15-17

Story 129 More Pay Than You Earned Parable of the laborers in the vineyard; Matthew 20: 1-16

Story 153 The Man with an Angel’s Face Stephen is stoned; Acts 6: 8–8: 2

Story 130 A Little Man in a Big Tree Zacchaeus climbs a tree to see Jesus; Luke 19: 1-10

Story 154 Wild Man of Jerusalem Saul fights the believers; Acts 8: 1-4

Story 131 Onward to Jerusalem Jesus’ Triumphal Entry into Jerusalem; Matthew 21: 1-11; 14–17; Mark 11: 1-11; Luke 19: 28-44; John 11: 55–12: 1, 12-19

Story 155 Samaria–the Happy Place Philip preaches in Samaria; Acts 8: 5-8

Story 156 That Strange Chariot Ride Philip goes on the Gaza Desert road; Acts 8: 26-40

Story 132 The Little Gift That Was Very Big The widow’s gift; Mark 12: 41-44; Luke 21: 1-4

Story 157 The Murderer Who Became a Missionary Saul’s conversion; Acts 9: 1-8

Story 133 How Do You Use What You Have? The parable of the talents; Matthew 25: 14-30

Story 158 Escape in a Basket Saul escapes from Damascus; Acts 9: 23-25

Story 134 Mary’s Love Gift Mary pours ointment on Jesus; Matthew 26: 6-13; Mark 14: 3-9; John 12: 2-8

Story 159 Barnabas–A Friend in Need Barnabas helps Saul; Acts 9: 26-31

Story 160 New Legs for Aeneas Peter heals Aeneas; Acts 9: 32-35

Story 161 The Woman with the Golden Heart Peter brings Dorcas back to life; Acts 9: 36-41

Story 162 A Sheet Full of Second-rate Animals Peter’s vision; Acts 9: 42–10:48

Story 163 The Impossible Escape An angel takes Peter from prison; 12: 1-11

Story 164 Journey to the Ends of the Earth The first missionary journey; 13: 1-3

Story 135 Supper in the Upper Room Jesus eats the Passover meal with His disciples; Matthew 26: 17-29; Mark 14: 12-25; Luke 22: 7-20, 24-30; 1 Corinthians 11: 23-26

104

Story 136 Gethsemane A time of decision and betrayal; Matthew 26: 30-56; Mark 14: 26-52; Luke 22: 39-53; John 18: 1-12

114

Story 137 Gentle Jesus 120 Annas and his friends treat Jesus harshly; Matthew 26: 57-68; John 18: 12-27 Story 138 Before the Cock Crows 126 Peter denies Jesus; Matthew 26: 58, 69-72; Mark 14: 54, 66-72; Luke 22: 54-62; John 18: 15-18, 25-27 Story 139 The King Who Said Nothing Jesus before Pilate and Herod; Matthew 27: 2, 11-14; Mark 15: 1-5; Luke 23: 1-12; John 18: 28-38

132

Story 165 Two Cities and Their Terrible Mistake Paul and Barnabas are rejected; 13: 13–14: 7

100

Story 166 Jupiter and Mercury Paul and Barnabas are mistaken for gods; Acts 14: 8-20

104

Story 167 Traveling for God 110 Paul begins his second missionary journey; Acts 15: 36–16:9

Story 168 The Lady with Purple to Sell Paul meets with Lydia; Acts 16: 10-15

116

Story 169 Songs at Midnight Paul and Silas in prison at Philippi; Acts 16: 16-34

122

Story 170 Tentmaker in Trouble Paul at Corinth; Acts 18: 1-22

128

Story 171 Seven Silly Sons and a Bonfire of Books The seven who tried to cast out demons; Acts 19: 13-20

134

Story 172 The Silversmiths Start a Riot Demetrius tries to get Paul in trouble; 19: 23-41

140

Story 173 Sleepy Eutychus Eutychus falls from a window; Acts 20: 7-12

144

Story 174 Uproar in the Holy City Paul in Jerusalem; Acts 21: 16–23: 10

150

Story 175 Danger on the Seas Paul’s voyage to Rome; 27: 1-26

158

Story 176 Shipwreck! Paul’s ship is wrecked; Acts 27: 27-44

164

Story 177 Serpent from the Fire A snake bites Paul; Acts 28: 1-11

170

Story 178 The Rented House That Became a Church Paul in Rome; Acts 28: 12-31

174

Story 179 The Epistles–Letters to the Churches Ancient letters that live today; Letters to the Churches

180

Story 180 Looking at the Future Jesus shows the future to John; The Book of Revelation

186

Volume 7 Daily Bible Guide

Volume 8 A Guide to Parenting A Guide to Growth

Preschool Children Children of Six and Seven Children of Eight and Nine Children of Ten and Eleven Children of Twelve and Thirteen Children of Fourteen and Fifteen Children of Sixteen and Seventeen

A Guide to Character Building A Guide to the 36 Building Blocks of Character Accepting Ambition Belonging Choosing Contentment Courage Courtesy Creativity Fairness Faith Faithfulness Following Forgiveness Friendliness Gentleness Giving Helpfulness Honesty Humility Joy Kindness Loving Obeying Patience Perseverance Praising Praying

6 18

48 67

Providing Purpose Seeking Self-Control Serving Sympathy Thankfulness Trusting Worship

How to Build These Building Blocks into Your Children A Guide to the Great Bible Truths About God About Jesus Christ About the Holy Spirit About Man About Salvation About the Bible About the Church About Angels About Satan About Last Things

A Guide to Bible Memory A Guide to Bible People, Places, and Topics A Topical Guide to the 36 Building Blocks

121 122

155 170 186

-/",9

iÂ&#x2DC;iÃ&#x192;Â&#x2C6;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2C6;\Ã&#x160;xÂ&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x201C;

(OUSEBOAT IN THE $ESERT .OAH BUILDS THE ARK

-/",9 "1/

/BEYING

HY CAN T OTHER PEOPLE BE LIKE .OAH v 'OD SAID h7HY DO THEY HAVE TO BE SO BAD 7HY DON T THEY OBEY ME THE WAY .OAH DOES v .O MATTER HOW MANY GOOD GIFTS 'OD SENT TO .OAH S NEIGHBORS THEY STILL WOULD NOT OBEY (IM 7HEN CROPS WERE

GOOD OR THEIR ANIMALS WERE HEALTHY .OAH S NEIGHBORS TOLD THEIR FRIENDS WHAT A GOOD JOB THEY HAD DONE "UT WHEN CROPS WERE BAD OR THEIR ANIMALS BECAME SICK THEY BLAMED 'OD "UT .OAH ALWAYS THANKED 'OD FOR (IS GIFTS (E ALWAYS LOVED 'OD AND DID THINGS THAT PLEASED 'OD (E ALWAYS OBEYED 'OD h0EOPLE ARE GETTING WORSE AND WORSE v 'OD SAID ONE DAY h) M SORRY THAT ) MADE THEM ) WILL TAKE ALL OF THEM AWAY FROM

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , *iÀ >«ÃÊ > Ê>Ã ÃÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê viÌV ÊÃ iÊÌ ÃÊ>ÃÊÞ ÕÊ Ü>ÌV Ê ÊLÕ `ÊÌ iÊ>À ° 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê>Ã Ê > Ê>L ÕÌÊÌ ÃÊi À ÕÃÊ Ì }Ê iÊ ÃÊLÕ ` }Êv>ÀÊvÀ Ê Ì iÊ Vi> ¶Ê

THIS WORLD EXCEPT .OAH AND HIS FAMILY ) WILL TAKE AWAY ALL THEIR ANIMALS AND BIRDS TOO "UT ) WILL SAVE ENOUGH ANIMALS AND BIRDS TO START A NEW WORLD v 'OD TALKED WITH .OAH ABOUT (IS PLAN h) WILL SEND A BIG mOOD TO DESTROY THESE BAD PEOPLE v (E SAID h) WILL DESTROY EVERYTHING EXCEPT YOU AND YOUR FAMILY 9OU WILL BE SAFE IF YOU OBEY ME AND DO WHAT ) TELL YOU v

> ÊLÕ ÌÊÌ iÊ>À Ê iÝ>VÌ ÞÊÌ iÊÜ>ÞÊ `Ê >`ÊÌ `Ê °Ê/ iÀiÊ >`Ê iÛiÀÊLii Ê>ÊL >ÌÊ iÊ Ì ÃÊ i°

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7 >ÌÊ7>ÃÊ > ½ÃÊ >À`Ü>ÀiÊ-Ì ÀiÊ i¶ 7HEN YOU WANT TOOLS SUCH AS A HAMMER DRILL OR SAW YOU GO TO A HARDWARE STORE 4HERE YOU lND DOZENS OF CHOICES -ANY OF THE TOOLS THERE ARE ELECTRIC .OAH OF COURSE HAD NO HARDWARE STORE .OAH HAD NO PLACE TO BUY HIS TOOLS "EFORE HE COULD BUILD THE ARK HE HAD TO MAKE THE TOOLS THAT HE NEEDED /F COURSE .OAH HAD NO IRON OR BRONZE OR BRASS OR COPPER (E HAD NO ELECTRICITY SO HE HAD NO POWER TOOLS -OST OF .OAH S TOOLS WERE MADE OF WOOD LEATHER STRIPS AND CORD (ERE ARE TWO PICTURES OF A "IBLE TIME DRILL 4HE ONE BELOW SHOWS THE WAY THE DRILL LOOKED ¥

Volume 1: p 30

> Ê iÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `ÊÜ Õ `ÊÃi `ÊÌ iÊy `Ê>ÃÊ iÊ >`Ê«À Ãi`°Ê ÕÌÊ > Ê> `Ê ÃÊv> ÞÊÜ Õ `ÊLiÊÃ>viÊ Ã `iÊÌ iÊL }Ê>À °

.OAH LISTENED CAREFULLY (E WOULD OBEY 'OD (E WOULD DO EXACTLY WHAT 'OD SAID (E ALWAYS TRIED TO DO THAT h9OU MUST MAKE A BIG BOAT v 'OD SAID h)T WILL BE CALLED AN ARK 9OU AND YOUR FAMILY WILL LIVE IN THE BIG BOAT WHEN THE mOOD COVERS THE EARTH 4HEN YOU WILL NOT DIE WITH THE BAD PEOPLE 9OU AND YOUR FAMILY AND THE ANIMALS ON THE BOAT WILL BE SAFE v 'OD TOLD .OAH EXACTLY HOW TO MAKE THE ARK (E TOLD .OAH WHAT KIND OF WOOD TO USE AND HOW BIG IT SHOULD BE h-AKE THE ARK FROM GOPHER WOOD v 'OD SAID h-AKE IT FOUR HUNDRED AND lFTY FEET LONG AND FORTY lVE FEET HIGH AND SEVENTY lVE FEET WIDE 0UT A ROOF OVER THE ARK AND A BIG DOOR IN THE SIDE OF IT -AKE THREE DECKS FOR ALL THE ANIMALS ON BOARD v .OAH LISTENED CAREFULLY (E MUST REMEMBER EVERYTHING 'OD SAID (E MUST OBEY 'OD EXACTLY (E MUST MAKE THE ARK EXACTLY THE WAY 'OD WANTED .OAH LOOKED AROUND AT THE DRY LAND WHERE HE LIVED 4HERE WAS HARDLY ENOUGH RAIN TO KEEP PLANTS ALIVE (OW COULD THERE EVER BE ENOUGH WATER TO mOAT SUCH A BIG BOAT "UT 'OD HAD SAID THERE WOULD BE A GREAT mOOD AND .OAH BELIEVED 'OD h'OD IS NEVER WRONG v .OAH THOUGHT h4HAT S WHY ) ALWAYS TRUST (IM AND OBEY (IM (E WILL ALWAYS DO WHAT (E SAYS v

3O .OAH STARTED TO WORK ON THE BIG BOAT %VERY DAY HIS WORKERS CUT AND SAWED AND CHOPPED AND HAMMERED %VERY DAY .OAH TOLD THEM EXACTLY WHAT TO DO .OAH HAD PROBABLY MADE SMALL BOATS BEFORE TO SAIL ON THE BIG RIVER IN HIS COUNTRY "UT HE HAD NEVER MADE A BOAT LIKE THIS ONE BEFORE )T WAS AS BIG AS SEVENTY lVE HOUSES TODAY .OBODY HAD EVER SEEN SUCH A BOAT BEFORE %VERY DAY .OAH S NEIGHBORS CAME TO WATCH ALL THIS STRANGE BUILDING .EVER HAD THEY SEEN SO MUCH SAWING AND HAMMERING BEFORE h7HAT ARE YOU MAKING v THE NEIGHBORS ASKED h! BIG BOAT v SAID .OAH h7HERE WILL YOU SAIL THIS BIG BOAT v THEY ASKED h(ERE v SAID .OAH h)N THE DESERT v THE PEOPLE ASKED h.O v SAID .OAH h)N THE BIG mOOD THAT IS COMING 'OD TOLD ME ALL ABOUT IT v .OAH PROBABLY TOLD HIS NEIGHBORS WHAT 'OD WANTED (E PROBABLY TOLD THEM THAT THEY SHOULD OBEY 'OD AND (E MIGHT LET THEM ON THE BIG BOAT

4HE ONE ABOVE SHOWS A MAN USING THE DRILL )T WAS CALLED A BOW DRILL 4HE DRILL HANDLE HAD A LEATHER STRIP WRAPPED AROUND THE LONG hBIT v 4O USE IT THE CARPENTER HELD THE HANDLE AND PULLED THE BOW BACK AND FORTH WHIRLING THE DRILL BIT AT A HIGH SPEED DRILLING THE HOLE )T TOOK A LONG TIME TO DRILL A SMALL HOLE MANY TIMES LONGER THAN AN ELECTRIC DRILL WOULD TAKE TODAY (AMMERS IN ANCIENT TIMES WERE LARGE BELL SHAPED PIECES OF VERY HARD WOOD /F COURSE THEY WOULDN T LAST LONG !REN T YOU GLAD FOR YOUR HARDWARE STORE AND THE HUNDREDS OF TOOLS YOU CAN BUY THERE

ยบ ย ร ร ร iร ย ร ร ร ร ร >ย ร ร vย ร ร ย `ร ร ย ร ร iย ย ร ร ร ร ร ย >ร ร ร ย ร `ย ]ยปร ย >ย ร ร ย ย `ร ย ย ร ร v>ย ย ย ร ยฐ

Volume 1: p 31

7HEN THE NEIGHBORS HEARD THESE THINGS THEY MUST HAVE

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ "LiÞ } $EUTERONOMY

/BEYING 'OD GIVES US A LONGER LIFE 0SALM

/BEYING 'OD MAKES US HAPPIER !CTS

7E SHOULD OBEY *ESUS MORE THAN ANYONE ELSE 'ALATIANS

#HILDREN SHOULD OBEY THOSE WHO CARE FOR THEM %PHESIANS

#HILDREN MUST OBEY THEIR PARENTS *ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

"LiÞ } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS OBEYED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO OBEY (IM TOO

Volume 1: p 32

LAUGHED .OAH MUST BE CRAZY TO MAKE A BIG BOAT HERE IN THE DESERT THEY THOUGHT (E MUST BE CRAZY TO THINK THAT HIS 'OD HAD TALKED TO HIM (E MUST BE CRAZY TO OBEY THIS STRANGE 'OD 9OU CAN IMAGINE ALL THE JOKES THAT PEOPLE TOLD EACH OTHER ABOUT .OAH AND HIS 'OD h4HAT SETTLES IT v SOME OF THEM SAID STILL LAUGHING h7E THOUGHT .OAH WAS CRAZY TO THINK THAT THERE IS A 'OD .OW WE KNOW IT 7HAT KIND OF 'OD WOULD TELL SOMEONE TO MAKE A BIG BOAT IN A DESERT v 3OON PEOPLE CAME FROM ALL OVER THE COUNTRY TO WATCH .OAH AND HIS WORKERS BUILD THE BIG BOAT .OAH KNEW THAT THEY WERE LAUGHING AT HIM "UT HE DIDN T CARE (E WOULD OBEY 'OD NO MATTER HOW MUCH OTHERS LAUGHED AT HIM .OAH TRIED OFTEN TO TELL THESE PEOPLE ABOUT 'OD (E TRIED TO TELL THEM HOW HE OBEYED 'OD AND THEY SHOULD TOO /F COURSE THIS MADE THE PEOPLE LAUGH AT .OAH AND HIS 'OD EVEN MORE h/BEY 'OD v .OAH BEGGED h4HEN (E WILL LET YOU ON THIS BIG BOAT WHEN THE mOOD COMES v 4HIS MADE THE PEOPLE LAUGH EVEN MORE h2IDE ON YOUR BIG BOAT OUT HERE v THEY LAUGHED h7E WOULD HAVE TO BE CRAZY TO BELIEVE IN YOUR 'OD AND (IS BIG BOAT v $AYS WENT BY 7EEKS AND MONTHS WENT BY %VERY DAY .OAH KEPT WORKING WITH HIS HELPERS %VERY DAY THE ARK LOOKED MORE AND MORE LIKE A BIG HOUSEBOAT !S THE YEARS WENT BY .OAH MUST HAVE WONDERED IF 'OD WOULD SEND THE BIG mOOD "UT HE MUST OBEY 'OD EVEN IF THERE WERE TIMES WHEN HE WONDERED IF THE GREAT mOOD WOULD COME (E WOULD OBEY 'OD NO MATTER HOW MUCH OTHERS LAUGHED AT HIM AND MADE FUN OF HIM &OR A HUNDRED AND TWENTY YEARS .OAH OBEYED 'OD AND KEPT ON WITH THE WORK 4HEN AT LAST IT WAS lNISHED

h.OW WE MUST WAIT FOR 'OD TO TELL US WHAT TO DO v .OAH SAID TO HIS FAMILY h7HAT IF 'OD DOESN T SEND THE BIG mOOD v HIS SONS ASKED h4HINK HOW THE NEIGHBORS WILL LAUGH THEN v h"UT 'OD ALWAYS KEEPS (IS PROMISES v SAID .OAH 3O .OAH WAITED NEAR HIS BIG HOUSEBOAT TO HEAR WHAT 'OD WOULD SAY NEXT

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH IS THE LONGEST 0SALM ! ,OOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê `Ê > Ê LiÞÊ `¶Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊ Ü¶Ê `Ê > Ê` ÊiÝ>VÌ ÞÊ Ü >ÌÊ `ÊÜ> Ìi`¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ « ÀÌ> Ì¶ Ê Ó°Ê `Ê > ÊLi iÛiÊ `ÊÜ Õ `Ê ii«Ê ÃÊ«À ÃiÃ¶Ê ÊÞ Õ¶Ê iÃÊ `ÊiÛiÀÊLÀi> Ê>Ê«À Ãi¶Ê > ÊÞ ÕÊw `Ê> ÞÊ« >ViÊ ÊÌ iÊ L iÊ Ü iÀiÊ `Ê >`iÊ>Ê«À ÃiÊLÕÌÊ` `Ê ÌÊ ii«Ê Ì¶ Ê Î°Ê 7 ÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊ `¶Ê7 ÞÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊLi iÛiÊÌ >ÌÊÌ ÃÊ ÃÊ « ÀÌ> Ì¶Ê 7 >ÌÊV Õ `Ê >««i Ê vÊÞ ÕÊ` Ê ÌÊ LiÞÊ `¶Ê7 Ê iÊÌ> iÊV>ÀiÊ vÊ Þ ÕÊ vÊÞ ÕÊÀivÕÃiÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ ¶Ê"LiÞ }Ê `Ê i «ÃÊ ÊÌ> iÊV>ÀiÊ vÊÞ Õ°Ê9 ÕÊ` ÊÜ> ÌÊ ÊÌ ÊÌ> iÊV>ÀiÊ vÊÞ Õ]Ê` ½ÌÊÞ Õ¶

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

`ÊÌ `Ê > ÊÌ Ê > iÊ>ÊL }ÊL >ÌÊ Ê>Ê

/BEYING

ÊiÛiÀÞÌ }Ê `Ê>Ã i`°Ê ÌÊÜ>Ã ½ÌÊi>ÃÞ]Ê

> `ÊÜ Ì ÊÛiÀÞÊ ÌÌ iÊÜ>ÌiÀ°Ê iÊÌ `Ê > Ê iÝ>VÌ ÞÊ ÜÊÌ ÊLÕ `Ê Ì°Ê > Ê LiÞi`Ê `Ê Ì Õ} °Ê/ Ê vÊ >Û }Ê> ÊÞ ÕÀÊ i } L ÀÃÊ

>Õ} Ê>ÌÊÞ ÕÊiÛiÀÞÊ`>ÞÊv ÀÊ>Ê Õ `Ài`Ê> `ÊÌÜi ÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃ°Ê/ >ÌÊÜ Õ `Ê LiÊ >À`]ÊÜ Õ ` ½ÌÊ Ì¶Ê ÕÌÊ > Ê` `Ê Ì°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ >ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê} `Ê `i>Êv ÀÊ > ÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ `¶Ê7 Þ¶Ê ÃÊ ÌÊ>Ê} `Ê `i>Êv ÀÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ `¶Ê7 Þ¶

Volume 1: p 33

/Â½-Ã&#x160;

Ã&#x160;"1/

Ã&#x160;

7Â&#x2026;>Ã&#x152;Ã&#x160;7>Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160; Â&#x153;>Â&#x2026;Â½Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160; Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160; Â&#x2C6;Â&#x17D;iÂ¶

4HE WOOD .OAH USED 'OPHER WOOD WAS USED TO BUILD THE ARK 4HIS WAS PROBABLY TAKEN FROM THE "IBLE TIME CYPRESS TREE AN EVERGREEN !NIMALS TAKEN INTO THE ARK OF EACH KIND OF ANIMAL THAT COULD BE EATEN OF EACH KIND OF ANIMAL THAT COULD NOT BE EATEN OF EACH KIND OF BIRD

4HE ARK HAD mOORS 4HE BIGGEST ANIMALS PROBABLY LIVED ON THE LOWEST mOOR 4HE BIRDS AND SMALLEST ANIMALS PROBABLY LIVED ON THE HIGHEST mOOR

Volume 1: p 34

4HE ARK FEET LONG FEET HIGH FEET WIDE

! MODERN HOUSE FEET LONG FEET HIGH FEET WIDE 4HE ARK WAS AS BIG AS HOUSES

4HE ARK BUILDER .OAH !GE WHEN HE BEGAN n !GE WHEN HE lNISHED AND THE mOOD BEGAN n

4HE EIGHT PEOPLE ON THE ARK .OAH AND HIS WIFE THEIR THREE SONSÂ&#x2C6;(AM 3HEM AND *APHETHÂ&#x2C6; AND THE WIVES OF THE THREE SONS

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 0SALM Volume 1: p 35

-/",9

iÂ&#x2DC;iÃ&#x192;Â&#x2C6;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2021;

4HE 4IME )T +EPT ON 2AINING 4HE GREAT mOOD

-/",9 "1/

/BEYING

HE ARK IS lNISHED v .OAH SAID h.OW 'OD WILL TELL ME WHAT TO DO v 'OD DID TELL .OAH WHAT TO DO )T WAS TIME FOR 'OD TO CARRY OUT (IS PLAN h)N SEVEN DAYS v 'OD TOLD .OAH h) WILL MAKE IT RAIN )T WILL RAIN FOR FORTY DAYS AND FORTY NIGHTS %VERYTHING OUTSIDE THE ARK WILL BE DESTROYED "UT EVERYTHING INSIDE THE ARK WILL BE SAFE v .OAH WAS SORRY THAT ALL THESE PEOPLE WOULD BE DESTROYED EVEN THOUGH THEY HAD LAUGHED AT HIM DURING THE HUNDRED AND TWENTY YEARS HE HAD WORKED ON THE ARK "UT HE KNEW WHAT WICKED PEOPLE THEY WERE h4HESE PEOPLE DON T EVEN BELIEVE THERE IS A 'OD v .OAH THOUGHT h4HEY LAUGH WHEN ) TELL THEM TO TURN FROM THEIR WICKED WAYS AND ASK 'OD TO FORGIVE THEM 4HEY LAUGH WHEN ) TELL THEM THERE IS A 'OD v 'OD TOLD .OAH TO TAKE HIS FAMILY INTO THE ARKÂ&#x2C6;HIS WIFE HIS THREE SONS (AM 3HEM AND *APHETH AND HIS SONS WIVES )T WAS TIME TOO TO BRING ANIMALS AND BIRDS INTO THE ARK .OAH MUST BRING FOURTEEN OF EACH KIND OF ANIMAL THAT COULD BE EATEN (E WAS TO BRING TWO OF ALL OTHER KINDS OF ANIMALS ON BOARD !ND HE WAS TO BRING FOURTEEN OF EACH KIND OF BIRD .OAH WAS AMAZED WHEN HE SAW THE ANIMALS AND BIRDS COMING TO THE ARK 'OD HAD TOLD THEM TO COME 7OULDN T YOU LIKE TO HAVE SEEN THE ANIMALS AND BIRDS COME ON BOARD THE ARK LED BY 'OD (IMSELF !T LAST THEY WERE ALL SAFELY ON BOARD &RIENDS AND NEIGHBORS WATCHED ALL THOSE BIRDS AND ANIMALS COMING ONTO THE ARK (OW THESE PEOPLE LAUGHED AT THAT (OW

Volume 1: p 36

THEY MADE FUN OF THIS hCRAZY OLD MANv AND HIS BOAT FULL OF ANIMALS AND BIRDS h.OAH CAN T GET ANY PEOPLE TO GO INTO HIS BIG BOAT v THEY LAUGHED hSO HE HAS TO TAKE SOME ANIMALS AND BIRDS WITH HIM (AVE A GREAT TRIP .OAH v 3UDDENLY THE PEOPLE STOPPED LAUGHING h,OOK v SOMEONE SHOUTED h4HAT BIG DOOR IS SWINGING SHUT "UT WHAT IS MOVING IT v )T WAS THE HAND OF 'OD (IMSELF CLOSING THE DOOR 4HESE WICKED PEOPLE COULDN T SEE 'OD S HAND BUT THEY SAW THE DOOR

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 -ATTHEW AUTHOR OF THE lRST .EW 4ESTAMENT BOOK HAD AN EARLIER NAME 7HAT WAS IT ! 2EAD -ARK AND -ATTHEW OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

CLOSING .OW THE PEOPLE WERE AFRAID 4HE DOOR WAS TOO BIG FOR A MAN TO CLOSE "UT IT WAS CLOSING 4HEN IT SLAMMED SHUT WITH A BANG .OAH AND HIS FAMILY WERE SAFE INSIDE THE ARK WITH THE ANIMALS AND BIRDS 'OD HAD CLOSED THE BIG DOOR .OW IT WOULD NOT OPEN AGAIN UNTIL AFTER THE mOOD )T WAS TOO LATE FOR ANYONE TO COME ON BOARD THE ARK 3UDDENLY THE SKY GREW DARK AND STORMY ,ONG lNGERS OF LIGHTNING mASHED ACROSS THE CLOUDS 4HUNDER RUMBLED ACROSS THE HILLS AND MOUNTAINS h)T S STARTING TO RAIN v THE PEOPLE CRIED OUT .OBODY WAS LAUGHING NOW 4HEY LOOKED AT THE BIG ARK AND WONDERED 7HAT IF .OAH WAS RIGHT 7HAT IF THERE REALLY WAS A 'OD 7HAT IF (E HAD TOLD .OAH TO BUILD THIS BIG BOAT 7HAT IF A BIG mOOD WAS COMING 4HE RAIN BEGAN TO FALL IN TORRENTS )T RAINED AND RAINED ALL THAT DAY AND ALL THAT NIGHT "Y MORNING WATER WAS RUSHING IN ANGRY RIVERS THROUGH ALL THE VALLEYS

> ÊÀi i LiÀi`Êi>V Ê`>ÞÊ Ì >ÌÊ `Ê >`ÊÃ>Ûi`Ê Ê> `Ê ÃÊv> ÞÊvÀ ÊÌ iÊy `°

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 ÕÊ >ÛiÊLii ÊÃ ÕÌÊÕ«Ê ÊÌ ÃÊ L }ÊL >ÌÊÜ Ì Ê>Êâ Êv ÀÊ ÀiÊ Ì > Êv ÕÀÌii Ê Ì Ã°Ê9 ÕÊ >ÛiÊvi`ÊÌ iÊ> > Ã]ÊV i> i`Ê Ì i ÀÊÃÌ> Ã]Ê> `ÊÌÀ i`ÊÌ Ê ii«Ê Ì i Ê >««Þ°Ê Ì½ÃÊL À }Ê Ê Ì ÃÊL }ÊL >ÌÊÜ Ì Ê Ì }Ê Ì Ê` °Ê/ i ÊÞ ÕÊÀi> âiÊ Ã iÌ }°Ê Ì½ÃÊLiÌÌiÀÊ Ã `iÊ Ì iÊ>À ÊÌ > Ê ÕÌÃ `i°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊ«À>ÞÊÌ } Ì¶

/ iÊÜ>ÌiÀÊÀ ÃiÊÕ«Ê Ì Ê} > ÌÊ Ü>ÛiÃ°Ê ÕÌÊ Ã `iÊÌ iÊ>À ]Ê > Ê > `Ê ÃÊv> ÞÊÜiÀiÊÃ>viÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ Ì iÞÊ >`ÊLi iÛi`Ê `°

Volume 1: p 39

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

4HE 'ROCERY 3TORE ON THE !RK (AVE YOU EVER WONDERED HOW MUCH FOOD .OAH HAD TO PUT ON THE ARK FOR HIMSELF HIS FAMILY AND ALL THE ANIMALS 4HEY WERE SHUT UP IN THE ARK FOR ABOUT A YEAR SO THERE WAS NO OTHER PLACE TO GO FOR FOOD 4HINK HOW MUCH TWO ELEPHANTS WOULD EAT IN ONE WEEK (OW MUCH WOULD THOSE TWO ELEPHANTS NEED IN A YEAR !DD ALL THE OTHER ANIMALS PLUS .OAH AND HIS FAMILY )T MUST HAVE BEEN QUITE A hGROCERY STORE v 0ERHAPS YOU AND YOUR FAMILY WOULD LIKE TO GUESS HOW MUCH FOOD WAS THERE

0EOPLE BEGAN TO MOVE FROM THEIR HOMES INTO THE HILLS NEAR THE ARK )T KEPT ON RAINING HARDER AND HARDER ALL THAT DAY AND THE NEXT AND THE NEXT 4HE HILLS WERE COVERED WITH WATER BY NOW (OW SORRY THOSE PEOPLE WERE THAT THEY HAD LAUGHED AT .OAH .OW THEY WERE POUNDING ON THE ARK BEGGING TO GET IN "UT .OAH COULD NOT HAVE LET THEM IN IF HE HAD HEARD THEM 4HE BIG DOOR WAS CLOSED BY THE HAND OF 'OD )T COULD NOT BE OPENED NOW UNTIL THE mOOD WAS OVER &OR FORTY DAYS AND FORTY NIGHTS THE RAIN KEPT ON POURING DOWN 7ATER ALSO SWIRLED UP FROM THE EARTH -IGHTY RIVERS GUSHED UP FROM BELOW !T LAST EVEN THE HIGHEST MOUNTAINS WERE COVERED WITH WATER 4HERE WAS NOTHING LEFT BUT WATER EVERYWHERE AND THE ARK mOATING ON TOP OF IT )NSIDE THE ARK .OAH AND HIS FAMILY WERE SAFE AND DRY 'OD HAD SAVED THEM FROM THE GREAT mOOD AS (E HAD PROMISED THAT (E WOULD .OAH HAD OBEYED 'OD COMPLETELY &OR A HUNDRED AND TWENTY YEARS HE HAD DONE EXACTLY WHAT 'OD TOLD HIM TO DO (E HAD BUILT THE ARK EXACTLY THE WAY 'OD TOLD HIM TO BUILD IT .OW HE WAS SAFE FROM THE GREAT mOOD h4HANK YOU ,ORD v .OAH MUST HAVE PRAYED MANY TIMES (OW THANKFUL .OAH WAS THAT HE HAD OBEYED 'OD 9OU WILL BE THANKFUL TOO WHEN YOU OBEY (IM

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê `Ê > Ê LiÞÊ `ÊÜ i Ê iÊLÕ ÌÊÌ iÊ>À ¶Ê `Ê iÊ LiÞÊÊ `ÊiÝ>VÌ Þ]Ê ÀÊ ÕÃÌÊ>Ê ÌÌ i¶ Ê Ó°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê > ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ > vÕ Ê> `Ê >««ÞÊ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ iÊ >`Ê LiÞi`Ê `¶Ê7 Þ¶Ê vÊÞ ÕÊÜiÀiÊÃ>viÊ ÊÌ iÊ>À Ê`ÕÀ }ÊÌ iÊy `]Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊvii ¶Ê7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê `¶

Volume 1: p 40

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

/BEYING

ÀÊ>Ê Õ `Ài`Ê> `ÊÌÜi ÌÞÊÞi>ÀÃ]Ê > Ê LiÞi`Ê `ÊV « iÌi Þ]ÊLÕ ` }ÊÌ ÃÊ }Ài>ÌÊL >ÌÊ ÊÌ iÊ`iÃiÀÌ]Ê ÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊ `Ê >`Ê Ì `Ê ÊÌ Ê` °Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊLiV iÊ ` ÃV ÕÀ>}i`Ê`ÕÀ }ÊÌ >ÌÊÌ i¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊ

Ì Ê > ÊiÛiÀÊ} ÌÊ` ÃV ÕÀ>}i`¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê > ÊiÛiÀÊÜ> Ìi`Ê Ì ÊµÕ ÌÊÜ i Ê ÃÊ i } L ÀÃÊ >Õ} i`Ê>ÌÊ ¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê iÊiÛiÀÊ Ü ìÀi`Ê vÊ `ÊÜ Õ `ÊÀi> ÞÊÃi `Ê>ÊL }Êy `¶Ê ÕÌÊÜ i ÊÌ iÊy `Ê V> i]Ê> `Ê > ÊÜ>ÃÊÃ>vi]Ê ÜÊ iÊ ÕÃÌÊ >ÛiÊÌ > i`Ê `Ê>}> Ê > `Ê>}> Êv ÀÊ i « }Ê Ê LiÞ°Ê9 ÕÊ >ÞÊÜ ìÀÊ>ÌÊÌ iÃÊÜ ÞÊÞ ÕÊ Ã Õ `Ê LiÞÊ `°Ê7 ÞÊ ÌÊ ÕÃÌÊ` ÊÜ >ÌÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ Ü ìÀÊÃÕV ÊÌ }Ã]ÊÀi i LiÀÊ > t

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊ "LiÞ } 0SALM 7 i ÊÜiÊ ÛiÊ `½ÃÊÊ 7 À`]ÊÜiÊÜ Ê LiÞÊ Ì° )SAIAH 7iÊ`i } ÌÊ ÊÊ LiÞ }Ê `° *OHN 7iÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊÌ ÊÃ ÜÊÊ Ì >ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ ÃÊvÀ i `Ã° !CTS 7iÊÃ Õ `Ê LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊÊ ÀiÊÌ > Ê> Þ iÊi Ãi°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÌiÃÊvÀ Ê > ½ÃÊ >ÀÞ $ID .OAH KEEP A DIARY DURING THE GREAT mOOD (E PROBABLY DID BECAUSE SO MANY EXACT DAYS ARE MENTIONED IN 'ENESIS "UT .OAH S DIARY HAS BEEN LOST FOR MANY CENTURIES /N THE NEXT PAGE ARE SOME OF THE NOTES THAT HE COULD HAVE WRITTEN BASED ON THE STORY OF THE mOOD IN 'ENESIS .OAH WOULD NOT HAVE PUT IN THE 3CRIPTURE REFERENCES OF COURSE BUT WE HAVE ADDED THEM TO HELP YOU lND THE MATERIAL IN THE "IBLE .OBODY IS SURE WHICH MONTHS WERE MEANT BY hSECOND MONTH v hTHIRD MONTH v AND SO ON "UT IT WAS A DIFFERENT KIND OF YEAR FROM OURS

"LiÞ } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS OBEYED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO OBEY (IM TOO

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 ,EVI Volume 1: p 41

ย ร ร ร ร ย ย ร ย

-iVย ย `ร ย ย ร ย

/ย ย ร `ร ย ย ร ย

ย ร ร ร ย ร ร ร ร ร ร ร ร ร

ย ย ร ย ร ยฃ]ร >ร ร ร ร ร

7E HAVE ALMOST lNISHED THE ARK 7HAT WILL HAPPEN NOW 'ENESIS ย ย ร ย ร ร ]ร >ร ร ยฃรคร

'OD SPOKE TODAY 7E HAVE SEVEN DAYS TO GET ALL THE ANIMALS AND BIRDS ON BOARD THE ARK 'ENESIS n ย ย ร ย ร ร ]ร >ร ร ยฃร ร

-Y WIFE AND ) WENT ON BOARD THE ARK TODAY WITH (AM 3HEM AND *APHETH AND THEIR WIVES 4HEN 'OD SHUT THE BIG DOOR )T S STARTING TO RAIN NOW 'ENESIS n ย ย ร ย ร ร ]ร >ร ร ร {ร

)T S BEEN POURING DOWN ALL WEEK ) M SURE ALL THE LAND MUST BE COVERED WITH WATER EXCEPT FOR THE MOUNTAINS ย ย ร ย ร ร ]ร >ร ร ร ร ร

4HE RAIN HAS STOPPED "UT IT RAINED AND RAINED FOR THE PAST FORTY DAYS 3URELY THE MOUNTAINS ARE COVERED WITH WATER BY NOW 'ENESIS n ย ย ร ย ร {]ร >ร ร ร ร ร

%VERY DAY WE FEED THE ANIMALS AND CLEAN THE ARK ) WONDER HOW LONG WE LL BE IN HERE 'ENESIS ย ย ร ย ร x]ร >ร ร ร {ร

3TILL WORKING 4HE ARK IS STILL mOATING 'ENESIS ย ย ร ย ร ร ]ร >ร ร ร xร

(OW LONG WILL WE BE IN THIS ARK )T SEEMS LIKE YEARS "UT 'OD KNOWS BEST 'ENESIS

ย }ย ร ย ร ย ย ร ย

ย ย ร ย ร ย ย ร ย

/iย ร ย ร ย ย ร ย

ย iร iย ร ย ร ร ร ร ร ร ร

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ Ì

vÌ Ê Ì

- ÝÌ Ê Ì

-iÛi Ì Ê Ì

Ì ÊÇ]Ê >ÞÊ£ÇÊ

!T LAST 4HE ARK SETTLED ON DRY LAND TODAY "UT WE MUST WAIT FOR 'OD TO TELL US WHEN TO LEAVE IT 'ENESIS n Ì Ê£ä]Ê >ÞÊ£Ê

4HE ARK HAS BEEN SITTING ON DRY LAND FOR TWO AND A HALF MONTHS NOW %VERYONE IS GETTING RESTLESS TO LEAVE 'ENESIS Ì Ê££]Ê >ÞÊ££Ê

&ORTY MORE DAYS HAVE GONE BY 7E OPENED THE WINDOW IN THE ROOF TODAY AND SENT OUT A RAVEN AND A DOVE "UT THE DOVE CAME BACK 7E LL HAVE TO WAIT SOME MORE 'ENESIS n Ì Ê££]Ê >ÞÊ£nÊ

7E SENT THE DOVE OUT AGAIN TODAY )T CAME BACK WITH AN OLIVE LEAF 7E LL WAIT SEVEN MORE DAYS TO MAKE SURE THE WATER IS GONE 'ENESIS Ì Ê££]Ê >ÞÊÓxÊ

4HE DOVE DID NOT COME BACK TODAY "UT WE WILL WAIT SOME MORE 'ENESIS Ì Ê£Î]Ê >ÞÊ£Ê

7E OPENED THE ARK TODAY 4HE GROUND IS DRY BUT WE WILL WAIT FOR 'OD TO TELL US TO LEAVE 'ENESIS Ì Ê£{]Ê >ÞÊÓÇÊ

'OD SENT US OUT OF THE ARK TODAY 7HAT A WONDERFUL NEW WORLD THIS IS 7E MADE AN ALTAR TODAY TO THANK 'OD FOR SAVING US 4HEN 'OD SENT A BEAUTIFUL RAINBOW 'ENESIS n

ÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ Ì

/Üi vÌ Ê Ì

/ ÀÌii Ì Ê Ì

ÕÀÌii Ì Ê Ì

STORY

Genesis 27: 1—29: 9

A Family Is Torn Apart

Isaac blesses Jacob instead of Esau

A STORY ABOUT

Honesty

veryone in camp knew that Isaac would die soon. Since Esau was the oldest son, he would get everything that Isaac owned. He would be chief of the tribe, too. That was his “birthright,” what he would get because he was born first. Jacob knew that his father liked Esau better than him because Esau was a brave hunter and brought good meat to Isaac. But he knew, too, that his mother loved him more because he always stayed around camp and helped her. She would help him get the birthright that he had bought from Esau with a bowl of lentil soup. Suddenly Jacob’s thoughts came to an end as his mother took him by the arm and pulled him quickly behind a tent.

Jacob knew that his mother would help him get the birthright instead of his brother Esau.

Volume 1: p 120 120

“Shhh!” she whispered. “Esau is coming out of his father’s tent. Don’t let him see us.” “What does he want from Father?” Jacob asked.

Check Your Bible IQ

“Your father wants Esau to go hunting,” she answered. “I heard them talking. When Esau gets some meat, he must cook

Q: Whose face became as bright as an angel’s face when he stood before the high priest?

it and bring it to your father to eat. Then he will bless Esau.” Jacob listened carefully to his mother. He knew that she would

A: Read Acts 6: 15--17: 1 or look at the end of this unit.

help him get his father’s blessing. “Go out to the flock,” Rebekah said. “Get two kids from the flock of goats. I will make some good meat for you to take to your father. Now go! Hurry! We must do this while Esau is hunting.” Jacob’s heart began to pound. What if he were caught? What would his father do to him? “Esau has hair all over him,” said Jacob. “I don’t. Father will feel my arms. He will put a curse on me instead of a blessing if he finds out that I am Jacob.”

121

DID YOU KNOW?

Why Was Isaac’s Blessing So Important?

“The curse will be on me, not you,” said Rebekah. “Now do what I tell you. Hurry.” Jacob did not argue anymore. He hurried to the flock of goats and found two young kids. Then he brought these to his mother. Before long, Rebekah was cooking some tender meat for Jacob to take to his father. It smelled so good! “Now we must put hair on you like Esau,” said his mother. Rebekah found some of Esau’s clothing for Jacob to wear. Then she put goat’s hair on Jacob’s hands and arms and neck. When Jacob was ready, he took the tender meat to his father’s tent. He would follow his mother’s plan now. But he was afraid.

Jacob risked his life, and Rebekah risked her marriage, so that Jacob, rather than Esau, could be blessed by his father Isaac. Was it really worth the risk? If Jacob had been caught, Isaac could have bestowed a curse, not a blessing, on Jacob. Esau could have killed his brother. Why was it so important? As tribal leader, the father was offering the favor of God, serving as God’s representative. He was also bestowing the birthright and all its rights and privileges upon the son he blessed. Usually this was the oldest son. That would have been Esau, for although he and Jacob were twins, ➙ Volume 1: p 122 122

“Father,” Jacob said to Isaac. “Here I am,” said Isaac. “But who are you?” Isaac was almost blind now, so he could not see who was talking to him. “I’m Esau,” Jacob said. “I’ve done what you told me. Now sit up and eat my meat. Then you can bless me.” “How did you get this meat so quickly?” Isaac asked. “God helped me find it quickly,” Jacob told Isaac. “Then Jacob felt worse than ever.” “Come here,” said Isaac. “Let me feel you. Then I will know if you are really Esau or not.” Isaac felt Jacob’s arms and hands. “Your hands feel like Esau’s hands,” he said. “But your voice sounds like Jacob’s voice. Are you really my son Esau?” “I am,” said Jacob. He tried to make his voice sound like Esau’s voice, but he thought his father would surely know the difference. Isaac was blind, but he could still hear. What would happen now? Would Isaac know that this was Jacob and would he curse Jacob? Isaac slowly began to eat the meat. Jacob’s heart pounded harder and harder as Isaac ate slowly. Why couldn’t his father hurry a little? What if Esau came in now? He would probably kill Jacob. At last Isaac was through. “Now let me bless you,” Isaac said. “Come first and kiss me.” When Jacob bent over to kiss

his father, Isaac smelled Esau’s clothing. Then he felt this must surely be Esau. So Isaac blessed Jacob. He put Jacob over all his brothers. And he gave Jacob all that belonged to him. Not long after Jacob had left, Esau came in with his meat, asking for his father’s blessing.

Esau was born only moments before his brother. After Isaac had bestowed his blessing on Jacob, he could not withdraw it. Nor could he give another blessing to Esau. It was “all or nothing at all,” and Jacob took away all from his father. Esau was left with nothing. With less significance, Rebekah had been blessed by her relatives before she left to marry Isaac (Genesis 24: 60). The meal Isaac ate was customary among some peoples of the Middle East. Hunting for the game took time, and this gave Jacob time to butcher goats and cook the “savory” meat for his father.

YOU WERE THERE Old Isaac is blind now. He can’t see which son this is. He thinks it is Esau. That’s the son he wants to bless. But you know that it’s Jacob, don’t you? Will you warn Isaac? Or will you hope Jacob gets by with this?

Volume 1: p 123

Isaac sat up and trembled. “But I already blessed you!”

What the Bible Teaches About Obeying Honesty Leviticus 19: Matthew 8:27, 11 Even the Don’t steal, winds cheat, andor lie. wavesobeyed Jesus. Psalm 119: 1 Honest Luke 11:28, people are Blessedpeople. happy are those who obey God’s Proverbs 28:Word. 6 It is better John 14:15,to be poor If you and honest, love Jesus, than rich you will obey and dishonest. Him.

he shouted. “Or was it you?” Esau was very angry when he heard that. “It must have been Jacob,” he said. “But bless me, too.” “I have already put him over you,” Isaac said. “I gave him everything I have. What else is there to give you?” Esau ran from his father’s tent. “I’ll kill my brother as soon as father dies,” he said. But someone told Rebekah what Esau had said. Then she knew that Jacob could not stay at home any longer. He must leave until Esau was no longer angry with him. So Jacob lied to get his father’s blessing and the birthright. But it was a lie that broke up his family.

Proverbs 30: Ephesians 6:1,8 Obeycan God your help parents. us not to lie. Colossians Hebrews 13:17, 3: 9 Obey lie Don’t your to leaders. each other.

Jesus’ Character Trait Jesus’ Character Trait

Creativity Honesty

I want that too I want that, too. Jesus was creative in Jesus many was ways.honest in all He did. I want to be creative too. I want to be honest, too.

Other Stories AboutStories Self-Control Other About Honesty Story 16, 138, 172 Stories 47, 81, and 152.

T H E B I B LE S TO RY A N D YO U 1. What did Jacob do to get his father Isaac’s blessing? God had said many years before that Jacob would get the blessing. Do you think Jacob should have done what he did to get it? 2. When Jacob and Esau were born, God told their mother Rebekah that the “elder shall serve the younger” (Genesis 25:23), that Esau would serve Jacob. So God had promised that Jacob would receive the birthright, which would put him over Esau.

LET’S THINK ABOUT

Honesty Answer to Check Your Bible IQ: Stephen. Volume 1: p 124 124

What did you learn about honesty in this story? Why should you want to become an honest person? What are some ways you can show honesty to friends and family this coming week?

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

iiÀÃ iL>]ÊÌ iÊ > `Ê vÊ7i Ã "EERSHEBA WAS THE MOST SOUTHERN CITY OF THE LAND OF *UDAH 4HE PHRASE hFROM $AN TO "EERSHEBAv *UDGES MEANT FROM THE FARTHEST NORTH TO THE FARTHEST SOUTH !BRAHAM LIVED AT "EERSHEBA FOR AWHILE 3O DID )SAAC 7HEN )SAAC DUG SOME WELLS NEARBY THE 0HILISTINES TOOK THEM FROM HIM !T LAST HE DUG A WELL AT "EERSHEBA AND THEY LET HIM LIVE IN PEACE 'ENESIS )SAAC LIVED AT "EERSHEBA WHEN *ACOB TRICKED HIM &ROM "EERSHEBA *ACOB RAN AWAY TO LIVE WITH ,ABAN AT (ARAN "UT )SAAC PROBABLY CONTINUED TO LIVE THERE UNTIL HE DIED `iÀ ÊÜ> ÃÊÃÕÀÀ Õ `ÊÌ iÊ `ÊÜi Ê>ÌÊ iiÀÃ iL>]ÊV> i`Êº LÀ> > ½ÃÊ 7i ]»Ê«À L>L ÞÊÌ iÊÃ> iÊ iÊÌ >ÌÊ LÀ> > ÊÕÃi`°

-/",9

iÂ&#x2DC;iÃ&#x192;Â&#x2C6;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x201C;nÃ&#x160;\Ã&#x160;Â£Ã¤Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x201C;

! ,ADDER TO (EAVEN *ACOB DREAMS ABOUT A LADDER

ACOB WAS VERY TIRED 3INCE HE HAD LEFT HOME IN "EERSHEBA HE

HAD RIDDEN HIS CAMEL SIXTY MILES 2IDING A CAMEL WAS NO FUN )T WAS VERY TIRING TO SWAY BACK AND FORTH ALL DAY AS THE CAMEL

-/",9 "1/

0RAISING

MOVED UP HILLS AND DOWN THROUGH VALLEYS h4HE SUN HAS ALMOST SET v *ACOB WHISPERED TO HIMSELF h) MUST STOP FOR THE NIGHT ) MUST BUILD A lRE BEFORE IT GETS DARK TO KEEP THE WILD ANIMALS AWAY )T WOULD NOT BE SAFE TO RIDE FARTHER v *ACOB BROUGHT HIS CAMEL TO A STOP AND GOT OFF 4HEN HE UNTIED THE HEAVY BUNDLE FROM HIS PACK CAMEL AND LEANED IT AGAINST A BIG ROCK "EFORE LONG HE HAD GATHERED ENOUGH STICKS TO KEEP A lRE BURNING ALL NIGHT !FTER *ACOB HAD STARTED A lRE HE UNPACKED HIS COOKING POT AND PUT WATER IN IT 7HEN THE WATER WAS HOT HE POURED IN SOME LENTILS .OTHING WOULD TASTE BETTER THAN A HOT BOWL OF LENTIL SOUP !S *ACOB STIRRED THE LENTILS HE REMEMBERED THE DAY WHEN %SAU HAD COME HOME FROM HUNTING *ACOB HAD BEEN COOKING LENTIL SOUP THEN AND %SAU HAD SMELLED IT %SAU HAD BEEN SO HUNGRY THAT HE TRADED HIS BIRTHRIGHT FOR *ACOB S SOUP h"UT &ATHER WOULD NOT LISTEN WHEN ) TOLD HIM ABOUT THAT TRADE v *ACOB THOUGHT h-OTHER LISTENED "UT HE WOULDN T (E WANTED %SAU TO HAVE HIS BIRTHRIGHT (E DID NOT WANT ME TO HAVE IT v 4HEN *ACOB FROWNED AS HE THOUGHT HOW HE HAD TRICKED HIS FATHER INTO GIVING HIM THE FAMILY BLESSING %SAU WAS SO ANGRY THAT HE WANTED TO KILL HIS TWIN BROTHER *ACOB RECEIVED THE BLESSING BUT HE BROKE UP HIS

Volume 1: p 126

FAMILY %SAU HATED HIM NOW AND WANTED TO KILL HIM *ACOB THOUGHT HOW HIS MOTHER HAD BEEN AFRAID WHEN SHE HEARD THAT %SAU WANTED TO KILL HIM 3HE HAD TALKED )SAAC INTO SENDING

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ +

*ACOB AWAY TO LIVE WITH HER BROTHER ,ABAN h$O YOU WANT *ACOB TO MARRY A (ITTITE WIFE THE WAY %SAU

1 7HO WORKED SEVEN YEARS TO EARN HIS WIFE THEN HAD TO WORK SEVEN MORE YEARS TO GET HER

DID v 2EBEKAH HAD ASKED )SAAC %SAU S (ITTITE WIVES HAD BROUGHT MUCH TROUBLE TO HIS PARENTS )SAAC CERTAINLY DIDN T

! 2EAD 'ENESIS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

WANT ANOTHER (ITTITE WIFE IN THE FAMILY 4HEY WERE UNGODLY PEOPLE 3O HE HAD AGREED TO SEND *ACOB TO ,ABAN *ACOB COULD lND A WIFE AMONG HIS RELATIVES THERE IN (ARAN *ACOB STIRRED HIS SOUP )T WAS READY TO EAT NOW )T TASTED SO GOOD AFTER THE LONG HOT DAY ON HIS CAMEL !FTER HE lNISHED EATING *ACOB LAY ON THE GROUND BY THE lRE (E PUT HIS HEAD ON A ROCK AND LOOKED UP AT THE STARS h'OD PROMISED !BRAHAM CHILDREN AS THE STARS IN THE SKY v *ACOB THOUGHT h4HAT PROMISE ALSO WENT TO MY FATHER )SAAC .OW THAT ) AM THE HEIR TO MY FATHER S BLESSING AND BIRTHRIGHT THE PROMISE IS FOR ME TOO v *ACOB WONDERED WHO HIS WIFE WOULD BE 3URELY HE WOULD MARRY SOMEONE IN ,ABAN S FAMILY THERE IN (ARAN "UT WHO (OW OLD WOULD SHE BE 7OULD SHE BE BEAUTIFUL 7OULD SHE LOVE 'OD (OW MANY CHILDREN WOULD THEY HAVE h) WISH 'OD WERE CLOSER SO HE COULD TELL ME WHAT ) SHOULD KNOW v *ACOB THOUGHT h(E OFTEN SEEMS SO FAR AWAY

>V LÊÃ>ÌÊLÞÊÌ iÊwÀi]Ê Ì }Ê>L ÕÌÊ ÃÊ v> ÞÊL>V Ê i°

Volume 1: p 127

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7HAT $ID THE .AME "ETHEL -EAN

BEYOND THOSE STARS IN THE SKY v !S *ACOB THOUGHT OF ALL THESE THINGS HE FELL FAST ASLEEP 7HILE HE SLEPT *ACOB DREAMED A STRANGE DREAM ! LONG LADDER BEGAN TO REACH UP FROM THE EARTH 5P AND UP IT WENT UNTIL THE TOP OF IT REACHED ALL THE WAY INTO HEAVEN 4HEN SOME ANGELS BEGAN WALKING UP AND DOWN ON THE LADDER 3OME WALKED DOWN TO EARTH /THERS WALKED UP INTO HEAVEN 4HEN THE ANGELS STOPPED AND LOOKED TOWARD THE TOP OF THE LADDER ! QUIET HUSH FELL ON ALL OF THEM FOR AT THE TOP WAS THE ,ORD h) AM THE ,ORD THE 'OD OF !BRAHAM AND THE 'OD OF )SAAC v

"ETH MEANT HOUSE "ETHEL MEANT (OUSE OF 'OD 0ERHAPS YOU HAVE NOTICED MANY OTHER "IBLE TIME CITIES THAT START WITH "ETH (ERE ARE SOME OF THOSE CITIES AND WHAT THEIR NAMES MEANT "ETHANY MEANT (OUSE OF $ATES 4HAT S WHERE -ARY -ARTHA AND ,AZARUS LIVED "ETHAVEN MEANT (OUSE OF 6ANITY +ING 3AUL S ARMY DEFEATED SOME 0HILISTINES NEAR HERE "ETH HORON MEANT (OUSE OF #AVES 5PPER "ETH HORON AND ,OWER "ETH HORON WERE TWIN VILLAGES "ETHLEHEM MEANT (OUSE OF "READ Â¥

Volume 1: p 128

'OD SAID TO *ACOB h) AM GIVING THE LAND WHERE YOU ARE TO YOU AND TO YOUR CHILDREN AND TO THEIR CHILDREN 4HERE WILL BE MANY OF THEM LIKE THE DUST OF THE GROUND 4HROUGH THEM ALL THE PEOPLE OF THE EARTH WILL BE BLESSED ) WILL BE WITH YOU AND WILL TAKE CARE OF YOU AND WILL BRING YOU BACK TO THIS LAND v 3UDDENLY *ACOB WOKE UP (E WAS TREMBLING AS HE LOOKED AROUND 4HERE WAS NOTHING NOW BUT THE STARS AND THE NIGHT NOISES h'OD IS HERE IN THIS PLACE v *ACOB WHISPERED h4HIS MUST BE THE GATEWAY TO HEAVEN v *ACOB PRAISED 'OD FOR THIS WONDERFUL SIGHT %ARLY THE NEXT MORNING *ACOB PICKED UP THE ROCK THAT HE HAD USED FOR A PILLOW (E PILED SOME OTHER ROCKS UPON IT SO HE WOULD REMEMBER THIS PLACE 4HEN HE POURED SOME OLIVE OIL ON IT 4HAT WAS ANOTHER WAY FOR *ACOB TO PRAISE 'OD h) NOW NAME THIS PLACE "ETHEL (OUSE OF 'OD v HE SAID h#ERTAINLY 'OD MUST LIVE HERE ) PROMISE THAT IF 'OD WILL GO WITH ME AND WILL TAKE CARE OF ME THEN (E WILL BE MY 'OD ) WILL FOLLOW (IM WHEREVER (E LEADS ME v 4HEN *ACOB PRAISED 'OD AGAIN AS HE OFFERED TO SERVE (IM 7HEN *ACOB HAD lNISHED WITH HIS PROMISE AND HIS PRAISES HE PACKED HIS CAMELS AND RODE SLOWLY AWAY FROM "ETHEL "UT *ACOB FELT THAT HE WAS NOT ALONE NOW 3OMEONE WAS GOING WITH HIM EVEN THOUGH HE COULD NOT SEE (IM (OW COULD HE HELP BUT KEEP ON PRAISING 'OD FOR WHO (E WAS AND WHAT (E HAD DONE

4HIS OF COURSE WAS THE PLACE WHERE *ESUS WAS BORN "ETHSAIDA WHICH MEANT (OUSE OF &ISHING WAS THE HOME OF 0ETER AND HIS BROTHER !NDREW *ESUS RODE INTO *ERUSALEM TRIUMPHANTLY WITH A COLT FROM "ETHPHAGE WHICH MEANT (OUSE OF 5NRIPE &IGS 4HERE WERE MANY OTHER CITIES OF THE "IBLE THAT STARTED WITH "ETH

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9OU RE TRAVELING WITH *ACOB ON THIS TRIP 4ONIGHT YOU CAN EVEN SEE HIS DREAM 7HAT DO YOU THINK AS YOU SEE A HOST OF ANGELS WALKING UP AND DOWN THIS LADDER TO HEAVEN 7OULD YOU LIKE TO TALK WITH THEM 7HAT WOULD YOU ASK

/ iÊ }Ê >``iÀÊÀi>V i`Ê Õ«Ê Ì Ê i>Ûi ]ÊÜ Ì Ê> }i ÃÊ Ü> }Ê Ê Ì°

Volume 1: p 129

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ *À> Ã }

Ê £°Ê 7 >ÌÊ` `Ê >V LÊÃiiÊ Ê ÃÊ`Ài> ¶Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê >V LÊvi ÌÊ

£Ê À V iÃÊ£È\ÊÎÓ]ÊÎÎÊ

Ài>Ì ÊÃ Õ `Ê«À> ÃiÊ `°

Ê Ó°Ê >V LÊ« i`ÊÃ iÊÀ V ÃÊ> `Ê« ÕÀi`Ê ÛiÊ Ê ÊÌ i °Ê/ >ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ

£Ê À V iÃÊ£È\Ê{ÓÊ *À> ÃiÊ `ÊÜ Ì ÊÊ ÕÃ V> Ê ÃÌÀÕ i ÌÃ° *Ã> ÊÎä\Ê{Ê *À> ÃiÊ `½ÃÊ > i°

>L ÕÌÊÌ Ã¶Ê >V LÊ«À> Ãi`Ê `Êv ÀÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊ >`ÊÃii °Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ«À> Ãi`Ê `]ÊÌ ¶ > Ì iÀÊÜ>ÞÊv ÀÊ ÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `°Ê ÜÊ > ÞÊÜ>ÞÃÊV> ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê vÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê > iÊ>Ê ÃÌ¶ Ê Î°Ê >V LÊ >`iÊ>Ê«À ÃiÊÌ Ê `°Ê iÊ«À Ãi`ÊÌ Êv ÜÊ `Ê Ü iÀiÛiÀÊ iÊÜi Ì°Ê/ >ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ> Ì iÀÊÜ>ÞÊv ÀÊ >V LÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `ÊLÞÊv Ü }Ê ¶Ê

*Ã> ÊÎ{\Ê£Ê *À> ÃiÊ `Ê>ÌÊ> ÊÌ iÃ° *Ã> ÊxÓ\Ê Ê *À> ÃiÊ `Êv ÀiÛiÀ° Ê£Ó\Ê{ÎÊ

½ÌÊ ÛiÊÌ iÊ«À> ÃiÊÊ vÊ«iÀÃ ÃÊÀ>Ì iÀÊÌ > ÊÊ `½ÃÊ«À> Ãi°

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

7 i ÊÜiÊ«À> ÃiÊ `]ÊÜiÊÃ>ÞÊÜ `iÀvÕ Ê

0RAISING

Ì > vÕ ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊv ÀÊÜ Ê iÊ ÃÊ> `ÊÜ >ÌÊ

Ì }ÃÊ>L ÕÌÊ °Ê7iÊÌi Ê Ê ÜÊ}Ài>ÌÊ iÊ Ã]Ê ÜÊ ÕV ÊÜiÊ>` ÀiÊ ]Ê ÜÊ iÊ >ÃÊ` iÊv ÀÊÕÃ]Ê> `Ê ÜÊ ÕV ÊÜiÊ

Ü> ÌÊÌ Ê ÀÊ °Ê/ iÊ L iÊÌ> ÃÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ iÊ} ÀÞÊ vÊ `Ê> `ÊÌ >ÌÊ i> ÃÊÌ iÊLi>ÕÌÞÊ> `Ê iÃÃÊ vÊ `Ê Ãi v°Ê/ Ê vÊÌ iÊ ÃÌÊ Li>ÕÌ vÕ ÊÌ }ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊiÛiÀÊÃii °Ê `Ê ÃÊ ÀiÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ÊÌ > Ê Ì >Ì]Êv ÀÊ iÊ >ìÊ Ì°Ê/ Ê vÊÌ iÊ ÃÌÊÜ ìÀvÕ Ê«iÀÃ ÊÞ ÕÊ Ü°Ê `Ê ÃÊ ÀiÊÜ ìÀvÕ ÊÌ > ÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ]Êv ÀÊ iÊ >ìÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ °Ê 7 i ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê ÜÊÜ ìÀvÕ Ê iÊ Ã]ÊÞ ÕÊÃ « ÞÊ ÕÃÌÊ«À> ÃiÊ °

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÜÊ >V LÊ/À>Ûi i`ÊÌ Ê >À> 4HERE WERE NO CARS BUSES TRAINS OR AIRPLANES IN *ACOB S TIME (E MAY HAVE WALKED TO (ARAN BUT SINCE HIS GRANDFATHER !BRAHAM S SERVANT %LIEZER TOOK CAMELS TO (ARAN YEARS BEFORE IT IS LIKELY THAT *ACOB ALSO TOOK CAMELS SEE 'ENESIS Volume 1: p 130

>VÂ&#x153;LÂ½Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;/Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x2C6;Â«Ã&#x160;Ã&#x152;Â&#x153;Ã&#x160; >Ã&#x20AC;>Â&#x2DC;Ã&#x160; *ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT (ARAN

*Ã&#x20AC;>Â&#x2C6;Ã&#x192;Â&#x2C6;Â&#x2DC;} ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS PRAISED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER

7HERE *ACOB WORKED FOR ,ABAN FOR TWENTY YEARS

4HE 'REAT 3EA -EDITERRANEAN

"ETHEL

7HERE *ACOB DREAMED OF A LADDER TO HEAVEN

*ACOB S HOME WHERE HE TRICKED HIS FATHER )SAAC INTO GIVING HIM THE BLESSING "EERSHEBA

) WANT TO PRAISE (IM TOO

3EA OF 'ALILEE "ETHEL TO (ARAN ABOUT MILES

*ORDAN 2IVER

"EERSHEBA TO "ETHEL ABOUT MILES

$EAD 3EA

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 *ACOB Volume 1: p 131

-/",9

Ý `ÕÃÊÓ\Ê£

! "ASKET OF "ULRUSHES "ABY -OSES IS HIDDEN IN THE .ILE 2IVER

)

T WAS ALWAYS LATE AT NIGHT WHEN !MRAM CAME HOME 4HAT

WAS BECAUSE HE WAS A SLAVE %ARLY EVERY MORNING HE WAVED GOOD BYE TO HIS WIFE *OCHEBED AND WENT TO WORK IN THE HOT SUN

-/",9 "1/

"ELONGING

Volume 2: p 16

MAKING BRICKS FOR 0HARAOH RULER OF %GYPT h0OOR !MRAM v *OCHEBED WHISPERED TO HERSELF ONE MORNING h)F ONLY 'OD WOULD SET OUR PEOPLE FREE "UT WHO IS BRAVE ENOUGH TO LEAD THEM v

*OCHEBED PICKED UP HER BABY BOY h!ND WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO YOU v SHE ASKED TENDERLY h7ILL YOU BECOME A SLAVE TOO LIKE ALL OUR PEOPLE v 4HAT NIGHT *OCHEBED KNEW THAT SOMETHING TERRIBLE HAD HAPPENED AS SOON AS !MRAM CAME IN THE DOOR (E LOOKED

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HAT CITY WALLS FELL DOWN WHEN TRUMPETS WERE BLOWN ! 2EAD *OSHUA OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

SO WORRIED AND FRIGHTENED h7HAT IS IT v SHE ASKED h7HAT IS WRONG v h0HARAOH HAS MADE A NEW LAW v !MRAM SAID SADLY h%VERY (EBREW BABY BOY IS TO BE KILLED v *OCHEBED CAUGHT HER BREATH h/H NO v SHE CRIED OUT h7HAT WILL HAPPEN TO OUR BABY 7HAT WILL WE DO v 4HAT NIGHT *OCHEBED LAY AWAKE THINKING OF WAYS TO SAVE HER BABY BOY 3HE WOULD HIDE HIM AS LONG AS SHE COULD "UT WHERE (OW 0ERHAPS 'OD WOULD HELP HER lND A WAY

>ÞÊ>vÌiÀÊ`>Þ]ÊÃ ` iÀÃÊ Ãi>ÀV i`ÊÌ iÊ iLÀiÜÊ ÕÃiÃ]Ê }Êv ÀÊ L>LÞÊL ÞÃÊÌ Ê °

Volume 2: p 17

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , Ê9 Õ½ÀiÊ>ÊvÀ i `Ê vÊÌ iÊv> ÞÊ > `Ê >ÛiÊ ÕÃÌÊ i «i`Ê À > Ê «ÕÌÊÌ i ÀÊL>LÞÊL Þ½ÃÊL>Ã iÌÊ > }ÊÌ iÊLÕ ÀÕÃ iÃÊÌ Ê `iÊ °Ê ÕÌÊ tÊ iÀiÊV iÃÊ Ì iÊ`>Õ} ÌiÀÊ vÊ* >À> ]Ê Ì iÊ > ÊÜ Ê ÃÊ }ÊÌ iÊ iLÀiÜÊL ÞÃtÊ 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê À > ¶

º ½ Ê ii«ÊÌ ÃÊL>LÞÊL ÞÊv ÀÊ ÞÊ Ü ]»ÊÌ iÊ«À ViÃÃÊÃ> `°

Volume 2: p 18

&OR THREE MONTHS *OCHEBED WAS ABLE TO HIDE HER BABY BOY $AY AFTER DAY SOLDIERS CAME TO THE (EBREW HOUSES LOOKING FOR BABY BOYS TO KILL "UT EACH TIME *OCHEBED HAD CAREFULLY HIDDEN HER BOY "UT HOW LONG COULD SHE KEEP DOING THIS h3OME DAY THEY WILL lND HIM v *OCHEBED TOLD !MRAM h4HEN THEY WILL KILL HIM ) MUST lND A BETTER WAY TO HIDE HIM v 4HEN *OCHEBED HAD AN IDEA 3HE WOULD lND A NEW HIDING PLACE FOR HER BABY .O ONE WOULD THINK TO LOOK THERE 4HE NEXT DAY *OCHEBED WENT TO THE .ILE 2IVER 3HE CUT MANY OF THE BULRUSHES THAT GREW ALONG THE BANKS OF THE RIVER 4HEN SHE BROUGHT THEM HOME AND WOVE A LITTLE BASKET WITH THEM 4HE BABY S BIG SISTER -IRIAM WATCHED HER MOTHER WEAVE THE BULRUSHES TO MAKE THE BASKET 3HE EVEN HELPED WEAVE THEM FOR THE LID h7HAT A BEAUTIFUL BASKET v -IRIAM SAID h)T WILL MAKE A NICE CRADLE FOR THE BABY v *OCHEBED SMILED AT -IRIAM h9ES v SHE SAID h.OW THE SOLDIERS WILL NOT lND HIM 4HEY WILL NOT THINK TO LOOK FOR BABY BOYS AMONG THE BULRUSHES OF THE .ILE 2IVER v *OCHEBED TUCKED HER BABY BOY INTO THE BASKET 3HE CARRIED THE BASKET DOWN TO THE RIVER h7E WILL PUT THE BASKET AMONG THE BULRUSHES v *OCHEBED TOLD -IRIAM h9OU CAN HIDE NEAR THE RIVER AND WATCH HIM v -IRIAM WATCHED THE LITTLE BASKET BOB UP AND DOWN AMONG THE BULRUSHES 4HEN SUDDENLY SHE CAUGHT HER BREATH h/H NO v -IRIAM WHISPERED h4HE PRINCESS IS COMING WITH HER HELPERS 7HAT WILL SHE DO IF SHE SEES THE BASKET ) CAN T TAKE IT AWAY WITHOUT BEING SEEN v -IRIAM FELT HELPLESS AS SHE WATCHED THE PRINCESS COME TO BATHE NEAR THE VERY PLACE WHERE THEY HAD PUT THE BABY S BASKET 4HE PRINCESS AND HER HELPERS DID SEE THE BASKET 4HEY HURRIED TOWARD THE BULRUSHES TO SEE WHAT IT WAS h7HATEVER CAN THAT BE v THE PRINCESS ASKED h'ET THAT BEAUTIFUL BASKET FOR ME SO THAT ) MAY SEE IT v

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7HAT 7AS *OSEPH S h0RESIDENTIAL ,IMOv ,IKE

4HE PRINCESS HELPERS WADED INTO THE WATER 4HEY BROUGHT THE BASKET TO THE PRINCESS 7HEN SHE OPENED THE LID SHE SAW A BEAUTIFUL BABY BOY "UT WHEN THE BABY BOY SAW THE STRANGE FACES LOOKING AT HIM HE BEGAN TO CRY 4HE PRINCESS FELT SORRY FOR THE BABY h4HIS IS ONE OF THE (EBREW BABIES THAT MY FATHER WANTS TO KILL v SHE SAID h) WILL KEEP HIM FOR MY OWN (E WILL BE MY SON v 4HEN -IRIAM RAN TOWARD THE PRINCESS h7OULD YOU LIKE FOR ME TO lND A (EBREW WOMAN TO TAKE CARE OF YOUR BABY v SHE ASKED 4HE PRINCESS WAS A SMART YOUNG LADY 3HE KNEW THIS WAS

7HEN *OSEPH BECAME GOVERNOR OF %GYPT 0HARAOH GAVE HIM ONE OF THE lNEST CHARIOTS IN THE LAND )T WOULD BE THE EQUIVALENT OF THE LIMO FOR A PRESIDENT OR PRIME MINISTER TODAY 4HE PICTURE HERE SHOWS AN ELABORATE %GYPTIAN CHARIOT WITH SIX SPOKES IN EACH WHEEL 4HIS ONE IS A WAR CHARIOT APPARENTLY DRIVEN BY THE WARRIOR *OSEPH WAS LIKELY NOT EXPECTED TO DRIVE HIS OWN CHARIOT FOR A GOVERNOR WOULD HAVE A DRIVER 4HE LARGER CHARIOT WOULD LIKELY BE DRAWN BY AT LEAST TWO HORSES .OTICE HOW THE HORSE IS ADORNED 7OULD YOU LIKE THIS FOR YOUR FAMILY CAR

Volume 2: p 20

PROBABLY THE BABY S SISTER AND SHE WOULD lND HER MOTHER TO TAKE CARE OF THE BABY h9ES v SAID THE PRINCESS h'O AND lND A NURSE FOR MY BABY AND ) WILL PAY HER TO TAKE CARE OF HIM 7HEN HE IS OLD ENOUGH HE CAN LIVE WITH ME IN THE PALACE v -IRIAM RAN HOME AS FAST AS HER LEGS COULD CARRY HER h-OTHER -OTHER v SHE SHOUTED h#OME QUICKLY v !S -IRIAM AND HER MOTHER RACED BACK TO THE RIVER -IRIAM QUICKLY TOLD HER ALL THAT HAD HAPPENED 4HE PRINCESS SMILED AT *OCHEBED /F COURSE SHE KNEW THAT THIS WAS THE BABY S MOTHER h4AKE MY BABY HOME WITH YOU v THE PRINCESS SAID h4AKE CARE OF HIM UNTIL HE IS OLD ENOUGH TO LIVE WITH ME IN THE PALACE ) WILL PAY YOU 7E WILL CALL HIS NAME -OSES v !S -IRIAM AND HER MOTHER WALKED HOME THAT DAY THE SKY SEEMED BRIGHTER THAN IT HAD EVER BEEN BEFORE %VERY SOUND WAS SWEETER AND EVERYTHING WAS MORE BEAUTIFUL 4HEIR BABY WAS SAFE FROM THE WICKED KING AT LASTÂ&#x2C6;SAVED BY HIS OWN DAUGHTER (E BELONGED TO THE PRINCESS 4HAT VERY DAY A ROYAL DECREE WAS DELIVERED TO *OCHEBED S HOME WRITTEN ON ROYAL PARCHMENT BY THE PRINCESS DECLARING THIS HER BABY .O ONE COULD TOUCH -OSES NOW (E BELONGED TO THE PRINCESS h4HANK YOU 'OD FOR WATCHING OVER LITTLE -OSES v *OCHEBED WHISPERED h4HANK YOU THAT HE NOW BELONGS TO THE PRINCESS FOR HE IS NOW SAFE FROM ANY HARM v

h7OULDN T IT BE WONDERFUL IF OUR OWN BABY -OSES WOULD LEAD OUR PEOPLE FROM SLAVERY SOMEDAY v -IRIAM SAID h9ES BUT THAT IS ASKING MUCH OF ONE LITTLE BABY v *OCHEBED ANSWERED h"UT HE NOT ONLY BELONGS TO THE PRINCESS HE BELONGS TO 'OD 7HO KNOWS HOW 'OD MAY USE HIM v

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê ÃiÃÊLi }i`ÊÌ Ê `]ÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ«À ViÃÃ]Ê> `ÊÌ Ê V iLi`Ê> `Ê À> °Ê/ >ÌÊ >`iÊ Ê>ÊÛiÀÞÊÃ«iV > Ê ÌÌ iÊL>LÞ]Ê` ` ½ÌÊ Ì¶ Ê Ó°Ê `ÊViÀÌ> ÞÊ >`ÊÃ«iV > Ê« > ÃÊv ÀÊ ÃiÃ]Ê` ` ½ÌÊ i¶Ê vÊ ÃiÃ½Ê v> ÞÊV Õ `Ê >ÛiÊ i`Ê> i>`ÊÌ ÊÃiiÊ Ê i>` }Ê Õ `Ài`ÃÊ vÊÌ ÕÃ> `ÃÊ vÊÃ >ÛiÃÊvÀ Ê }Þ«Ì]ÊÌ iÞÊÜ Õ `Ê >ÛiÊLii Ê ÛiÀÜ i i`° Ê Î°Ê 7 i ÊÜiÊLi }ÊÌ Ê `]Ê iÊ >ÃÊÃ«iV > Ê« > ÃÊv ÀÊÕÃ°Ê9 ÕÊLi }Ê Ì ÊÞ ÕÀÊv> Þ]Ê` ½ÌÊÞ Õ¶Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ>VVi«ÌÊ iÃÕÃÊ>ÃÊÞ ÕÀÊ->Û À]Ê Þ ÕÊLi }ÊÌ Ê `Ê Ê>ÊÃ«iV > ÊÜ>Þ°Ê >ÛiÊÞ ÕÊ` iÊÌ >Ì¶Ê7 Õ `Ê Þ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê` ÊÌ >ÌÊ Ü¶

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ i } } $EUTERONOMY / iÊ} ` ÞÊLi }ÊÌ Ê `° 0SALM / iÊ >Ì ÃÊ vÊÌ iÊÜ À `Ê Li }ÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ À`° *OHN 7 i ÊÜiÊLi }ÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ]Ê Ã iÊ«i « iÊ >ÌiÊÕÃ° 2OMANS 7iÊLi iÛiÀÃÊLi }ÊÌ ÊÊ i>V Ê Ì iÀ° #ORINTHIANS

À ÃÌÊLi }ÃÊÌ Ê `° *OHN 7iÊV> ½ÌÊLi }ÊÌ ÊÊ Ì ÃÊÜ À `Ê> `ÊLi }ÊÊ Ì Ê `Ê> Ã °

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

i } } ) WANT THAT TOO

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

"ELONGING

i } }Ê` iÃ ½ÌÊ i> ÊÌ iÊ Ì iÀÊ«iÀÃ Ê Ü ÃÊÕÃ]Ê iÊ>ÊÃ >Ûi°Ê7iÊLi }ÊÌ Ê ÕÀÊ «>Ài ÌÃ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ iÞÊ` ½ÌÊ Ü ÊÕÃ]Ê iÊÌ iÞÊ Ü Ê>Ê ÕÃiÊ ÀÊV>À°Ê7 i ÊÜiÊLi }ÊÌ Ê Ã i i]ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊÜ Ì ÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ Ê Ê>Ê

ÛiÀÞÊÃ«iV > ÊÜ>Þ°Ê7iÊ>ÀiÊ>ÊÃ } wV> ÌÊ«>ÀÌÊ vÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ½ÃÊ vi°Ê7iÊ Li }ÊÌ Ê ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊ ÊÌ >ÌÊÜ>Þ°Ê7iÊLi }ÊÌ Êi>V Ê Ì iÀÊ Ê ÕÀÊ

*ESUS BELONGED TO (IS &ATHER IN HEAVEN ) WANT TO BELONG TO *ESUS

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ i } } 3TORIES AND

v> ÞÊÌ >ÌÊÜ>Þ°Ê7iÊLi }ÊÌ Ê `ÊÌ >ÌÊÜ>Þ°Ê7iÊ>ÀiÊ>ÊÛiÀÞÊÃ } wV> ÌÊ «>ÀÌÊ vÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ½ÃÊ vi°Ê ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ} >`ÊÞ ÕÊLi }ÊÌ Ê `]ÊÌ ÊÞ ÕÀÊ «>Ài ÌÃ]Ê> `ÊÌ Ê Ì iÀÊv> ÞÊ i LiÀÃÊÌ >ÌÊÜ>Þ¶

Volume 2: p 21

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

Õ ÀÕÃ iÃ\Ê* > ÌÃÊÜ Ì Ê > ÞÊ1ÃiÃÊ "ULRUSHES WERE ONE OF SEVERAL KINDS OF "IBLE TIME REEDS 3OMETIMES BULRUSHES WERE CALLED PAPYRUS PU 0)% RUS "ULRUSHES GREW IN SWAMPS OR MARSHES ALONG THE .ILE 2IVER IN %GYPT OR NEAR THE SEA

)N ANCIENT %GYPT PEOPLE OFTEN CUT THE BULRUSHES TO MAKE THINGS 4HE STEM WAS SLICED INTO STRIPS 4HESE STRIPS WERE WOVEN INTO MATS ROPES SAILS FOR BOATS BASKETS OR SANDALS

"ULRUSHES WERE SOMETIMES TIED INTO LARGE BUNDLES AND MADE INTO BOATS

Volume 2: p 22

4HE MOST IMPORTANT USE FOR BULRUSHES WAS ANCIENT PAPER

0ITH 3TEM

4O MAKE PAPER PEOPLE CUT OFF THE HARD STEM FROM THE PLANTS 4HEN THEY SLICED THE PITH INTO STRIPS

4HESE STRIPS WERE LAID SIDE BY SIDE /THER STRIPS WERE LAID ACROSS THEM 4HEN ALL THE STRIPS WERE SOAKED WITH WATER AND PRESSED UNTIL DRY OR THEY WERE BEATEN TOGETHER WITH A HAMMER THEN POLISHED WITH A SMOOTH STONE ,ONG ROLLS WERE MADE FROM THIS ANCIENT PAPER 4HE ROLLS WERE CALLED SCROLLS 3OME OF THE PARTS OF OUR "IBLE WERE ORIGINALLY WRITTEN ON THESE SCROLLS -ANY BROKEN PIECES HAVE BEEN FOUND 4HESE PIECES ARE CALLED PAPYRUS FRAGMENTS 4HEY ARE VERY IMPORTANT IN HELPING US KNOW MORE ABOUT THE WAY OUR "IBLE WAS WRITTEN

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 *ERICHO Volume 2: p 23

-/",9

Ý `ÕÃÊ£Î\Ê£Ç ÓÓ

4HE -ARCH TO &REEDOM

4HE %XODUS FROM %GYPT

-/",9 "1/

&OLLOWING

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , Ê Ì½ÃÊ Û }Ê`>ÞÊv ÀÊ>Ê Ê ÀÊ ÀiÊ«i « iÊ> `ÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊ ÊÌ iÊVÀ Ü`°Ê Ê>À Õ `Ê> `ÊÌi Ê iÊÜ >ÌÊ Þ ÕÊÃii°

/ iÊ«i « iÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i Ê ÕÀÀ i`Ê >ÃÊÌ iÞÊ«>V i`ÊÌ i ÀÊÌ }ÃÊ Ì Ê i>ÛiÊ }Þ«Ì°

Volume 2: p 42

S EVERYTHING ALL RIGHT AT YOUR HOUSE THIS MORNING v

ONE OF THE (EBREW WOMEN ASKED A NEIGHBOR h9ES v THE NEIGHBOR ANSWERED h) HEAR THAT ALL THE (EBREW PEOPLE ARE SAFE "UT WHAT A TERRIBLE NIGHT FOR THE %GYPTIANS 0EOPLE SAY THAT THE OLDEST SON IN EVERY HOME IN %GYPT DIED LAST NIGHT )T WAS JUST AS 'OD HAD SAID v

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7HO 7AS THE 0HARAOH OF THE %XODUS

h) FEEL SORRY FOR THE %GYPTIAN PEOPLE v SAID THE WOMAN h)F ONLY 0HARAOH HAD NOT BEEN SO HARD HEARTED THIS WOULD NOT HAVE HAPPENED TO THEM )F HE HAD LET US GO FREE WHEN -OSES AND !ARON ASKED HIM EVEN 0HARAOH S OLDEST SON WOULD BE ALIVE TODAY v h"UT IT S TOO LATE NOW v SAID THE NEIGHBOR h7HEN -OSES CAME BACK FROM THE PALACE EARLY THIS MORNING HE TOLD OUR LEADERS ABOUT ALL THOSE CHILDREN WHO DIED LAST NIGHT 0HARAOH BEGGED HIM TO TAKE US OUT OF %GYPT NOW v h) KNOW v THE WOMAN SAID h4HE %GYPTIANS WANT US FAR AWAY FROM THEM 9OU SHOULD SEE ALL THE BEAUTIFUL GOLD AND SILVER

7HO WAS THE 0HARAOH OF THE %XODUS AND WHY HAD HE hFORGOTTEN *OSEPHv ,ET S START BACK WITH THE 0HARAOH WHO MADE *OSEPH GOVERNOR )T IS COMMONLY THOUGHT THAT HE WAS A (YKSOS RULER AN !SIAN WHO HAD CONQUERED %GYPT AND RULED AS ITS KING !N %GYPTIAN 0HARAOH WOULD NOT HAVE MADE A (EBREW LIKE *OSEPH GOVERNOR OF THE LAND "UT AN !SIAN 0HARAOH WOULD 4HEN FOUR HUNDRED YEARS PASSED 4HE %GYPTIANS RECLAIMED THEIR LAND AND AN %GYPTIAN BECAME 0HARAOH

Volume 2: p 44

JEWELRY SOME %GYPTIANS GAVE ME THIS MORNING 4HEY TOLD ME TO TAKE IT AND GET OUT OF THEIR COUNTRY 4HEY RE AFRAID THEY WILL ALL BE KILLED v 4HE NEIGHBOR TURNED TO GO BACK INTO HER HOUSE h7E MUST HURRY TO PACK OUR THINGS v SHE SAID h7E MUST BE READY TO LEAVE %GYPT AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE 0HARAOH MIGHT CHANGE HIS MIND AGAIN AND NOT LET US GO v 4HE TWO WOMEN HURRIED INTO THEIR HOUSES AND PACKED ALL THEIR CLOTHES AND POTS AND PANS 4HEY PACKED THEIR CHILDREN S THINGS TOO AND HELPED THEIR CHILDREN GET READY FOR THE LONG TRIP FROM %GYPT 3OON ALL THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL WOULD MEET AT THE PLACE WHERE -OSES HAD TOLD THEM 4HERE THEY WOULD BE TOLD HOW TO WALK TOGETHER OUT OF %GYPT 7HEN -OSES SAW ALL THESE PEOPLE COMING TOGETHER HE MUST HAVE WONDERED HOW HE COULD EVER GET THEM LINED UP FOR THE TRIP (OW COULD HE EVER LEAD SO MANY PEOPLE (OW COULD ALL THESE PEOPLE FOLLOW HIM 7OULD THEY 4HERE WERE MORE THAN SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND MEN WITH THEIR WIVES AND CHILDREN !LL OF THESE FAMILIES HAD SHEEP AND GOATS CATTLE AND DONKEYS 4HEY HAD BUNDLES OF CLOTHING AND POTS AND PANS -OTHERS HAD BABIES ON THEIR BACKS 3OME OF THE CHILDREN HAD TOYS IN THEIR HANDS %VERYONE LISTENED QUIETLY AS -OSES TOLD THEM HOW TO LINE UP lVE PEOPLE SIDE BY SIDE 3OME PEOPLE WERE PUT IN CHARGE OF

THE ANIMALS TO KEEP THEM FROM WANDERING 3OON THERE WAS A LONG LINE SO LONG THAT THE PEOPLE IN THE FRONT COULD NOT EVEN SEE THE PEOPLE AT THE BACK !T THE VERY FRONT OF THE LINE WAS -OSES (E WAS THE LEADER 4HEY MUST ALL FOLLOW HIM 7ITH -OSES WAS AN %GYPTIAN OXCART WITH AN %GYPTIAN COFlN -OSES HAD REMEMBERED THAT *OSEPH HAD ASKED TO BE BURIED IN #ANAAN !S SOON AS EVERYONE WAS LINED UP -OSES GAVE THE ORDER AND THE PEOPLE SET OUT ON THEIR TRIP FROM %GYPT 4HERE WAS SUCH EXCITEMENT AMONG THE PEOPLE AS THEY TALKED TOGETHER OF ALL THE GREAT THINGS THE ,ORD HAD DONE THROUGH -OSES AND !ARON 4HEY TALKED ABOUT THE PLAGUES THAT 'OD HAD SENT TO THE %GYPTIANS 4HEY HAD SO MANY THINGS TO TELL EACH OTHER ABOUT THE FROGS AND LICE THE RIVER OF BLOOD AND THE DARKNESS THAT HAD COME OVER THE LAND 4HE PEOPLE TALKED TOO OF THE THINGS THAT HAD HAPPENED LAST NIGHT WHEN THE ANGEL OF DEATH PASSED OVER THEIR HOUSES `ÊÜ>ÃÊ ÊÌ iÊV Õ`]Ê}Õ ` }Ê Ì iÊ«i « iÊ ÊÌ i ÀÊÌÀ «°

3OME THINK THIS 0HARAOH OF THE %XODUS WOULD HAVE BEEN 2AMESES )) OR 2AAMSES )) (IS STATUE IS SHOWN ON THE LEFT /THERS THINK IT WAS -ERNEPTAH (IS STATUE IS SHOWN ABOVE %ITHER WOULD HAVE BEEN %GYPTIAN NOT !SIAN 4HEY DIDN T REALLY FORGET *OSEPH AS MUCH AS THEY WANTED TO FORGET WHAT *OSEPH HAD DONE FOR %GYPT SO THEY COULD DOMINATE THE (EBREWS !S LONG AS THE (YKSOS RULED %GYPT *OSEPH S CHILDREN SEEMED TO BE SAFE )T WAS AFTER THE %GYPTIAN 0HARAOHS RULED AGAIN THAT THE (EBREWS WERE IN TROUBLE

Volume 2: p 45

h7E WILL SERVE 'OD FOREVER v SOME PEOPLE SAID h7E WILL

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ Ü } %XODUS

½ÌÊv ÜÊv> ÃiÊ} `Ã° .UMBERS / iÊ«i « iÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i Êv Üi`Ê `½ÃÊ ÕÃiÊ>ÃÊÌ iÞÊÌÀ>Ûi i`° 0SALM Ü }ÊÌ iÊ À`Ê > iÃÊÊ ÕÃÊ >««Þ° 0SALM Ü }ÊÌ iÊ-VÀ «ÌÕÀiÃÊ ii«ÃÊÕÃÊ«ÕÀi° ,UKE iÃÕÃ½Êv ÜiÀÃÊ Ûi`Ê Ê ÀiÊÌ > Ê> ÞÌ }Êi Ãi°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Ü } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS FOLLOWED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO FOLLOW (IM TOO

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ Ü } 3TORIES AND

Volume 2: p 46

ALWAYS DO WHAT 'OD SAYS 7E WILL ALWAYS FOLLOW (IM v h9ES v SAID OTHERS hBUT lRST WE MUST FOLLOW -OSES OUT OF %GYPT 0HARAOH MAY CHANGE HIS MIND AND COME AFTER US WITH SOLDIERS (E MAY KILL US ALL 7E DON T KNOW HOW TO lGHT HIS SOLDIERS v h(E WON T COME FOR AWHILE v SAID SOME h4HE %GYPTIANS ARE STILL BURYING THEIR DEAD CHILDREN AND MOURNING FOR THEM v !LL THAT DAY THE PEOPLE HURRIED AS FAST AS THEY COULD .OBODY COMPLAINED ABOUT THE HEAT OR THE DUST .OBODY COMPLAINED THAT THEY MUST FOLLOW -OSES (E WAS THE LEADER 'OD HAD GIVEN TO THEM AND THEY WERE HAPPY TO FOLLOW HIM NOW 3UDDENLY SOMEONE CRIED OUT h,OOK UP AHEAD v HE SHOUTED h,OOK AT THAT CLOUD UP THERE v 4HE PEOPLE HAD SEEN SOME CLOUDS OF DUST ALONG THE WAY "UT THIS WAS NOT A CLOUD OF DUST )T WAS A BEAUTIFUL CLOUD THAT LOOKED LIKE A TALL PILLAR h7HAT IS IT v THEY ALL ASKED 4HEN THE WORD CAME BACK THROUGH THE CROWD h-OSES SAYS THAT 'OD IS IN THAT CLOUD (E IS GOING TO LEAD US ON OUR TRIP 7E MUST FOLLOW THE PILLAR OF CLOUD v .OW THE PEOPLE COULD FOLLOW NOT ONLY -OSES THEY COULD FOLLOW 'OD (IMSELF 7HEN EVENING CAME THE PEOPLE STOPPED 4HEY WERE SO HAPPY TO REST 4HAT NIGHT PEOPLE SAT AROUND THOUSANDS OF CAMPlRES TELLING EACH OTHER THE THINGS THEY WOULD DO WHEN THEY REACHED THE 0ROMISED ,AND !S THEY TALKED THEY LOOKED OFTEN AT THE CLOUD THAT HAD LED THEM ALL THAT DAY )T NOW SHONE LIKE A lERY CLOUD IN THE DARK SKY )T REMINDED THEM THAT 'OD WAS THERE WITH THEM AND THAT (E WAS LEADING THEM )T REMINDED THEM TO FOLLOW (IM IF THEY EXPECTED TO GET TO THE 0ROMISED ,AND h(OW THANKFUL WE SHOULD BE THAT 'OD HAS SET US FREE v THE PEOPLE SAID h!ND HOW THANKFUL WE SHOULD BE THAT (E IS LEADING US TO OUR NEW HOMES IN THE 0ROMISED ,AND v h4HANK YOU ,ORD THAT WE CAN FOLLOW YOU v SOME WHISPERED

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê iv ÀiÊÌ iÊ« >ÀÊ vÊV Õ`Ê>««i>Ài`]ÊÜ Ê i`ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i Ê ÕÌÊ vÊ }Þ«Ì¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊ ÌÊ « ÀÌ> ÌÊv ÀÊÌ i ÊÌ Êv ÜÊ ÃiÃ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊ vÊÌ iÞÊ >`Ê ÌÊv Üi`Ê ¶Ê7 >ÌÊ vÊiÛiÀÞ iÊÜ> Ìi`ÊÌ Ê } Ê ÃÊ Ü ÊÜ>Þ¶Ê Ê Ó°Ê 7 ÊÜ>ÃÊ ÊÌ iÊ« >ÀÊ vÊV Õ`Ê> `ÊwÀi¶Ê `ÊÜ Õ `Ê i>`Ê ÃiÃÊ > `Ê ÃÊ«i « iÊ ÕÌÊ vÊ }Þ«ÌÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ*À Ãi`Ê > `°Ê7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `Ê Þ ÕÊÌ Ê vÊ `Ê i`ÊÞ ÕÊi>V Ê`>ÞÊÜ Ì Ê>Ê« >ÀÊ vÊV Õ`Ê> `ÊwÀi¶Ê 7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊv ÜÊ ¶Ê ÕÌÊ iÊ` iÃÊ i>`ÊÞ ÕÊi>V Ê`>Þ°Ê7 ÊÞ ÕÊ v ÜÊ ¶Ê7 ÊÞ ÕÊ` ÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊÜ> ÌÃÊ> `Ê} ÊÜ iÀiÊ iÊÜ> ÌÃ¶ Ê Î°Ê 7 ÞÊ` `Ê `Ê i>`ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i ¶Ê" iÊÀi>Ã Ê ÃÊ} Ûi Ê Ê *Ã> ÊÎ£\ÊÎ°Ê iÊ i>`ÃÊ ÃÊ«i « iÊv ÀÊº ÃÊ > i½ÃÊÃ> i°»

`Ê >ÃÊ} Ûi ÊÞ ÕÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊÌ Ê i>`Ê

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

Þ ÕÊ> `ÊÌ> iÊV>ÀiÊ vÊÞ Õ°Ê7 ÞÊ ÃÊ ÌÊ

&OLLOWING

7 >ÌÊ vÊ> ÊÌ iÊV `Ài Ê vÊÌ iÊÜ À `Ê

« ÀÌ> ÌÊÌ Êv ÜÊÌ i ÀÊ` ÀiVÌ ¶Ê Ã> `]Êº Ê` ½ÌÊ ii`Ê«>Ài ÌÃ°Ê ½ Ê} }Ê

Ì Ê` ÊÜ >ÌÊ ÊÜ> Ì»¶Ê7 >ÌÊ `Ê vÊÜ À `ÊÜ Õ `ÊÌ >ÌÊLi¶Ê `Ê i>`ÃÊ } ` ÞÊ«>Ài ÌÃ]ÊÌ ]Ê ÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊ iÊ i>`ÃÊÞ Õ°Ê7 ÞÊ ÃÊ ÌÊ « ÀÌ> ÌÊÌ Ê v ÜÊ ÃÊ` ÀiVÌ ¶Ê7 >ÌÊ vÊ> ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ vÊÌ iÊÜ À `ÊÃ> `]ÊÊ º Ê` ½ÌÊ ii`Ê `°Ê ½ Ê} }ÊÌ Ê` ÊÜ >ÌÊ ÊÜ> Ì»¶Ê VÌÕ> Þ]ÊÊ > ÞÊ«i « iÊ` ÊÃ>ÞÊÌ >Ì]Ê> `Ê Ê>ÌÊ> ÊÌ iÊÌÀ ÕL iÊÌ ÃÊÊ LÀ }ÃÊÌ ÊÌ iÊÜ À `°Ê

Volume 2: p 47

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ ÕÀ iÞÊvÀ Ê }Þ«Ì / À Õ} ÊÌ iÊ7 `iÀ iÃÃÊÌ Ê >`iÃ >À i>

4HE JOURNEY FROM %GYPT TO THE EDGE OF THE 0ROMISED ,AND WAS A LONG ONE )T TOOK TWO YEARS FOR THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL TO MAKE THAT TRIP WITH ALL THEIR CATTLE AND BAGGAGE AND CHILDREN (ERE ARE SOME IMPORTANT STOPS THEY MADE AND WHAT HAPPENED AT EACH ONE

* >ViÊ

7 >ÌÊ >««i i`

2AMESES 4HE 0ASSOVER %XODUS n %GYPT 4HE %XODUS BEGINS %XODUS n

Volume 2: p 48

3UCCOTH

4HE PEOPLE PASSED THROUGH 3UCCOTH GOING hTOWARD THE 2ED 3EAv TO THE SOUTHEAST %XODUS

%THAM

#AMP WAS SET UP AT %THAM AT THE EDGE OF THE WILDERNESS 4HE PILLAR OF CLOUD AND lRE MENTIONED lRST HERE %XODUS n

"AAL :EPHON

4HE ,ORD COMMANDED THE PEOPLE TO TURN BACK TO THE NORTH ALONG THE 2ED 3EA TO MAKE IT APPEAR THAT THEY WERE TRAPPED %XODUS n

!T THIS POINT THE 2ED 3EA PARTED AND THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL WENT ACROSS %XODUS n

-ARAH

!FTER THREE DAYS OF TRAVELING IN THE WILDERNESS WITHOUT lNDING WATER THE PEOPLE CAME TO -ARAH "UT THE WATER WAS BITTER AND 'OD TOLD -OSES HOW TO SWEETEN IT %XODUS n

%LIM

4WELVE SPRINGS OF WATER WERE FOUND AT %LIM AS WELL AS SEVENTY PALM TREES 4HE PEOPLE ENCAMPED AT %LIM %XODUS

7ILDERNESS /NE MONTH AFTER LEAVING %GYPT THE #HILDREN OF 3IN OF )SRAEL REACHED A PLACE TO CAMP NEAR THE 2ED 3EA .UMBERS

(ERE THE PEOPLE COMPLAINED 'OD SENT MANNA AND QUAIL %XODUS n

2EPHIDIM

7HEN THE PEOPLE REACHED 2EPHIDIM THERE WAS NO WATER TO DRINK AGAIN 4HEY COMPLAINED TO -OSES WHO ASKED 'OD S HELP 4HEN 'OD LED -OSES TO THE ROCK AT (OREB WHERE -OSES STRUCK THE ROCK AND BROUGHT FORTH WATER !FTER THIS HAPPENED !MALEK FOUGHT AGAINST )SRAEL !S LONG AS -OSES HANDS WERE HELD UP )SRAEL WON %XODUS

-OUNT 3INAI

:IPPORAH -OSES WIFE HER FATHER *ETHRO AND -OSES TWO SONS VISITED -OSES HERE *ETHRO ADVISED -OSES TO DELEGATE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF JUDGING THE PEOPLE WHICH -OSES DID %XODUS 4HE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL STAYED AT -OUNT 3INAI FOR TEN MONTHS $URING THIS TIME 'OD GAVE -OSES THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS AND THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR BUILDING THE 4ABERNACLE AS WELL AS MANY LAWS FOR THE PEOPLE %XODUS n

7HILE -OSES RECEIVED THESE THINGS ON -OUNT 3INAI !ARON MADE A GOLDEN CALF WHICH THE PEOPLE WORSHIPED AND WHICH -OSES DESTROYED WHEN HE CAME DOWN %XODUS

!FTER 'OD RENEWED THE #OVENANT WITH -OSES AND THE PEOPLE THE 4ABERNACLE WAS BUILT %XODUS n

+IBROTH (ATTAAVAH

7HILE THE PEOPLE WERE CAMPED HERE THEY COMPLAINED 4HE ,ORD SENT lRE 4HEN THE PEOPLE CRIED FOR FOOD AND 'OD SENT QUAIL UNTIL THE PEOPLE BECAME SICK .UMBERS

(AZEROTH

!T (AZEROTH -IRIAM AND !ARON COMPLAINED ABOUT -OSES WIFE AND WERE PUNISHED .UMBERS

+ADESH "ARNEA

-OSES SENT TWELVE SPIES INTO THE 0ROMISED ,AND BUT ONLY TWO OF THEM TRUSTED 'OD TO HELP THEM TAKE IT 3O 'OD MADE THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL BEGIN A PERIOD OF THIRTY EIGHT MORE YEARS IN THE WILDERNESS .UMBERS n

Volume 2: p 49

-/",9

Ý `ÕÃÊ£{

0ATHWAY THROUGH THE 3EA

4HE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL CROSS THE 2ED 3EA

-/",9 "1/

0RAISING

Volume 2: p 50

NE EVENING THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL STOPPED TO SET UP CAMP

)T WAS A LOVELY PLACE WITH MOUNTAINS ON ONE SIDE AND THE 2ED 3EA ON THE OTHER

h7HAT S THE MATTER v A LITTLE BOY ASKED HIS FATHER h7HY DO YOU LOOK SO WORRIED v h!LL THE PEOPLE ARE WHISPERING BAD THINGS ABOUT THIS PLACE v SAID THE FATHER h)F THE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS SHOULD lND US HERE WE LL BE TRAPPED BETWEEN THE MOUNTAINS AND THE SEA 7E LL NEVER GET OUT v 3UDDENLY SHOUTS BEGAN TO RING OUT THROUGH THE CROWD

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , >} iÊÞ ÕÀÃi vÊÃÌ> ` }Ê Ì iÀiÊÜ Ì Ê ÃiÃÊ>ÃÊÌ iÊÃi>Ê «>ÀÌÃÊv ÀÊÞ Õ]ÊÌ i ÊVÀ>Ã iÃÊ L>V Ê ÛiÀÊÌ iÊ }Þ«Ì > ÃÊÜ Ê >ÀiÊV >Ã }ÊÞ Õ°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ ÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê `Ê>ÃÊÞ ÕÊ«À>Þ¶

4HE FATHER RAN TOWARD THEM AS FAST AS HE COULD GO 4HE LITTLE BOY RAN TOO

7 i Ê ÃiÃÊÃÌÀiÌV i`Ê ÕÌÊ ÃÊ > `ÊÌ Ü>À`ÊÌ iÊÃi>]ÊÌ iÊÜ `Ê Li}> ÊÌ ÊL ÜÊÌ iÊÜ>ÌiÀÃÊ>«>ÀÌ°

Volume 2: p 51

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7Â&#x2026;>Ã&#x152;Ã&#x160;7>Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x160;,i`Ã&#x160; -i>Ã&#x160; Â&#x2C6;Â&#x17D;iÂ¶ -OST PEOPLE WHO HAVE STUDIED THIS AREA THINK THE 2ED 3EA THROUGH WHICH THE )SRAELITES CROSSED WAS ACTUALLY THE 2EED 3EA 4HIS WAS ALSO CALLED THE 0APYRUS ,AKE OR 0APYRUS -ARSH NEAR 4ANIS IN %GYPT )N RECENT YEARS THE 3UEZ #ANAL HAS CHANGED THE LANDSCAPE SO IT IS MUCH LESS MARSHY THAN IT WOULD HAVE BEEN IN -OSES TIME 4HERE IS A SEA CALLED THE 2ED 3EA BUT IT IS MILES LONG STRETCHING FROM THE 3UEZ #ANAL TO THE )NDIAN /CEAN MILES ACROSS AND FEET DEEP SO IT DOESN T lT THE DESCRIPTION OF THE SEA THE )SRAELITES CROSSED

Volume 2: p 52

h7HAT S THE MATTER v THE FATHER ASKED THE MEN WHO WERE SHOUTING h,OOK v THEY SAID h%GYPTIAN SOLDIERS (UNDREDS OF THEM 4HEY RE COMING WITH CHARIOTS AND HORSES v 4HE WOMEN BEGAN TO SCREAM -EN BEGAN TO TALK AS FAST AS THEY COULD TO EACH OTHER 7HAT COULD THEY DO 4HE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS WOULD TORTURE THEM AND KILL THEM 4HEY COULDN T EVEN RUN AWAY NOW 4HEY WERE TRAPPED BETWEEN THE MOUNTAINS AND THE SEA 4HERE WAS NO WAY OUT h&IND -OSES v SOMEONE SHOUTED h!SK HIM WHAT TO DO v 3OME MEN HURRIED TO lND -OSES h$ON T BE AFRAID v -OSES SAID h4HE ,ORD IS GOING TO SHOW YOU SOMETHING (E WILL lGHT FOR YOU 9OU WILL NEVER SEE THOSE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS AFTER THIS lGHT v !S SOON AS -OSES SAID THAT SOMETHING BEGAN TO HAPPEN h,OOK v SOME PEOPLE SAID h4HE PILLAR OF CLOUD IS MOVING v 4HE PEOPLE WATCHED THE PILLAR OF CLOUD MOVE TOWARD THE %GYPTIANS 'OD WAS IN THAT CLOUD 4HE CLOUD HAD GONE BEFORE THEM SO 'OD COULD LEAD THEM ALONG THE WAY 4HEY HAD FOLLOWED 'OD AND WOULD KEEP ON FOLLOWING (IM "UT WHAT WOULD 'OD DO NOW 4HE CLOUD BEGAN TO GROW THICKER AND BIGGER LIKE A HEAVY FOG "EFORE LONG THE (EBREWS COULD NOT SEE THE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS 4HE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS COULD NOT SEE THE (EBREWS EITHER SO THEY HAD TO STOP -OSES KNELT DOWN ON THE GROUND AND BEGAN TO PRAY 7HAT SHOULD 'OD S PEOPLE DO NOW (E MUST ASK 'OD h'ET UP v 'OD TOLD -OSES h(OLD YOUR HAND OUT TOWARD THE SEA UNTIL THERE IS A PATH THROUGH IT v -OSES HELD HIS HAND TOWARD THE SEA AS 'OD HAD COMMANDED 4HE WIND BEGAN TO BLOW )T WHIPPED -OSES LONG ROBES 3AND BLEW THROUGH THE CAMP AS THE WIND GREW STRONGER AND STRONGER h0REPARE TO MARCH BY DAYBREAK v -OSES ORDERED h7HERE v THE PEOPLE ASKED EACH OTHER "UT -OSES DID NOT ANSWER 'OD WOULD SHOW THEM THE WAY (E WOULD FOLLOW 'OD AND HIS PEOPLE MUST FOLLOW HIM

!LL NIGHT LONG THE WIND HOWLED THROUGH THE CAMP 0EOPLE HURRIED HERE AND THERE TAKING DOWN THEIR TENTS GETTING THEIR CATTLE TOGETHER AND DOING ALL THE THINGS THEY HAD TO DO FOR THE TRIP 4HE LITTLE BOY AND HIS FATHER HURRIED TO GET THINGS READY TOO 7HEN THE lRST STREAKS OF DAWN CAME IN THE EAST THE COMMAND CAME FROM -OSES h-ARCH v HE CALLED h4OWARD THE SEA v 4HE PEOPLE FOLLOWED -OSES HEADED TOWARD THE SEA 4HEN SUDDENLY THE LITTLE BOY S FATHER SAW WHAT HAD HAPPENED DURING THE NIGHT h,OOK v HE SHOUTED h4HE SEA HAS A PATH IN THE MIDDLE 4HE WIND HAS BLOWN THE WATER APART v 4HE PEOPLE HURRIED AFTER -OSES AS HE WALKED ON THE PATH THAT LED THROUGH THE SEA 7HEN THE LAST OF THE PEOPLE WERE CLIMBING UP ON THE OTHER SHORE THE BOY S FATHER SHOUTED TO THE PEOPLE h4HE %GYPTIANS ARE COMING THROUGH THE SEA TOO v HE SAID -OSES CLIMBED UP ON A HIGH ROCK AND WAITED (E WAITED UNTIL ALL HIS PEOPLE WERE SAFELY OUT OF THE SEA (E WAITED UNTIL ALL THE %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS WERE ON THE PATH IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SEA 4HEN 'OD SPOKE TO -OSES

/ iÊÜ>ÌiÀÊÃÜi«ÌÊ ÊvÀ Ê Ì iÊÃi>Ê> `ÊV ÛiÀi`Ê> Ê Ì iÊV >À ÌÃÊ> `ÊÃ ` iÀÃ°

Volume 2: p 53

h3TRETCH OUT YOUR HAND OVER THE SEA v (E SAID -OSES DID

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ *À> Ã } $EUTERONOMY *À> ÃiÊ `Êv ÀÊv `° 3AMUEL *À> ÃiÊ `ÊLiv ÀiÊÌ iÊÊ >Ì Ã° #HRONICLES *À> ÃiÊ `ÊLÞÊÃ } }° 0SALM ÊÌ iÊÜ À `ÊÃ Õ `ÊÊ «À> ÃiÊ `° 0SALM >V Ê}i iÀ>Ì ÊÃ Õ `Ê «À> ÃiÊ `°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

*À> Ã } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS PRAISED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO PRAISE (IM TOO

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ*À> Ã } 3TORIES AND

Volume 2: p 54

EXACTLY WHAT 'OD COMMANDED (E ALWAYS DID 4HE WATER BEGAN TO POUR BACK INTO THE PATH "EFORE LONG THE CHARIOT WHEELS STUCK IN THE MUD %GYPTIAN SOLDIERS BEGAN WHIPPING THEIR HORSES h&ORWARD v CRIED SOME OF THE SOLDIERS h4URN BACK v CRIED OTHERS "UT IT WAS TOO LATE TO DO EITHER 4HE WATER SWEPT IN FROM THE SEA AND COVERED ALL THE CHARIOTS AND THE SOLDIERS 'OD HAD FOUGHT FOR THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL AND HAD WON .EVER AGAIN WOULD THEY HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT THEIR %GYPTIAN MASTERS 4HE SUN BROKE THROUGH A CLOUD AND THE MORNING BECAME BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL !T LAST THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL WERE SAFE 4HEY WERE NO LONGER SLAVES 4HEY WERE FREE .EVER AGAIN WOULD THEY WORK FOR 0HARAOH UNDER THE HOT %GYPTIAN SUN .EVER AGAIN WOULD THEY BE BEATEN AND TORTURED 4HEY WERE FREE 3UDDENLY A POWERFUL VOICE BEGAN TO SING )T WAS -OSES (E BEGAN TO SING A SONG OF PRAISE TO 'OD FOR SETTING THEM FREE 4HEN ALL THOSE HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE BEGAN TO SING WITH -OSES 7HAT A BEAUTIFUL CHOIR THAT MUST HAVE BEEN %VEN 0HARAOH MUST HAVE HEARD IT AS HE STOOD ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SEA HELPLESSLY WATCHING ALL THAT HAD HAPPENED )T WAS A TIME FOR PRAISE AND THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL PRAISED 'OD WHO HAD SET THEM FREE 4HROUGHOUT THE CROWD MANY MUST HAVE WHISPERED PRAYERS OF PRAISE AND THANKSGIVING AS THEY REALIZED THAT THEY WERE FREE AT LAST 3O WITH HAPPY HEARTS THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL BEGAN TO MARCH SINGING AS THEY WENT 4HE LITTLE BOY LOOKED UP AT HIS FATHER (IS FATHER DID NOT LOOK WORRIED NOW )NSTEAD HE LOOKED VERY VERY HAPPY AS HE MARCHED TOWARD A NEW HOME SINGING PRAISES AS HE WENT 4HE LITTLE BOY SMILED 4HEN HE BEGAN TO SING PRAISES TO 'OD TOO

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊvi ÌÊ vÊÞ ÕÊ >`ÊLii ÊÃÌ> ` }ÊÌ iÀi]Ê Ü>ÌV }ÊÌ iÊÃi>ÊÃÜii«Ê ÛiÀÊÌ iÊi i ÞÊÃ ` iÀÃ¶Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `Ê Þ ÕÊ >ÛiÊvi ÌÊÌ ÊÀi> âiÊÌ >ÌÊÞ ÕÊÜiÀiÊ Ê }iÀÊ>ÊÃ >Ûi]ÊLÕÌÊvÀiiÊÊ >ÌÊ >ÃÌ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊvi ÌÊ iÊÃ } }Ê«À> ÃiÃÊÌ Ê `¶Ê7 Þ¶ Ê Ó°Ê 7 i ÊÜi½ÀiÊÛiÀÞÊ >««ÞÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ vÊÃ iÌ }ÊÌ >ÌÊ `Ê >ÃÊ ` i]ÊÜiÊ vÌi Êvii Ê iÊÃ } }]Ê` ½ÌÊÜi¶Ê*Ã> Ê£ää\ÊÓÊÌi ÃÊÕÃÊ Ì ÊV iÊLiv ÀiÊÌ iÊ À`ÊÜ Ì ÊÃ } }°Ê ÌÊ ÃÊ>Ê} `ÊÌ iÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `ÊÜ Ì Ê ÕÀÊÃ } }Ê> `Ê ÕÀÊ«À>Þ }]Ê Ã ½ÌÊ Ì¶ Ê Î°Ê 7 i Ê*>Õ Ê> `Ê- >ÃÊÜiÀiÊ Ê«À Ã Ê Ê* «« ]Ê > ÞÊÞi>ÀÃÊ >ÌiÀ]Ê Ì iÞÊÃ> }ÊÃ }ÃÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ iÊ À`]Ê«À> Ã }Ê ÊÜ Ì ÊÌ i ÀÊÃ } }Ê VÌÃÊ£È\ÊÓx®°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊiÛiÀÊ«À> ÃiÊÌ iÊ À`ÊÜ i ÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊ Ê ÌÀ ÕL i]Ê ÀÊ ÞÊÜ i ÊÌ }ÃÊ>ÀiÊ} }ÊÜi ¶Ê/ÀÞÊ«À> Ã }Ê `Ê>ÌÊ > ÊÌ iÃ]Ê ÌÊ ÕÃÌÊ ÊÌ iÊ} `ÊÌ iÃ°Ê*À> ÃiÊÜ ÊLÀ } Ìi ÊÞ ÕÀÊ viÊ > `ÊV iVÌÊÞ ÕÊÜ Ì Ê `]Ê«ÕÌÌ }ÊÞ ÕÊ ÊÌÕ iÊÜ Ì ÊÌ iÊ Ài>Ì À°

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

9 ÕÀÊv>Ì iÀÊ> `Ê Ì iÀÊ` Ê>Ê} `Ê LÊ

0RAISING

Ì iÞÊvii Ê>L ÕÌÊÌ >Ì°Ê ÌÊ ÃÊ> Ü>ÞÃÊ>Ê} `Ê

>ÌÊÜ À Ê> `ÊÌ i ÀÊL ÃÃiÃÊ«À> ÃiÊÌ i °Ê º `Ê Lt»ÊÃ>ÞÃÊÌ iÊL ÃÃ°Ê/ Ê ÜÊ vii }ÊÌ Ê}iÌÊ«À> ÃiÊvÀ Ê Ì iÀÃ]ÊÃÕV ÊÊ

>ÃÊÜ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃ }ÊÜi Ê>ÌÊV ÕÀV ]Ê ÀÊÀiV ÌiÊÞ ÕÀÊ i ÀÞÊÛiÀÃiÃÊÊ Üi ]Ê ÀÊ` Ê>Ê} `Ê LÊÜ Ì ÊÞ ÕÀÊ > `Ü À °Ê9 ÕÀÊÌi>V iÀÊ«À> ÃiÃÊ Þ Õ°Êº `Ê Lt»ÊÃ>ÞÃÊÌ iÊÌi>V iÀ°Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊvii ¶Ê9 ÕÊvii Ê } `]Ê> `ÊÌ > vÕ ]ÊÌ ÊLiÊ«À> Ãi`°Ê `Ê iÃÊÌ ÊLiÊ«À> Ãi`]ÊÌ ]ÊÊ v ÀÊÜ Ê iÊ ÃÊ> `Êv ÀÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊ` iÃÊv ÀÊÕÃ°Ê*À> ÃiÊ i «ÃÊÞ ÕÊvii Ê } `ÊÜ i ÊÞ ÕÊ} ÛiÊ Ì]Ê> `Ê ÌÊ i «ÃÊ `Ê> `Ê Ì iÀÃÊvii Ê} `Ê Ü i ÊÌ iÞÊÀiVi ÛiÊ Ì°Ê- Ê iÌ½ÃÊÀi i LiÀÊÌ Ê«À> ÃiÊ `]Ê ÕÀÊ «>Ài ÌÃ]Ê ÕÀÊv> Þ]Ê> `Ê Ì iÀÃÊÜ Ê` Ê} `ÊÌ }ÃÊv ÀÊÕÃ°ÊÊ 7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê} ÛiÊÃ iÊ«À> ÃiÊÌ `>Þ¶

Volume 2: p 55

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ7 `iÀ iÃÃÊ, ÕÌi 4HE ITINERARY FOR THIS PART OF THE WILDERNESS ROUTE FROM 2AMESES TO +ADESH "ARNEA IS GIVEN IN A SPECIAL FEATURE IN THE PREVIOUS STORY 9OU MAY LIKE TO KNOW THE FOLLOWING FACTS

4HE 3UEZ #ANAL WAS BUILT FROM TO FROM THE 'ULF OF 3UEZ UP TO THE 'REAT 3EA WHICH IS NOW CALLED THE -EDITERRANEAN 3EA 4HIS CANAL CUTS THROUGH THE 2ED 3EA AREA WHERE THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL CROSSED 3OMEONE TODAY WALKING THE SAME ROUTE WHICH THE )SRAELITES FOLLOWED WOULD HAVE TO SWIM ACROSS THE 3UEZ #ANAL 4HIS CANAL HAS BECOME VERY IMPORTANT TO MODERN SHIPPING !FTER THE WAR OF BETWEEN %GYPT AND )SRAEL IT BECAME THE NEW BOUNDARY LINE BETWEEN THESE TWO NATIONS 4HE 3INAI 0ENINSULA WHERE THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL SPENT SO MUCH TIME AND WHERE -OSES RECEIVED THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS FROM 'OD WAS PART OF %GYPT UNTIL $URING THE 3IX $AY 7AR )SRAEL CAPTURED THIS LAND 4HE 'ULF OF !QABA NEAR WHICH -IRIAM AND !ARON COMPLAINED ABOUT -OSES WIFE AND WHERE -IRIAM WAS STRUCK WITH LEPROSY WAS THE STARTING POINT OF THE WAR BETWEEN %GYPT AND )SRAEL IN 7HEN 0RESIDENT .ASSER OF %GYPT CLOSED THIS GULF TO )SRAELI SHIPPING )SRAEL PREPARED FOR WAR -OUNT 3INAI WHERE -OSES RECEIVED THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS WAS IN THE SAME AREA AS THE BURNING BUSH %XODUS n -OSES WAS A SHEPHERD AND WAS TENDING SHEEP NEAR THE MOUNTAIN WHEN 'OD SPOKE TO HIM AND TOLD HIM TO RETURN TO %GYPT TO LEAD THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL FROM SLAVERY 7HEN -OSES REALIZED THAT THIS WAS hTHE MOUNTAIN OF 'OD v HE RETURNED WITH THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL LATER SO THAT 'OD COULD INSTRUCT THEM IN THE WAY THEY SHOULD GO 4HIS WAS SOME DISTANCE FROM THE DIRECT ROUTE TO THE 0ROMISED ,AND BUT IT WAS HERE WHERE 'OD GAVE THE LAWS AND THE FORMS OF WORSHIP THAT HELD THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL TOGETHER THROUGH THE CENTURIES

Volume 2: p 56

+ADESH "ARNEA WAS AT THE THRESHOLD OF THE 0ROMISED ,AND 4HE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL COULD HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS LAND TWO YEARS AFTER THEY HAD LEFT %GYPT "UT THEY DID NOT TRUST 'OD TO HELP THEM WIN SO 'OD FORCED THEM TO STAY IN THE WILDERNESS FOR THIRTY EIGHT MORE YEARS SEE .UMBERS n

Volume 2: p 57

-/",9

Ý `ÕÃÊ£npÓä

4EN 7AYS TO -AKE 5S (APPY

'OD GIVES US 4EN #OMMANDMENTS

-/",9 "1/

/BEYING

LMOST THREE MONTHS HAD PASSED SINCE THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL HAD LEFT %GYPT .OW THAT THEY WERE SAFELY OUT OF THE LAND -OSES WIFE :IPPORAH AND HIS TWO SONS CAME TO JOIN HIM *ETHRO HIS FATHER IN LAW CAME FOR A VISIT "UT *ETHRO WAS SURPRISED WHEN HE SAW HOW -OSES SPENT HIS TIME !LL DAY LONG PEOPLE CAME WITH PROBLEMS AND COMPLAINTS -OSES HAD NO TIME FOR ANYTHING ELSE !LL HE COULD DO WAS LISTEN TO COMPLAINTS h4HIS ISN T GOOD v *ETHRO TOLD -OSES h9OU CAN T DO ALL THAT ALONE 9OU NEED HELP #HOOSE SOME LEADERS TO HELP YOU

Volume 2: p 72

,ET THEM TALK WITH THE PEOPLE ,ET THEM BRING THE MOST IMPORTANT THINGS TO YOU v )T WAS GOOD ADVICE -OSES LISTENED *ETHRO WAS RIGHT (E WOULD DO AS *ETHRO SUGGESTED !T LAST -OSES AND HIS PEOPLE CAME NEAR -OUNT 3INAI 4HEY WOULD STAY HERE FOR A LONG TIME -OSES CLIMBED HIGH INTO THE MOUNTAIN AND 'OD TALKED WITH HIM THERE h4ELL THE PEOPLE TO OBEY ME v 'OD TOLD -OSES h)F THEY DO ) WILL BE THEIR 'OD AND THEY WILL BE MY SPECIAL PEOPLE v 3O -OSES WENT DOWN THE MOUNTAIN TO TALK WITH THE LEADERS

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , ÃiÃÊ> `Ê `Ê >ÛiÊ iÌÊÞ ÕÊ V iÊÕ«Ê Ì Ê Õ ÌÊ- > °Ê 9 ÕÊ i>ÀÊ `ÊÃ«i> °Ê 9 ÕÊÜ>ÌV Ê ÊÜÀ ÌiÊÜ À`ÃÊ ÊÌ>L iÌÃÊ vÊÃÌ i°Ê9 ÕÊ i>ÀÊ ÊÃ>Þ]Êº"LiÞÊ it»Ê 7 ÊÞ Õ¶Ê

OF THE PEOPLE (E TOLD THEM WHAT 'OD HAD SAID h7E WILL DO WHAT THE ,ORD HAS TOLD US TO DO v THE PEOPLE SAID h7E WILL OBEY (IM v 3O -OSES WAS HAPPY TO TELL 'OD WHAT THE PEOPLE HAD SAID h) WILL SPEAK TO YOU FROM A THICK CLOUD v 'OD SAID TO -OSES h4HE PEOPLE WILL HEAR ME TOO 4HEY WILL KNOW THAT ) TALK WITH YOU 4HEY WILL BELIEVE WHAT YOU TELL THEM v 'OD TALKED MORE WITH -OSES (E TOLD -OSES WHAT THE PEOPLE SHOULD DO BEFORE THEY HEARD (IM SPEAK h4ELL ALL THE PEOPLE TO WASH THEIR CLOTHES v 'OD SAID h4ELL THEM TO BE READY TO LISTEN TO ME ) WILL TALK WITH THEM THREE DAYS FROM NOW "UT THE PEOPLE MUST STAY AWAY FROM -OUNT 3INAI WHERE ) WILL SPEAK !NYONE WHO TOUCHES THE MOUNTAIN MUST DIE 4HE PEOPLE WILL KNOW THAT THEY ARE TO COME WHEN THEY HEAR A TRUMPET BLAST v 3O THE PEOPLE WASHED THEIR CLOTHES AND WAITED

`Ê}>ÛiÊ ÃiÃÊÌ iÊ/i Ê

> ` i ÌÃÊv ÀÊÌ i «i « i°

Volume 2: p 73

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

>ÀÛ }Ê>Ê `ÊÊ Ì Ê7 ÀÃ «

4HEY WONDERED WHAT IT WOULD BE LIKE TO HEAR 'OD SPEAK 7HEN THE MORNING OF THE THIRD DAY CAME THE PEOPLE WOKE UP TO HEAR LOUD RUMBLING NOISES h4HUNDER v SOME PEOPLE CRIED h,IGHTNING v OTHERS SHOUTED h,OOK AT THE LIGHTNING AND THICK CLOUDS AROUND -OUNT 3INAI v 4HE PEOPLE HURRIED TO PUT ON THEIR CLEAN CLOTHES 4HEY MUST BE READY WHEN 'OD GAVE THE SIGNAL 3UDDENLY THE SOUND OF A TRUMPET COULD BE HEARD THROUGHOUT THE CAMP )T WAS SO LOUD THAT THE PEOPLE HELD THEIR HANDS OVER THEIR EARS 4HEY HAD NEVER HEARD SUCH A LOUD NOISE BEFORE 4HE PEOPLE WERE AFRAID OF THE LIGHTNING AND THE THUNDER

4HE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS WERE VERY CLEAR 'OD S PEOPLE MUST WORSHIP (IM NOT AN IDOL 'OD MADE THE WORLD THE TREES THE ROCKS EVERYTHING WE SEE (E EVEN MADE THE FAR mUNG STARS AND THE UNIVERSE THAT REACHES BEYOND THE FARTHEST STARS 3INCE 'OD MADE THE TREE HOW THEN CAN ANYONE CARVE AN IDOL FROM ITS WOOD AND WORSHIP IT 0ERHAPS IDOL WORSHIP IS LESS ABOUT WORSHIPING IDOLS AND MORE ABOUT NOT WORSHIPING 'OD (ERE S THE WAY AN IDOL WAS MADE

Volume 2: p 74

4HEY WERE AFRAID OF THE LOUD TRUMPET h'OD IS IN THAT MOUNTAIN v THE PEOPLE SAID 4HEN -OSES LED THE PEOPLE FROM THE CAMP TO THE BASE OF -OUNT 3INAI 4HE PEOPLE HELD THEIR HANDS OVER THEIR EARS AGAIN AS THE TRUMPET SOUND GREW LOUDER AND LOUDER 4HEN THE MOUNTAIN BEGAN TO SHAKE -OSES BEGAN TO TALK WITH 'OD 4HE VOICE OF 'OD WAS LIKE ROLLING THUNDER 'OD TOLD -OSES TO COME UP ONTO THE MOUNTAIN

/ iÊ«i « iÊÜiÀiÊ>vÀ> `Ê>ÃÊÌ iÞÊ i`Ê>ÌÊÌ iÊÃÌÀ> }iÊ Õ Ì> °

h4ELL YOUR PEOPLE NOT TO COME ONTO THE MOUNTAIN OR THEY WILL DIE v 'OD SAID TO -OSES h"RING !ARON BACK WITH YOU ONTO THE MOUNTAIN ) HAVE SOME THINGS TO TELL YOU v 4HEN 'OD GAVE -OSES WHAT WE KNOW AS THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS 9OU MUST NOT PUT ANY OTHER GODS AHEAD OF ME 9OU MUST NOT MAKE ANY GODS OR WORSHIP THEM FOR ) WANT YOUR LOVE COMPLETELY 9OU MUST NOT SWEAR OR USE MY NAME FOOLISHLY 9OU MUST HONOR THE 3ABBATH DAY -AKE IT A HOLY DAY AND REST ON IT

0EOPLE CHOPPED DOWN A TREE CARVED AN IDOL FROM IT BURNED THE SCRAPS OF WASTE WOOD AND THEN WORSHIPED THE CHUNK OF WOOD THEY HAD CARVED 7OULD YOU RATHER WORSHIP A CHUNK OF WOOD OR THE 'OD WHO MADE IT 7HICH ONE WILL HELP YOU MOST WHEN YOU HURT

9OU MUST HONOR YOUR FATHER AND MOTHER 9OU MUST NOT KILL 9OU MUST NOT PRETEND THAT SOMEONE ELSE IS YOUR HUSBAND OR WIFE 9OU MUST NOT STEAL 9OU MUST NOT LIE 9OU MUST NOT WANT WHAT BELONGS TO OTHERS 7HEN THE PEOPLE HEARD ALL THESE THINGS THEY WERE AFRAID h$ON T BE AFRAID v -OSES TOLD THE PEOPLE h'OD WANTS YOU TO KNOW THESE THINGS SO YOU WILL DO THEM 'OD WANTS YOU TO OBEY THESE RULES 7HEN YOU OBEY THESE RULES YOU WILL MAKE 'OD HAPPY AND YOU WILL BE HAPPY TOO v h7E WILL OBEY THEM v THE PEOPLE SAID h7E WANT TO PLEASE 'OD IN ALL WE DO v 'OD THOUGHT THESE RULES WERE SO IMPORTANT THAT HE WROTE THEM (IMSELF ON BIG SLABS OF STONE &OR MANY MANY YEARS THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL CARRIED THE STONES WITH THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS WITH THEM 4HE BIG STONES HAVE BEEN LOST FOR MANY HUNDREDS OF YEARS NOW BUT 'OD S RULES ARE STILL WRITTEN IN THE "IBLE 'OD STILL WANTS US TO OBEY THEM 4HESE ARE TEN WAYS TO MAKE 'OD HAPPY AND THAT WILL MAKE US HAPPY TOO Volume 2: p 75

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ "LiÞ } -ATTHEW Ûi ÊÌ iÊÜ `Ê> `ÊÜ>ÛiÃÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ°

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê / iÊ/i Ê > ` i ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ«À L>L ÞÊÌ iÊÌi Ê ÃÌÊ « ÀÌ> ÌÊ ÀÕ iÃÊiÛiÀÊÜÀ ÌÌi °Ê vÊÜiÊv ÜÊÌ i ]Ê> `Ê LiÞÊ `]ÊÜiÊÃ ÜÊ `Ê ÜÊ ÕV ÊÜiÊ ÛiÊ °Ê"LiÞ }Ê> `Ê Û }Ê} ÊÌ }iÌ iÀ]Ê ` ½ÌÊÌ iÞ¶Ê vÊÜiÊ ÛiÊ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ]ÊÜiÊÜ Ê LiÞÊÌ i °Ê vÊÜiÊ LiÞÊ Ì i ]ÊÜiÊÃ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊÜiÊ ÛiÊÌ i °Ê

*OHN 7iÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊ vÊÜiÊÊ ÛiÊ °

Ê Ó°Ê / iÊwÀÃÌÊÀÕ iÊ ÃÊÌ iÊ ÃÌÊ « ÀÌ> ÌÊ iÊ vÊ> °Ê vÊÜiÊ«ÕÌÊ `ÊwÀÃÌÊ

*OHN 7iÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊÌ ÊÃ ÜÊÊ Ì >ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ ÃÊvÀ i `Ã°

Ê Î°Ê 7 ÞÊ` ÊÜiÊ ii`ÊÀÕ iÃ¶Ê7 ÞÊV> ½ÌÊÜiÊ> Ê` ÊÜ >ÌÊÜiÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê

!CTS 7iÊÃ Õ `Ê LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊÊ ÀiÊÌ > Ê> Þ iÊi Ãi° 'ALATIANS

`Ài ÊÃ Õ `Ê LiÞÊÊ Ì ÃiÊÜ ÊV>ÀiÊv ÀÊÌ i °

Ê ÕÀÊ ÛiÃ]Ê> Ê Ì iÀÊÌ }ÃÊÜ ÊV iÊ ÊÌ i ÀÊÀ } ÌÊ« >ViÃ° ` ¶Ê7 Õ ` ½ÌÊÌ >ÌÊLiÊ ÀiÊvÕ ¶Ê vÊÌ >ÌÊ >««i i`]ÊÜ >ÌÊ `Ê vÊ >ÊÜ À `ÊÜ Õ `ÊÜiÊ ÛiÊ ¶Ê/ iÀiÊÜ Õ `ÊLiÊ ÊÌÀ>vwVÊ } ÌÃ]Ê Ê ÃÌ «ÊÃ } Ã]Ê ÊÌÀ>vwVÊÀÕ iÃ°Ê Ê«i « iÊV Õ `Ê`À ÛiÊÜ iÀiÛiÀÊÌ iÞÊ Ü> Ìi`]Ê>ÃÊv>ÃÌÊ>ÃÊÌ iÞÊÜ> Ìi`]Ê Êi Ì iÀÊÃ `iÊ vÊÌ iÊÀ >`]Ê Ê Ã `iÜ> Ã]Ê> `ÊiÛi Ê ÊÞ ÕÀÊ >Ü °Ê7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `Ê ÌÊLiÊ iÊÌ ÊÌÀ>Ûi Ê Ü Ì Ê ÊÌÀ>vwVÊÀÕ iÃ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ ÊÌ> iÊÞ ÕÀÊ ÌÌ iÊLÀ Ì iÀÊÊ ÀÊÃ ÃÌiÀÊ ÀÊÃ iÊ Ì iÀÊ i LiÀÊ vÊÞ ÕÀÊv> ÞÊv ÀÊ>ÊÜ> ¶Ê

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

"LiÞ } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS OBEYED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO OBEY (IM TOO

Ê {°Ê 7 ÞÊ` ÊÜiÊ ii`ÊÀÕ iÃÊv ÀÊ ÕÀÊÃ« À ÌÕ> Ê vi¶Ê7 ÞÊV> ½ÌÊÜiÊ ÕÃÌÊ` Ê Ü >ÌÊÜiÊÜ> Ì¶Ê/ iÊÃ> iÊÌ }ÊÜ Õ `Ê >««i °Ê7iÊÜ Õ `Ê > iÊ >Ê iÃÃÊ vÊ ÕÀÊ ÛiÃ]Ê ÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊ >Û }Ê ÊÌÀ>vwVÊ >ÜÃÊÜ Õ `Ê > iÊ>Ê iÃÃÊ vÊ ÕÀÊÃÌÀiiÌÃ°Ê Õ`}iÃÊ£Ç\ÊÈÊÌi ÃÊ>L ÕÌÊ>Ê >ÌiÀÊÌ iÊ Ê ÃÀ>i Ê Ü i ÊºiÛiÀÞÊ > Ê` `ÊÌ >ÌÊÜ V ÊÜ>ÃÊÀ } ÌÊ Ê ÃÊ Ü ÊiÞiÃ°»ÊÊ ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ ÌÊ>Ê} `ÊÌ iÊ Ê ÃÀ>i °Ê/ iÊ >Ì ÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê iÃÃ° Ê x°Ê Ê Ê£{\ÊÓÎÊ iÃÕÃÊÃ> `ÊÌ >ÌÊ>Ê«iÀÃ ÊÜ Ê ÛiÃÊ ÊÜ Ê LiÞÊ °Ê ÊÞ ÕÊ ÛiÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê"LiÞÊ °Ê ÊÞ ÕÊ ÛiÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ¶Ê

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ"LiÞ } 3TORIES AND

Volume 2: p 76

"LiÞÊÌ i °Ê ÊÞ ÕÊ ÛiÊ `¶Ê"LiÞÊ °Ê

`Ê> `Ê«>Ài ÌÃÊ` ½ÌÊ>Ã ÊÕÃÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

Ì i Ê ÕÃÌÊv ÀÊÌ iÊÃ> iÊ vÊ LiÞ }ÊÌ i °Ê / iÞÊ ÜÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÕÃ°Ê `ÊiÛi Ê

/BEYING

ÜÃÊÜ >ÌÊÜ Ê >««i ÊÌ ÊÕÃÊÌ ÀÀ Ü°Ê 7 i ÊÜiÊ LiÞÊ `Ê> `Ê ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ]Ê

Ü Ê ÜÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊÜ Ê}iÌÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÕÃ°ÊÊ / >Ì½ÃÊ>Ê} `ÊÀi>Ã ÊÌ Ê LiÞ]Ê Ã ½ÌÊ Ì¶

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÃiÃ½Ê i «iÀÃ !LTHOUGH -OSES WAS THE LEADER OF THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL HE HAD SOME IMPORTANT HELPERS (ERE ARE SOME OF THEM IN ADDITION TO *ETHRO !ARON !ARON WAS -OSES OLDER BROTHER (E WAS THREE YEARS OLDER SO HE WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN AN INFANT WHEN 0HARAOH ORDERED THE BABY (EBREW BOYS KILLED !ARON TOOK -OSES BACK TO %GYPT AFTER 'OD HAD SPOKEN TO -OSES AT THE BURNING BUSH AND INTRODUCED HIM TO THE LEADERS OF HIS PEOPLE !ARON WENT WITH -OSES TO 0HARAOH AND HELPED LEAD THE PEOPLE THROUGH THE WILDERNESS (E AND (UR HELD UP -OSES ARMS TO HELP )SRAEL DEFEAT !MALEK %XODUS !ARON WAS NOT A GOOD HELPER WHEN HE MADE THE GOLDEN CALF "UT 'OD DID CONSECRATE !ARON AND HIS SONS TO THE PRIESTHOOD ,EVITICUS 4HE *UDGES OR 2ULERS OF THE 0EOPLE &OLLOWING *ETHRO S ADVICE -OSES SET UP JUDGES OR RULERS OVER THE PEOPLE (E MADE LEADERS OVER THOUSANDS UNDER THEM LEADERS OVER HUNDREDS UNDER THEM LEADERS OVER lFTIES AND UNDER THEM LEADERS OVER TENS 4HESE MEN JUDGED THE PEOPLE FOR -OSES AND TOOK CARE OF THE LITTLE PROBLEMS THAT THE PEOPLE BROUGHT TO THEM Volume 2: p 77

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÃiÃ½Ê i «iÀÃ "EZALEEL AND !HOLIAB SOMETIMES SPELLED "EZALEL AND /HOLIAB 4HESE TWO MEN WERE VERY IMPORTANT TO -OSES AT -OUNT 3INAI FOR THEY SUPERVISED THE WORK OF BUILDING THE 4ABERNACLE 4HEY WERE CRAFTSMEN WHO PRODUCED A WORK OF BEAUTY IN THE MIDDLE OF THE WILDERNESS *OSHUA *OSHUA WAS -OSES COMMANDER OVER THE lGHTING MEN (E GUARDED -OSES TENT %XODUS AND TRIED TO LEAD THE PEOPLE INTO THE 0ROMISED ,AND AT +ADESH "ARNEA %XODUS !FTER -OSES DIED *OSHUA BECAME THE LEADER OF THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL AND SUCCESSFULLY LED THEM AT LAST INTO THE 0ROMISED ,AND

`½ÃÊ/i Ê,Õ iÃ 'OD GAVE TEN SIMPLE RULES AT -OUNT 3INAI )T SHOULD BE EASY TO KEEP TEN RULES SHOULDN T IT 9ET NO ONE EXCEPT *ESUS HAS EVER BEEN ABLE TO KEEP THEM ALL THROUGHOUT HIS LIFETIME 4HAT S WHY *ESUS HAD TO COME TO PROVIDE A NEW WAY TO 'OD (ERE ARE 'OD S TEN RULES THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS AS THEY MIGHT BE WORDED TODAY Volume 2: p 78

054 '/$ &)234 .OTHING SHOULD COME BEFORE (IM IN OUR LIVES 7/23()0 ./4().' "54 '/$ $ON T SET UP ANY hIDOLSv TO WORSHIPÂ&#x2C6;SUCH AS STATUES MONEY THINGS POWER OR ANYTHING ELSE 7ORSHIP ONLY 'OD $/. 4 53% '/$ 3 .!-% &//,)3(,9 'OD WANTS (IS PEOPLE TO HONOR (IS NAME AND NEVER TO SPEAK IT IN A FOOLISH WAY SUCH AS SWEARING 53% '/$ 3 $!9 &/2 '/$ 3 (/./2 'OD S DAY IS A HOLY DAY )T SHOULD BRING HONOR TO (IM 2%30%#4 9/52 0!2%.43 4HEY ARE 'OD S CHOSEN LEADERS OVER A PERSON DURING THAT PERSON S CHILDHOOD 4HEY SHOULD BE HONORED AS 'OD S LEADERS $/. 4 -52$%2 -URDER IS SIN AND 'OD HAS COMMANDED THAT WE NOT DO IT

$/. 4 02%4%.$ 4(!4 3/-%/.% %,3% )3 9/52 (53"!.$ /2 7)&% 'OD SAYS IT IS WRONG FOR SOMEONE TO HAVE SEX WITH ANOTHER PERSON WHO IS NOT YOUR HUSBAND OR WIFE $/. 4 34%!, 3TEALING IS TAKING SOMETHING THAT IS NOT OURS AND FOR WHICH WE HAVE NOT WORKED $/. 4 ,)% ,YING TRIES TO MAKE SOMETHING LOOK DIFFERENT FROM WHAT IT IS )T TRIES TO MAKE US TWO DIFFERENT PEOPLE THE ONE WE ARE AND THE ONE WE SAY WE ARE .OBODY CAN TRUST A LIAR $/. 4 7)3( &/2 /4(%23 4().'3 7ANTING WHAT OTHERS HAVE LEADS PEOPLE TO DO WRONG TO GET THESE THINGS #OVETING PUTS US hIN DEBTv TO THINGS FOR WE ARE NEVER SATISlED UNTIL WE GET MORE THEN STILL MORE THEN MORE THAN THAT )T KILLS OUR HAPPINESS WHICH WE SHOULD HAVE IN THE ,ORD

Volume 2: p 79

-/",9

Ý `ÕÃÊÎxp{ä

! 4ENT (OUSE FOR 'OD "UILDING THE 4ABERNACLE FOR 'OD

OD WANTS OUR BEST GIFTS v -OSES TOLD THE PEOPLE

h(E WANTS US TO MAKE A HOUSE FOR (IM WITH ALL THESE THINGS v

-/",9 "1/

#REATIVITY

4HE PEOPLE WERE HAPPY TO BRING THEIR BEST GIFTS FOR 'OD 4HEY WERE HAPPY THAT THEY COULD HELP TO MAKE A HOUSE FOR 'OD h-Y GOLD RING WILL BE PART OF 'OD S HOUSE v SAID A LITTLE GIRL !N %GYPTIAN GIRL HAD GIVEN THE RING TO HER BEFORE THEY LEFT %GYPT h-Y BEAUTIFUL PIECE OF ACACIA WOOD WILL TOO v SAID A BIG BOY !N %GYPTIAN BOY HAD GIVEN THAT TO HIM BEFORE THEY LEFT %GYPT -OSES TOLD THE PEOPLE TO BRING ONLY WHAT THEY WANTED TO BRING %VERYTHING WAS TO BE AN OFFERING OR GIFT FOR 'OD AND (E DID NOT WANT A GIFT THAT A PERSON DID NOT TRULY WANT TO GIVE TO (IM 4HAT IS TRUE GIVING ISN T IT 7E DON T REALLY WANT GIFTS THAT A PERSON DOESN T WANT TO GIVE TO US DO WE 3O PEOPLE BROUGHT MANY WONDERFUL GIFTS OF GOLD AND SILVER WOOD AND CLOTH THAT THE %GYPTIANS HAD GIVEN THEM 4HESE WERE PRECIOUS THINGS BUT EVERY ONE WAS A TRUE GIFT FOR THE PEOPLE WANTED TO GIVE THEM 4HAT MADE THESE GIFTS SPECIAL FOR 'OD KNEW THE HEARTS OF THE GIVERS (E KNEW THEY TRULY WANTED TO GIVE THEIR BEST FOR (IM -OSES PUT SOME MEN IN CHARGE OF ALL THESE GIFTS 4HEY WERE TO WATCH OVER ALL THE WORK OF MAKING 'OD S HOUSE 4HESE WERE PEOPLE WHO HAD LEARNED HOW TO MAKE BEAUTIFUL THINGS IN %GYPT 0HARAOH HAD MADE MANY OF THE PEOPLE MAKE MUD BRICKS "UT HE HAD HELPED OTHERS LEARN CRAFTS AND SKILLS LIKE HOW TO MAKE BEAUTIFUL THINGS FROM GOLD AND SILVER CLOTH AND WOOD .OW THESE PEOPLE COULD USE THEIR TALENTS TO MAKE 'OD S HOUSE CALLED THE 4ABERNACLE

Volume 2: p 86

h'OD WILL HELP THESE MEN DO ALL KINDS OF BEAUTIFUL WORK v -OSES SAID h4HEY WILL SHOW OTHERS WHAT TO DO 4HEY WILL LEAD ALL THE PEOPLE WHO HELP MAKE 'OD S HOUSE v %VERY DAY PEOPLE BROUGHT THEIR PRECIOUS GIFTS FOR 'OD S HOUSE 4HEY BROUGHT SKINS AND LINENS GOLD AND PRECIOUS STONES 4HE PEOPLE BROUGHT SO MANY PRECIOUS GIFTS THAT THE BUILDERS DID NOT KNOW WHAT TO DO WITH ALL OF THEM h7E HAVE MORE THAN ENOUGH THINGS TO MAKE 'OD S HOUSE v THE BUILDERS TOLD -OSES ONE DAY -OSES CAME TO SEE ALL THE BEAUTIFUL GIFTS )T WAS TRUE 4HEY COULD NOT USE ANY MORE h3TOP GIVING GIFTS v -OSES TOLD THE PEOPLE )MAGINE GETTING SO MANY GIFTS AT YOUR CHURCH THAT SOMEONE WOULD TELL THE PEOPLE TO STOP GIVING 4HE PEOPLE WERE SAD THAT THEY COULD NOT GIVE ANY MORE GIFTS FOR 'OD S HOUSE %VERYONE TRULY WANTED TO GIVE HIS OR HER BEST FOR 'OD h) M SO GLAD ) GAVE MY GOLD RING YESTERDAY v SAID THE LITTLE GIRL h.OW IT WILL BE PART OF 'OD S HOUSE v

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 ÕÊ >ÛiÊ iÛiÀÊÃii ÊÃ Ê ÕV Ê } `Ê> `ÊÃ ÛiÀÊLiv Ài°Ê ÜÊ ÊÜ >ÌÊÌ iÊÜ À iÀÃÊ>ÀiÊ ` }ÊÜ Ì Ê Ì°Ê/ ÃÊL }ÊÌi ÌÊ > `Ê ÌÃÊvÕÀ ÌÕÀiÊ>ÀiÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ °Ê 9 ÕÊ>ÀiÊÌ iÀi°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊ>L ÕÌÊ > ÊÌ Ã¶

/ iÊ«i « iÊ iÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `ÊÜ>ÃÊ« i>Ãi`ÊÜ Ì ÊÌ iÊ />LiÀ >V i]Êv ÀÊÌ iÊ« >ÀÊ vÊ V Õ`ÊV> iÊÌ iÀi°

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7 iÀiÊ `ÊÌ iÊÊ ÃÀ>i ÌiÃÊ iÌÊ Ê / >ÌÊ6> Õ>L iÊ-ÌÕvv¶

h) M GLAD ) GAVE MY ACACIA WOOD TOO v SAID THE BIG BOY h3OME OF MY FRIENDS WAITED TO GIVE THEIR WOOD .OW IT S TOO LATE 4HEIR WOOD WILL NOT BE PART OF 'OD S HOUSE v 7HAT A JOB IT WAS TO SORT ALL OF THOSE BEAUTIFUL GIFTS !LL THE GOLD HAD TO BE PUT INTO SOME BASKETS !LL THE GOATS SKINS HAD TO BE PUT INTO OTHER BASKETS 4HE PRECIOUS STONES WERE PUT IN ONE PLACE 4HE LINENS THE SPICES THE DIFFERENT COLORS OF CLOTH ALL HAD TO BE PUT IN DIFFERENT PLACES 4HEN THE WORK BEGAN ON 'OD S HOUSE h9OU MAY CUT THE ACACIA WOOD v ONE BUILDER TOLD SOME MEN h9OU MAY MELT THE GOLD v ANOTHER BUILDER ORDERED %ACH

(ERE THEY WERE A BAND OF SLAVES WHO HAD ESCAPED WITH THEIR LIVES FROM %GYPT 4HEY ARE OUT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE WILDERNESS 3UDDENLY THEY BUILD A MAGNIlCENT TENT FOR 'OD CALLED THE 4ABERNACLE )T WAS WORTH A FORTUNE MADE OF GOLD SILVER AND MANY OTHER PRECIOUS THINGS 3O WHERE DID THE )SRAELITES GET ALL THAT VALUABLE STUFF (OW DID A BAND OF FORMER SLAVES HAPPEN TO HAVE SO MUCH WEALTH

ÛiÀÞÌ }ÊÌ >ÌÊ iâ> ii Ê >`iÊÜ>ÃÊÛiÀÞÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ]Ê iÛi ÊÌ iÊ} `i ÊV iÃÌÊ Ê Ü V ÊÌ iÊ/i Ê > ` i ÌÃÊÜ Õ `ÊLiÊ i«Ì°

Volume 2: p 88

PERSON WAS GIVEN A SPECIAL JOB TO DO 3OME OF THE WOMEN SPUN GOATS HAIR FOR CURTAINS /THERS MIXED DYES TO MAKE SOME COLORS /THERS MADE THREAD FOR THE LINEN 7HAT BUSY DAYS THOSE WERE IN THE CAMP 4HE BOYS AND GIRLS RAN FROM PLACE TO PLACE WATCHING ALL THE WORK 7HAT A BIG BEAUTIFUL TENT THE MOTHERS AND FATHERS WERE MAKING FOR 'OD S HOUSE 4HE 4ABERNACLE WOULD BE VERY SPECIAL 4HE BOYS AND GIRLS LIKED TO WATCH THE BUILDERS MAKE THE BEAUTIFUL GOLDEN THINGS THAT WOULD GO INSIDE 'OD S TENT HOUSE

4HEY SAID hOOHv AND hAAHv WHEN THEY SAW THE GOLDEN ANGELS OR CHERUBIM WHICH THEY HAD MADE %VERYTHING WAS SO BEAUTIFUL !T LAST THE WORK WAS DONE 4HE PEOPLE HAD WORKED FOR SIX MONTHS TO MAKE 'OD S HOUSE THE 4ABERNACLE 7HAT A BEAUTIFUL TENT IT WAS TOO -OSES HELPED THE PEOPLE SET UP THE 4ABERNACLE (E TOLD THEM WHERE TO PUT THE GOLDEN FURNITURE -OSES WAS VERY PLEASED WHEN HE SAW EVERYTHING lNISHED !LL THE PEOPLE CAME TO SEE 'OD S BEAUTIFUL NEW HOUSE (OW HAPPY THEY WERE THAT THEY HAD HELPED TO BUILD IT (OW HAPPY THEY WERE THAT THEY HAD GIVEN GENEROUSLY THAT THEY HAD WANTED TO GIVE THEIR WONDERFUL GIFTS FOR 'OD S HOUSE h-Y GOLDEN RING PROBABLY HELPED TO MAKE ONE OF THOSE GOLDEN ANGELS v THE LITTLE GIRL SAID h-Y ACACIA WOOD PROBABLY HELPED TO MAKE THE BEAUTIFUL BOX IN WHICH 'OD S COMMANDMENTS ARE KEPT v SAID THE BIG BOY 3O EVERYONE STARTED TALKING ABOUT THE PART HE OR SHE HAD IN MAKING 'OD S HOUSE 4HE PEOPLE WERE VERY HAPPY "UT WOULD 'OD LIKE (IS NEW HOUSE

4HE ANSWER TO THIS QUESTION IS IN %XODUS !FTER THE %GYPTIANS HAD SUFFERED SO MUCH FROM THE TEN PLAGUES THEY WERE DESPERATE FOR THE )SRAELITES TO LEAVE THEIR COUNTRY -OSES KNEW THIS AND TOLD HIS PEOPLE TO ASK THE %GYPTIANS FOR CLOTHING SILVER AND GOLD AND LIKELY MANY OTHER WONDERFUL TREASURES 4HE ANXIOUS %GYPTIANS GAVE THEM ANYTHING THEY WANTED h*UST LEAVE HERE AT ONCE v THEY MUST HAVE SAID h4AKE ANYTHING WE HAVE v !S THE 3CRIPTURES SAY HERE THE )SRAELITES PLUNDERED THE %GYPTIANS 7HEN THEY TOOK ALL THESE TREASURES THEY MUST HAVE WONDERED HOW THEY COULD USE THEM IN THE WILDERNESS "UT 'OD HAD A PLAN -UCH OF THIS WEALTH WOULD BE USED TO MAKE (IS BEAUTIFUL 4ABERNACLE

Volume 2: p 89

3UDDENLY A CLOUD BEGAN TO MOVE TOWARD THE 4ABERNACLE h)T S

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 (OW MANY LOAVES AND lSHES DID *ESUS USE TO FEED THE ! 2EAD -ATTHEW OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ 3TORIES AND

THE PILLAR OF CLOUD v SOMEONE WHISPERED h'OD IS IN IT 7HAT WILL (E DO v 4HE CLOUD MOVED OVER THE TENT AND BEGAN TO COVER THE TOP OF IT 'OD WAS GOING TO STAY AT (IS NEW HOUSE !LL DAY LONG THE PEOPLE WATCHED TO SEE IF THE CLOUD WOULD MOVE 7HAT WOULD 'OD DO NEXT !S NIGHT CAME ON THE 4ABERNACLE BEGAN TO GLOW h'OD S HOUSE LOOKS LIKE IT IS ON lRE v SOMEONE WHISPERED h)T IS THE PILLAR OF lRE v SOMEONE ELSE SAID h'OD IS THERE (E IS PLEASED WITH (IS NEW HOUSE v 3O THE PEOPLE KNEW THAT 'OD WOULD STAY THERE IN (IS NEW HOUSE 4HEY KNEW THAT 'OD WAS PLEASED WITH THEIR GENEROUS GIFTS (E WAS PLEASED THAT THEY HAD WANTED TO GIVE THEIR GIFTS 4HE PEOPLE WERE VERY VERY HAPPY THAT THEY HAD BEEN GENEROUS WITH THEIR GIFTS 4HEY WERE GLAD THEY HAD NOT BEEN STINGY / Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 ÞÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊÜiÀiÊ >««ÞÊÜ Ì ÊÌ i ÀÊ} vÌÃ¶Ê7 ÞÊ ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê `ÊÜ>ÃÊ« i>Ãi`ÊÜ Ì ÊÌ i ÀÊ} vÌÃ¶Ê7iÀiÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ }i iÀ ÕÃÊ ÀÊÃÌ }Þ¶Ê Ê Ó°Ê `Ê} vÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ} vÌÃÊÌ >ÌÊ«i « iÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê} Ûi°Ê7 ÊÜ> ÌÃÊÌ ÊÊ ÀiVi ÛiÊ>Ê} vÌÊÌ >ÌÊÃ i iÊ` iÃ ½ÌÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê} ÛiÊÞ Õ¶Ê7 Õ `Ê Þ Õ¶Ê,i i LiÀÊÌ ÃÊÌ iÊ iÝÌÊÌ iÊÞ ÕÊ} ÛiÊ>Ê} vÌ°Ê iÊÃÕÀiÊÞ ÕÊ Ü> ÌÊÌ Ê} ÛiÊ Ì° Ê Î°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊÜiÀiÊ« i>Ãi`ÊÌ ÊÃiiÊÌ i ÀÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê} vÌÃÊ ÕÃi`Ê ÊÃÕV ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊÜ>ÞÃ¶Ê7 >ÌÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÞÊ >ÞÊ >ÛiÊ Ã> `ÊÌ Êi>V Ê Ì iÀÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ >Ì¶ Ê {°Ê 7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ} ÛiÊÞ ÕÀÊ} vÌÃÊÌ Ê `]Ê>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ« i>Ãi`ÊÌ ÊÃiiÊÌ i Ê ÕÃi`Ê ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊÜ>ÞÃ¶Ê*iÀ >«ÃÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ} Ûi Ê iÞÊÌ Ê > iÊ Þ ÕÀÊV ÕÀV Ê ÀiÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ]Ê ÀÊÌ ÊLÕÞÊÃ iÊÃ«iV > ÊvÕÀ ÌÕÀiÊv ÀÊ Þ ÕÀÊV ÕÀV °Ê ÜÊ` `ÊÞ ÕÊvii ÊÜ i ÊÞ ÕÊwÀÃÌÊÃ>ÜÊÌ ÃÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊ iÜÊ >ÌiÀ > ]ÊL Õ} ÌÊÜ Ì ÊÃ iÊ vÊÞ ÕÀÊ iÞ¶ Volume 2: p 90

-Õ«« ÃiÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊ ÊÌ iÊ`iÃiÀÌÊ> `Ê

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

Ã i iÊÃ>ÞÃ]Êº iÌ½ÃÊ > iÊ>Ê ` >ÀÊÌi ÌÊÜ Ì Ê} `]ÊÃ ÛiÀ]Ê«ÀiV ÕÃÊ

#REATIVITY

iÜi Ã]Ê> `Êw iÊ i Ã°»Ê9 ÕÀÊwÀÃÌÊ Ì Õ} ÌÊ } ÌÊLi]Êº9 ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÕÃÊÌ Ê

` Ê7 /¶»Ê ÕÌÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃiiÊ Ì]Ê> `ÊVÀ>vÌÃ i Ê >ÛiÊÕÃi`ÊÌ iÊ «ÀiV ÕÃÊ} vÌÃÊÞ ÕÊ> `ÊÞ ÕÀÊvÀ i `ÃÊ}>Ûi°Ê9 ÕÊLi} ÊÌ ÊÕ `iÀÃÌ> `Ê VÀi>Ì Û ÌÞpÌ iÊ>ÀÌÊ vÊ > }ÊÃ iÌ }ÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ÊvÀ Ê Ì iÀÊ Li>ÕÌ vÕ ÊÌ }Ã°Ê/ i ÊÞ ÕÊLi} ÊÌ ÊÜ `iÀ°Ê ÜÊ` `Ê `Ê > iÊ ÕÀÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ÊÜ À `ÊvÀ Ê Ì }¶Ê7 >ÌÊ>ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊ `Ê iÊ ÃtÊ7 Ê Þ ÕÊÌ > Ê ÊÌ `>Þ¶Ê

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ

Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ $EUTERONOMY `ÊÜ>ÃÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊÜ i ÊÊ iÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÞ Õ° 0SALM `ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÌ iÊÕ ÛiÀÃiÊ Ü Ì ÊÜ À`Ã° %CCLESIASTES

Ài>Ì ÛiÊ >À`ÊÜ À Ê i «ÃÊÊ ÕÃÊÃ ii«ÊÜi ° %CCLESIASTES

ÊÜi ÊÜ >ÌiÛiÀÊÞ ÕÊ` °

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ/>LiÀ >V iÊ> `Ê ÌÃÊ ÕÀ ÌÕÀi / iÊ ÕÀ ÌÕÀi

)SAIAH `ÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê } ÌÊv ÀÊÌ iÊ`>ÞÊ > `Ê`>À iÃÃÊv ÀÊÌ iÊ } Ì° #OLOSSIANS

À ÃÌÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê> ÊÌ }ÃÊ> `Ê `ÃÊ> ÊÌ }ÃÊÌ }iÌ iÀ°

4HE ,AVER

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

7HERE PRIESTS WASHED THEIR HANDS BEFORE MINISTERING %XODUS n

Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS WAS CREATIVE IN MANY WAYS 4HE !LTAR OF "URNT /FFERING -EAT OF ANIMALS WAS BURNED ON IT AS AN OFFERING FOR SIN %XODUS n n

) WANT TO BE CREATIVE TOO

Volume 2: p 91

!LTAR OF )NCENSE 'OLDEN !LTAR 0LACED BEFORE THE VEIL !ARON BURNED INCENSE ON IT %XODUS n n

4HE !RK OF THE #OVENANT 4HE CHEST IN WHICH THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS WERE KEPT %XODUS n n

4HE ,AMPSTAND 5SED TO LIGHT THE 4ABERNACLE %XODUS n n

Volume 2: p 92

4HE 4ABLE OF 3HOWBREAD ! TABLE ON WHICH TWELVE CAKES OR BREAD WERE KEPT AT ALL TIMES %XODUS n n

4HE 4ABERNACLE )NSIDE THE TENT WAS THE !LTAR OF )NCENSE THE !RK OF THE #OVENANT THE ,AMPSTAND AND THE 4ABLE OF 3HOWBREAD ,AVER

!LTAR OF "URNT /FFERING

4ENT OF -EETING

4HE 4ABERNACLE WAS A BIG TENT WHERE THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL WORSHIPED 'OD WHILE THEY LIVED IN THE WILDERNESS 7HEN THE PEOPLE MOVED THEY HAD TO TAKE THE TENT DOWN AND MOVE IT WITH THEM

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 lVE LOAVES AND TWO lSHES Volume 2: p 93

-/",9

£Ê-> Õi Ê£Ç

7ARRIOR WITH A 3LINGSHOT $AVID lGHTS 'OLIATH

-/",9 "1/

#OURAGE

URRY HOME $AVID v *ESSE CALLED FROM THE DOORWAY h7E NEED YOU TO TAKE CARE OF THE FAMILY SHEEP v h3HEEP v $AVID THOUGHT SADLY h7HILE MY THREE OLDEST BROTHERS lGHT THE 0HILISTINES ) HAVE TO STAY HOME WITH THE SHEEP 7HY CAN T ) JOIN THE ARMY OF )SRAEL TOO v $AVID THOUGHT MUCH ABOUT THIS AS HE HURRIED TOWARD THE ARMY CAMP %VER SINCE %LIAB !BINADAB AND 3HAMMAH HAD JOINED THE ARMY HE HAD BEEN NOTHING BUT A SHEPHERD AND A MESSENGER BOY

3OMEONE IN THE FAMILY HAD TO TAKE CARE OF THE FAMILY SHEEP !ND SOMEONE HAD TO TAKE FOOD TO HIS BROTHERS 3INCE $AVID WAS THE YOUNGEST HE WAS THE ONE TO DO IT !FTER ALL WHO IN THE FAMILY THOUGHT THAT $AVID WAS OLD ENOUGH OR BIG ENOUGH TO lGHT 0HILISTINES "UT $AVID WANTED MORE THAN ANYTHING ELSE TO lGHT THE 0HILISTINES h9OU RE TOO YOUNG v HIS BROTHERS AND HIS FATHER ALWAYS SAID /R h9OU RE TOO SMALL 9OU RE JUST A KID v 3O $AVID STAYED HOME WITH THE SHEEP EXCEPT FOR HIS TRIPS TO THE ARMY CAMP WITH FOOD FOR HIS BROTHERS "UT EACH TIME HE WENT HE WANTED MORE THAN EVER TO BE A SOLDIER (E KNEW THIS TIME WOULD BE NO DIFFERENT !T LAST $AVID REACHED THE 6ALLEY OF %LAH WHERE THE )SRAELITE SOLDIERS HAD THEIR CAMP (E QUICKLY LEFT THE FOOD WITH THE MAN IN CHARGE 4HEN HE HURRIED OUT AMONG THE SOLDIERS TO lND HIS BROTHERS $AVID HAD JUST STARTED TO TALK WITH HIS BROTHERS WHEN A SHOUT RANG OUT ACROSS THE VALLEY Volume 3: p 20

3UDDENLY ALL THE SOLDIERS BECAME VERY QUIET 4HEN A POWERFUL

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ +

VOICE CALLED OUT FROM THE 0HILISTINE CAMP h3END SOMEONE TO lGHT ME v THE VOICE CRIED OUT h)F ) WIN YOU

1 0ETER HAD ANOTHER NAME lRST 7HAT WAS IT

MUST GIVE UP YOUR ARMY )F YOU WIN WE MUST GIVE UP OUR ARMY v $AVID LOOKED ACROSS THE VALLEY 4HERE WAS THE BIGGEST GIANT HE HAD EVER SEEN (E WAS ALMOST TEN FEET TALL (E WASN T ONLY TALL HE WAS ALSO POWERFUL A TRUE GIANT #AN YOU IMAGINE WHAT YOUR

! 2EAD -ATTHEW OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

FAVORITE FOOTBALL TEAM WOULD PAY TO HAVE 'OLIATH ON ITS TEAM 4HE OTHER TEAM WOULD RUN AWAY h7HO IS THAT v $AVID ASKED SOME OF THE SOLDIERS 4HE SOLDIERS TREMBLED 4HEY WERE SO AFRAID OF THE GIANT THAT THEY WERE SHAKING h'OLIATH OF 'ATH v THEY ANSWERED 4HEN SOME OF THE SOLDIERS RAN AWAY h7HO DOES THAT GIANT THINK HE IS v $AVID ASKED h(OW DARE HE TALK LIKE THAT TO 'OD S PEOPLE v %LIAB WAS ANGRY WHEN HE HEARD $AVID SAY THAT h9OU JUST WANT TO SEE THE TWO ARMIES lGHT v HE SAID h4HAT S WHY YOU LEFT THE SHEEP TO COME HERE v "UT SOME OF THE SOLDIERS TOLD +ING 3AUL WHAT $AVID HAD SAID 3O 3AUL ASKED THEM TO BRING $AVID TO HIM h)F YOUR SOLDIERS ARE AFRAID THEN ) LL GO OUT AND lGHT THIS GIANT v $AVID SAID TO 3AUL h"UT YOU RE TOO YOUNG v 3AUL ANSWERED h9OU RE JUST A KID v 4HERE IT WAS AGAIN 4HAT S WHAT $AVID S BROTHERS AND FATHER ALWAYS SAID .OW +ING 3AUL HAD SAID IT TOO h) VE KILLED LIONS AND BEARS WITH MY BARE HANDS v $AVID TOLD 3AUL h) CAN KILL THIS 0HILISTINE TOO v +ING 3AUL THOUGHT FOR A MOMENT .ONE OF HIS SOLDIERS WAS BRAVE ENOUGH TO lGHT THIS

º7 Ê ÃÊÌ >Ì¶»Ê >Û `Ê >Ã i`ÊÌ iÊÃ ` iÀÃ°

GIANT (E WAS NOT BRAVE ENOUGH TO lGHT 'OLIATH )F THIS KEPT UP HIS SOLDIERS WOULD LOSE WHAT LITTLE COURAGE THEY HAD AND RUN HOME (E HAD TO DO SOMETHING OR THE 0HILISTINES WOULD CHASE THEM AND KILL THEM ALL 0ERHAPS THIS YOUNG MAN WAS HIS ONLY HOPE (E WAS THE ONLY ONE WITH THE COURAGE TO lGHT 'OLIATH h9OU MAY lGHT THE GIANT v SAID +ING 3AUL h-AY 'OD GO WITH YOU AND HELP YOU v +ING 3AUL HAD SOME MEN PUT A BIG SUIT OF ARMOR ON $AVID (E GAVE $AVID A SWORD h) CAN T lGHT WITH THESE v SAID $AVID h) M NOT USED TO THEM v 4HEN $AVID WENT OUT TO MEET THE GIANT WITH NOTHING BUT A BIG STICK AND A SLINGSHOT /N THE WAY HE STOPPED TO PICK UP lVE SMOOTH STONES FROM THE BROOK .OW THIS SLINGSHOT IS NOT THE KIND YOU MAY HAVE USED )T WAS A LITTLE LEATHER POUCH WHERE THE SLINGER PUT A STONE )T HAD A LEATHER STRING TIED TO EACH SIDE

Volume 3: p 22

4HE SLINGER TWIRLED THE SLING AROUND AND AROUND FASTER AND FASTER THEN LET ONE STRING GO QUICKLY 4HE STONE WOULD mY TO ITS TARGET 'OLIATH WAS ANGRY WHEN HE SAW $AVID (E BEGAN TO CURSE h$O YOU THINK ) M A DOG v 'OLIATH SHOUTED h$O YOU THINK YOU CAN lGHT ME WITH A STICK ) LL FEED YOU TO THE BIRDS v h9OU COME AT ME WITH BIG WEAPONS v $AVID SHOUTED h) COME AT YOU WITH 'OD TO HELP ME v 4HAT S WHY $AVID HAD COURAGE 'OD WAS WITH HIM )F 'OD HAD NOT BEEN WITH HIM $AVID WOULD

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 Õ½ÀiÊÜ> }ÊÜ Ì Ê >Û `Ê Ì Ê iiÌÊ >Ì °Ê/ iÀiÊ iÊ Ã]Ê > ÃÌÊÌi ÊviiÌÊÌ> tÊ >Ì Ê À> ÃiÃÊ ÃÊÃ«i>ÀÊÌ ÊÌ À ÜÊ>ÌÊ Þ Õ°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊ` ¶Ê 7 ÊÞ ÕÊÀÕ ]Ê ÀÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊÊ ÃÌ>ÞÊÜ Ì Ê >Û `¶

HAVE BEEN AFRAID JUST LIKE THE OTHER )SRAELITES 4HEN $AVID PUT ONE OF THE lVE STONES INTO HIS SLINGSHOT !ROUND AND AROUND HE TWIRLED IT 7ITH A SNAP THE STONE mEW FROM THE SLINGSHOT TOWARD THE GIANT 3UDDENLY 'OLIATH CRIED OUT AND FELL TO THE GROUND 4HE STONE HAD CUT DEEP INTO HIS FOREHEAD $AVID RAN OVER TO THE GIANT PULLED OUT HIS SWORD AND CUT OFF HIS HEAD 4HE BATTLE WAS OVER 7HEN THE OTHER 0HILISTINES SAW THAT THEY WERE AFRAID 4HEY BEGAN TO RUN 3UDDENLY THE WHOLE 0HILISTINE ARMY WAS RUNNING AWAY AND THE SOLDIERS OF )SRAEL WERE RUNNING AFTER THEM 7ITH A MIGHTY SHOUT THEY CHASED THE 0HILISTINES ALL THE WAY HOME 7HEN THE SOLDIERS OF )SRAEL CAME BACK THEY TOOK ALL THE GOOD THINGS FROM THE 0HILISTINE ARMY CAMP BUT $AVID TOOK ONLY THE ARMOR OF THE GIANT 'OLIATH (OW THE SOLDIERS OF )SRAEL

º ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê Ê> Ê>Ê` }¶»Ê >Ì ÊÃ ÕÌi`Ê>ÌÊ >Û `°

Volume 3: p 23

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7>ÃÊ >Û `½ÃÊ- } Ã ÌÊ>Ê7i>« Ê vÊ 7>ÀÊ ÀÊ>Ê/ Þ¶

CROWDED AROUND $AVID WHEN THEY CAME INTO CAMP (OW THEY SHOUTED AND PRAISED HIM FOR HIS BRAVERY $AVID HAD SAVED THE WHOLE ARMY OF )SRAEL FROM DEFEAT AND THEY KNEW IT 4HIS BRAVE YOUNG MAN WAS THEIR HERO +ING 3AUL S SON *ONATHAN THOUGHT $AVID WAS A HERO TOO h) WANT TO MAKE A PROMISE TO YOU v 0RINCE *ONATHAN SAID TO $AVID h) WANT TO BE YOUR FRIEND AS LONG AS WE LIVE v $AVID WAS PLEASED THAT THIS BRAVE PRINCE WANTED TO BE HIS FRIEND *ONATHAN TOOK OFF HIS BEAUTIFUL CLOAK AND GAVE IT TO $AVID h4HIS GIFT OF MY CLOAK SHOWS MY FRIENDSHIP FOR YOU v SAID *ONATHAN (E ALSO TOOK OFF HIS SWORD HIS ARMOR HIS BOW AND

)T CERTAINLY WASN T A TOY 4HE SLING HAD BECOME A WEAPON OF WAR AS SEEN IN THIS DRAWING TAKEN FROM ANCIENT MONUMENTS 4HE WARRIOR WITH THE HELMET WAS !SSYRIAN (E USED HIS SLING AS A WEAPON OF WAR 3O WHY DIDN T 'OLIATH RESPECT THIS BOY WITH THE SLING $IDN T HE REALIZE THIS WAS A RESPECTED WEAPON 4HERE ARE PROBABLY SEVERAL REASONS &IRST 'OLIATH WAS A MONSTER MAN WITH A MONSTER EGO (E WAS MORE THAN NINE FEET TALL AND MUSCULAR !NY PRO FOOTBALL TEAM TODAY WOULD PAY A FORTUNE TO HAVE 'OLIATH ON ITS TEAM 3ECOND 'OLIATH WAS A WALKING ARSENAL

Volume 3: p 24

THE LARGE BELT AROUND HIS WAIST (E GAVE ALL THESE TO $AVID TOO *ONATHAN THE BRAVE WARRIOR WHO HAD FOUGHT THE 0HILISTINES ALONE WAS GIVING HIS MOST PRECIOUS POSSESSIONS TO $AVID *ONATHAN AND $AVID BECAME GOOD FRIENDS FROM THAT DAY ON !S LONG AS THEY LIVED THEY NEVER HURT EACH OTHER OR FOUGHT AGAINST EACH OTHER 7HENEVER MOTHERS AND FATHERS IN )SRAEL WANTED THEIR CHILDREN TO BE FRIENDS THEY WOULD SAY h"E LIKE $AVID AND *ONATHAN v 3O $AVID BECAME A SOLDIER IN THE ARMY OF )SRAEL AT LAST (E WAS EVEN PUT IN CHARGE OF A THOUSAND SOLDIERS /F COURSE $AVID S BROTHERS AND FATHER NEVER NEVER AGAIN SAID HE WAS TOO YOUNG TO lGHT .EVER AGAIN DID ANYONE SAY h9OU RE JUST A KID v 7 i ÊÌ iÊ* ÃÌ iÃÊÃ>ÜÊÌ iÊ} > ÌÊ >Ì Ê`i>`]ÊÊ Ì iÞÊÀ> Ê>Ü>ÞÊvÀ ÊÌ iÊÃ ` iÀÃÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i °

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 ÊÃ Üi`Ê ÀiÊV ÕÀ>}i]ÊÞ Õ }Ê >Û `Ê ÀÊÌ iÊÜ iÊ>À ÞÊ vÊ ÃÀ>i ¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊ >Û `ÊÃÕV Ê>ÊLÀ>ÛiÊÞ Õ }Ê > ¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê iÊ ÌÀÕÃÌi`Ê Ê ÃÊ Ü ÊÃÌÀi }Ì ¶Ê"ÀÊ` `Ê iÊ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `ÊÜ>ÃÊÜ Ì Ê ¶Ê7 i Ê `Ê ÃÊÜ Ì ÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊV> Ê >ÛiÊV ÕÀ>}i°Ê7 i Ê `Ê ÃÊ ÌÊÜ Ì ÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊÃ Õ `ÊLiÊ>vÀ> `° Ê Ó°Ê ÀiÊÞ ÕÊiÛiÀÊ>vÀ> `Ê vÊ> ÞÌ }¶Ê7 Þ¶Ê ÃÊ ÌÊLiV>ÕÃiÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÞ ÕÊ ÕÃÌÊ`i> ÊÜ Ì ÊÌ }ÃÊ ÊÞ ÕÀÊ Ü ÊÃÌÀi }Ì ¶Ê/ÀÞÊÌÀÕÃÌ }Ê `½ÃÊ ÃÌÀi }Ì °Ê `ÊÜ> ÌÃÊÌ Ê i «ÊÞ ÕÊLiÊÃÌÀ }Ê> `ÊLÀ>Ûi]ÊLÕÌÊÞ ÕÊ ÕÃÌÊ iÌÊ ° Ê Î°Ê ,i>`Ê Ã> > Ê{£\Ê£äÊ> `Ê VÌÃÊ{\ÊÎ£°Ê `ÊÌ iÊ` ÃV « iÃÊLiV iÊ LÀ>ÛiÊv ÀÊ `ÊÜ i Ê ÃÊ-« À ÌÊw i`ÊÌ i ¶Ê7>ÃÊÌ >ÌÊÜ >ÌÊ `Ê «À Ãi`Ê Ê Ã> > ¶

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

#OURAGE

ÕÀ>}iÊ ÃÊ ÌÊÌ iÊ >V Ê vÊvi>À°Ê/ >ÌÊ ÃÊ ÞÊ iÃÃÊvi>À°Ê ÕÀ>}iÊ ÃÊ ÌÊiÛi Ê >Ê} `Êvii }°Ê ÕÀ>}iÊ ÃÊÌ iÊÃÕÀiÊ Ü i`}iÊÌ >ÌÊÞ ÕÊÜ Ê >ÛiÊÌ iÊ Û VÌ ÀÞ°Ê7iÊV> ½ÌÊ >ÛiÊV ÕÀ>}iÊ> ÊLÞÊ

ÕÀÃi ÛiÃ]Êv ÀÊÜiÊV> ½ÌÊLiÊÃÕÀiÊ vÊÛ VÌ ÀÞÊ vÊÜi½ÀiÊ` }ÊÃ iÌ }Ê > iÊ Ê ÕÀÊ Ü ÊÃÌÀi }Ì °Ê ÕÌÊÜ i Ê `Ê ÃÊÜ Ì ÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊV> Ê ÜÊ v ÀÊÃÕÀiÊÌ >ÌÊÜiÊÜ Ê >ÛiÊÌ iÊÛ VÌ ÀÞ°Ê `ÊV> Ê` Ê> ÞÌ }°Ê/ÀÕÃÌÊ ]Ê> `Ê iÊÜ Ê} ÛiÊÞ ÕÊÌ iÊV ÕÀ>}iÊÞ ÕÊ ii`°

4HE POINT OF HIS JAVELIN WEIGHED POUNDS (IS IRON CHAIN MAIL WEIGHED POUNDS PERHAPS ALMOST AS MUCH AS $AVID WEIGHED (E WAS COVERED WITH A BRONZE HELMET AND BRONZE LEGGINGS AND HAD A GREAT SWORD AND SHIELD 4HIRD THERE IS NO DOUBT ABOUT IT 'OLIATH KNEW HOW TO USE HIS WEAPONS (E WAS A MIGHTY WARRIOR .O ONE DARED TO lGHT HIM (E WAS NOT ONLY A WALKING ARSENAL BUT A PRECISION INSTRUMENT OF WAR (E WAS TRAINED TO KILL 0IT ALL OF THAT AGAINST A YOUNG MAN WHO WAS STILL CALLED hA BOY v AND YOU HAVE FALSE PRIDE 'OLIATH SIMPLY COULD NOT BELIEVE THAT THIS hBOYv COULD HURT HIM -OST OF ALL AS $AVID SAID 'OLIATH CAME OUT IN HIS OWN STRENGTH AND POWER BUT $AVID CAME WITH 'OD 4HAT WAS THE BIGGEST DIFFERENCE OF ALL 'OD WAS THE WARRIOR $AVID WAS THE WEAPON 'OLIATH WAS DOOMED TO FAILURE WITH THAT PARTNERSHIP COMING AGAINST HIM 2EMEMBER THAT WHEN YOU HAVE GIANTS TO lGHT

Volume 3: p 25

/½-Ê

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ

ÕÀ>}i $EUTERONOMY `Ê} ÛiÃÊÕÃÊV ÕÀ>}iÊÊ Ü i Ê iÊ ÃÊÜ Ì ÊÕÃ° *OB «iÊv ÀÊÌ iÊvÕÌÕÀiÊLÀ }ÃÊÊ ÕÃÊV ÕÀ>}iÊv ÀÊÌ iÊvÕÌÕÀi° 0SALM 7 i ÊÜiÊ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `Ê ÃÊÊ v ÀÊÕÃ]ÊÜiÊV> Ê >ÛiÊV ÕÀ>}i° 4HESSALONIANS / iÊV ÕÀ>}iÊÌ ÊÃ >ÀiÊ iÃÕÃÊÊ Ü Ì Ê Ì iÀÃÊV iÃÊvÀ Ê `°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

ÕÀ>}i ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS ALWAYS HAD COURAGE ) WANT TO HAVE COURAGE TOO

/ iÊ6> iÞÊ vÊ > ]Ê ÀÊ6> iÊ vÊ > ]Ê>ÃÊ ÌÊ ÃÊÌ `>Þ°Ê / iÊÛ> iÞÊ >ÃÊ«À L>L ÞÊ ÌÊV > }i`ÊÃ ViÊÌ iÊ Ì iÊ vÊ >Û `°

Volume 3: p 26

Ê"1/

/ iÊ6> iÞÊ vÊ > !BOUT TEN OR ELEVEN MILES WEST OF "ETHLEHEM IS A VALLEY KNOWN TODAY AS 7ADI ES 3ANT 4HIS WAS THE 6ALLEY OF %LAH WHERE $AVID FOUGHT WITH THE GIANT 'OLIATH 4HE 6ALLEY OF %LAH WAS IMPORTANT TO THE )SRAELITES OF $AVID S DAY FOR IT WAS A NATURAL hROADv FOR ARMIES TO GO INTO THE HILL COUNTRY OF *UDEA 4HE LAND OF THE 0HILISTINES WAS LOW mAT LAND ALONG THE SEA 4HE LAND OF THE )SRAELITES WAS HILLY LAND IN THE CENTRAL PART OF THE COUNTRY 4O GET TO )SRAELITE STRONGHOLDS THE 0HILISTINES WOULD HAVE HAD TO GO THROUGH ONE OF THREE VALLEYS THAT LED EASILY THROUGH THE HILLS )T WOULD HAVE BEEN TOO DIFlCULT FOR THEM TO MARCH OVER THE HILLS WITH ALL THEIR SUPPLIES AND ARMIES

3O THE )SRAELITES WERE ANXIOUS TO KEEP THE 0HILISTINES FROM CAPTURING THIS VALLEY )F THEY LOST THIS BATTLE IT WOULD BE HARDER TO WIN THE NEXT BATTLES CLOSER TO HOME 4HROUGH THE 6ALLEY OF %LAH RUNS A LITTLE BROOK )N THIS BROOK $AVID PICKED UP THE STONES THAT HE USED IN HIS lGHT AGAINST 'OLIATH )T IS SO SMALL THAT ONE WOULD HARDLY NOTICE IT AT lRST $URING THE DRY SEASON THE BROOK DRIES UP COMPLETELY /NLY DURING RAINY SEASONS WOULD THERE BE WATER ENOUGH IN THE BROOK TO MAKE A PERSON WADE ACROSS %VEN TODAY ONE MAY SEE SMOOTH STONES LYING IN THE LITTLE BROOK PERHAPS SOME OF THE SAME STONES THAT WERE THERE IN $AVID S TIME 4HESE SMOOTH mAT STONES WERE JUST RIGHT TO USE IN THE TYPE OF SLINGSHOT THAT $AVID HAD

/ iÊ6> iÞÊ vÊ > ÊÜ>ÃÊÌ iÊ Ã ÕÌ iÀ ÃÌÊ vÊÌ iÊÌ ÀiiÊ Û> iÞÃÊÌ >ÌÊ i`ÊvÀ ÊÌ iÊ * > Ê vÊÌ iÊ* ÃÌ iÃÊ Ì Ê Õ`i>°Ê/ ÊÌ iÊ ÀÌ ÊÜiÀiÊÊ Ì iÊ6> iÞÊ vÊ- Ài Ê> `ÊÊ Ì iÊ6> iÞÊ vÊ > °

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 3IMON Volume 3: p 27

-/",9

£Ê }ÃÊxpn\ÊÓÊ ÓÊ À V iÃÊÓpÇ

4HE (OUSE -ADE WITH A (USH 3OLOMON BUILDS THE 4EMPLE

-/",9 "1/

#REATIVITY iv ÀiÊ iÊ` i`]Ê }Ê

>Û `Ê >`Ê« > i`Ê Ì iÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê/i « i°

AVE YOU HEARD THE GOOD NEWS v PEOPLE WHISPERED

TO EACH OTHER IN THE STREETS h7HAT NEWS v OTHERS ASKED h+ING 3OLOMON IS GOING TO BUILD A BEAUTIFUL TEMPLE v THEY SAID h)T WILL BE 'OD S HOUSE A SPECIAL BUILDING GIVEN TO (IM v 4HIS WAS CERTAINLY GOOD NEWS FOR ALL )SRAEL 3OLOMON S FATHER +ING $AVID HAD WANTED TO BUILD A TEMPLE "UT $AVID WAS

A GREAT WARRIOR A lGHTER 'OD WOULD NOT LET HIM BUILD (IS HOUSE h9OUR SON MUST BUILD IT INSTEAD v 'OD HAD TOLD $AVID +ING $AVID HAD PLANS DRAWN UP FOR 'OD S HOUSE (E GATHERED SOME MATERIALS SO HIS SON COULD BUILD IT (E EVEN GAVE GREAT RICHES HIMSELF FOR THE 4EMPLE "EFORE HE DIED HE TOLD THE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL THAT 3OLOMON WOULD BUILD THE 4EMPLE .OW THAT 3OLOMON WAS +ING OF )SRAEL HE WAS READY TO BUILD THE BEAUTIFUL 4EMPLE IN *ERUSALEM )T WOULD BE THE MOST BEAUTIFUL BUILDING IN )SRAEL )T MAY HAVE BEEN THE MOST BEAUTIFUL BUILDING IN THE WORLD h7E WILL ASK +ING (IRAM MY FATHER S GOOD FRIEND FOR SOME MORE CEDAR TREES v SAID +ING 3OLOMON h7E WILL ASK HIM FOR A GREAT BUILDER A MAN WHO CAN WORK WITH METALS v

+ING (IRAM HAD BEEN $AVID S GOOD FRIEND .OW HE ALSO WANTED TO BE 3OLOMON S GOOD FRIEND (E WAS GLAD TO HELP 3OLOMON "EFORE LONG TALL CEDAR TREES WERE CUT IN THE MOUNTAINS OF ,EBANON +ING (IRAM HAD THEM MADE INTO RAFTS AND mOATED THEM ON THE SEA TO *OPPA 4HEN THE WORKMEN OF )SRAEL PULLED THEM TO *ERUSALEM 3OLOMON ALSO NEEDED THOUSANDS OF MEN TO WORK ON 'OD S HOUSE h7E WILL TELL EACH MAN IN )SRAEL TO WORK FOR THREE MONTHS v HE SAID h(E WILL GIVE THIS TIME AS A GIFT TO 'OD TO

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , - tÊ9 ÕÊ ÕÃÌÊÜ Ã«iÀ]Ê Þ ÕÊ Ü°Ê/ iÊÜ À i Ê >ÀiÊLÕ ` }ÊÌ ÃÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê LÕ ` }ÊÜ Ì ÕÌÊ > }Ê> ÞÊ Ãi°Ê ÕÌÊ Ê>ÌÊ ÌtÊ iÛiÀÊ Liv ÀiÊ >ÃÊ> ÞÌ }ÊÃ Ê Li>ÕÌ vÕ ÊLii ÊLÕ Ì°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ ÊÃ>ÞÊÊ Ì Ê `Ê>L ÕÌÊ ÃÊ ÕÃi¶

WORK ON (IS HOUSE v 3OLOMON SENT THIRTY THOUSAND OF THESE MEN TO ,EBANON TO CUT AND SAW THE TALL CEDAR TREES %IGHTY THOUSAND WOULD CUT STONES IN THE MOUNTAINS !ND SEVENTY THOUSAND WOULD WORK IN OTHER WAYS 4HE WHOLE LAND WAS BUZZING WITH EXCITEMENT AS THE STONES AND LOGS WERE PULLED TOWARD *ERUSALEM (OW HAPPY THE PEOPLE WERE THAT THE MEN COULD HELP BUILD 'OD S HOUSE INSTEAD OF lGHTING WARS h-Y FATHER IS HELPING TO CUT STONES v A GIRL SAID h7HAT IS YOUR FATHER DOING v h-Y FATHER IS HELPING TO SAW THE BIG CEDAR TREES v A BOY ANSWERED h-Y FATHER S WORK IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN YOUR FATHER S WORK v /F COURSE NOBODY COULD REALLY SAY WHOSE WORK WAS MORE IMPORTANT %VERY ONE OF THESE MEN WAS GIVING HIS TIME TO 'OD S HOUSE SO HE WAS SERVING 'OD IN HIS OWN WAY )T WAS ALL VERY IMPORTANT FOR EVERYONE WAS WORKING HAPPILY FOR 'OD &OR FOUR YEARS THE PEOPLE CUT AND CHISELED AND SAWED TO GET ALL THE THINGS READY TO BUILD 'OD S HOUSE %VERY PIECE WAS CUT EXACTLY THE WAY IT SHOULD BE BEFORE IT REACHED THE BUILDING SITE FOR THERE WAS TO BE NO NOISE AT ALL IN PUTTING THE 4EMPLE TOGETHER )T WAS TO BE A HOUSE MADE WITH A HUSH 'OD S HOUSE WAS TO BE MADE IN SILENCE 4HAT WAS A WAY TO HONOR AND SERVE (IM

Volume 3: p 65

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

/ iÊ£Ó]äää > Ê 7>Ã L Ü

!T LAST THE STONES WERE PUT TOGETHER 4HEN THE WOOD WAS lTTED TO THE STONES 4HE GREAT BRASS PILLARS WERE RAISED UP 4HEN ALL THE BEAUTIFUL GOLD WAS PUT OVER THE WOOD 7HAT A BEAUTIFUL BUILDING IT WAS )T HAD TAKEN THOSE THOUSANDS AND THOUSANDS OF MEN MORE THAN SEVEN YEARS TO BUILD IT 7HAT A LOT OF LOVING SERVICE PEOPLE HAD GIVEN TO BUILD 'OD S HOUSE "UT THERE WAS ONE THING MISSING )T WAS THE MOST IMPORTANT OF ALL h7E MUST BRING THE !RK OF THE #OVENANT THE CHEST WITH THE 4EN #OMMANDMENTS IN IT v +ING 3OLOMON SAID h7E MUST PUT IT IN 'OD S HOUSE v 3OLOMON HAD ALL THE PEOPLE COME TO WATCH !LL THEIR

(AVE YOU EVER SEEN A GALLON WASHBOWL )F YOU HAD VISITED 3OLOMON S 4EMPLE YOU WOULD HAVE SEEN IT JUST OUTSIDE THE 4EMPLE BUILDING 4HIS ONE WAS MADE OF BRONZE SITTING ON THE BACKS OF TWELVE GREAT OXEN 4HE GREAT BOWL WAS THERE FOR PRIESTS TO WASH THEIR HANDS NOT MERELY TO GET THEIR HANDS CLEAN BUT TO SYMBOLICALLY CLEAN THEIR HEARTS AND MINDS BEFORE DOING 'OD S WORK 4HIS GIANT BOWL WAS SOMETIMES CALLED THE ,AVER OR THE -OLTEN 3EA

Volume 3: p 66

IMPORTANT LEADERS WOULD HELP TO BRING THE !RK INTO THE 4EMPLE 7HAT A PARADE IT WAS 4HE ELDERS OF )SRAEL THE HEADS OF THE TRIBES THE CHIEF PEOPLE OF )SRAEL WERE ALL TAKING PART IN THIS GREAT DAY 4HE ,EVITES OR PRIESTS CARRIED ALL THE BEAUTIFUL VESSELS INTO 'OD S HOUSE 7HEN THE PRIESTS CAME OUT OF THE 4EMPLE A CLOUD CAME DOWN TOWARD IT 4HE ,ORD WAS IN THE CLOUD .OW ALL THE PEOPLE KNEW THAT THIS WOULD BE 'OD S HOUSE FOR (E WOULD COME THERE

ÊVÕÌ>Ü>ÞÊÛ iÜÊ vÊ- ½ÃÊ /i « i°

3UDDENLY THE AIR WAS lLLED WITH MUSIC AS TRUMPET PLAYERS AND SINGERS BEGAN TO PRAISE 'OD h4HE ,ORD IS GOOD (IS MERCY ENDURES FOREVER v THEY SANG 3OLOMON WAS SO HAPPY THAT HE LIFTED UP HIS HANDS TOWARD HEAVEN AND BEGAN TO PRAY h4HERE IS NO 'OD LIKE YOU v HE PRAYED h,ET YOUR EYES BE ON THIS HOUSE DAY AND NIGHT v 7HEN 3OLOMON HAD lNISHED PRAYING lRE CAME DOWN FROM HEAVEN AND BURNED UP THE OFFERINGS AND SACRIlCES 4HE PEOPLE BOWED DOWN WHEN THEY SAW THAT FOR THEY KNEW THEY MUST HONOR A 'OD WHO COULD DO SUCH THINGS h'OD IS COMING HERE TO (IS HOUSE ISN T (E v A BOY

4HE 4ABERNACLE ,AVER WAS MUCH SMALLER THAN THE 4EMPLE ,AVER FOR IT HAD TO BE CARRIED THROUGH THE WILDERNESS 4HAT ,AVER WAS MADE FROM THE BRONZE MIRRORS THAT WOMEN HAD RECEIVED FROM THE WOMEN OF %GYPT GIFTS TO URGE THEM TO LEAVE %GYPT

WHISPERED h9ES v HIS FATHER ANSWERED h4HIS IS 'OD S HOUSE 7E MUST ALWAYS REMEMBER THAT (E IS HERE v 3O FOR MANY YEARS THE BOYS AND GIRLS AND THE MOTHERS AND FATHERS REMEMBERED THAT THIS WAS 'OD S HOUSE (E WAS THERE WITH THEM 4HEY WORSHIPED (IM HERE AND 'OD BLESSED THEIR LIVES IN WONDERFUL WAYS (OW GLAD THEY ALL WERE THAT THEY HAD GIVEN THEIR TIME AND LOVE TO SERVE 'OD IN THIS WAY

Volume 3: p 67

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊÊ ->ÞÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ

Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ 0SALM `ÊÌ iÊ Ài>Ì ÀÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊÊ >ÊV i> Ê i>ÀÌÊÜ Ì ÊÕÃ° )SAIAH 7i]Ê `½ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê«i « i]Ê Ã Õ `Ê iÛiÀÊÌi ÊÌ iÊ Ài>Ì ÀÊ Ì >ÌÊ iÊ` ` ½ÌÊ > iÊÕÃ° 2OMANS 7i]Ê `½ÃÊVÀi>Ìi`Ê«i « i]Ê Ã Õ `Ê iÛiÀÊµÕiÃÌ ÊÜ ÞÊÊ `Ê >`iÊÕÃ° #OLOSSIANS

À ÃÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>Ê iÜÊ >ÌÕÀiÊÊ ÊÕÃ° 4IMOTHY 7iÊÃ Õ `ÊÜ À ÊÜi ÊÃ ÊÜiÊÊ V> ÊLiÊ«À Õ`Ê vÊ ÕÀÊÜ À °

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS WAS CREATIVE IN ALL THAT (E DID ) WANT TO BE CREATIVE AS ) LIVE FOR (IM

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ Ài>Ì Û ÌÞ 3TORIES AND

Volume 3: p 68

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊvi ÌÊÜ i ÊÌ iÞÊLÕ ÌÊÌ iÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê /i « iÊv ÀÊ `¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÞÊÜiÀiÊ >««ÞÊÌ iÞÊV Õ `ÊÌ> iÊ «>ÀÌÊ ÊÃÕV Ê>ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊLÕ ` }Ê«À }À> ¶Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊvii ÊÜ i Ê Þ ÕÊV> Ê i «ÊÌ Ê` ÊÃ iÌ }ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊ ÊÞ ÕÀÊV ÕÀV Ê«À }À> ¶ Ê Ó°Ê /> ÊÜ Ì ÊÃ i i]Ê«iÀ >«ÃÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ]Ê>L ÕÌÊÜ>ÞÃÊÞ ÕÊV> Ê LiÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊv ÀÊÌ iÊ} ÀÞÊ vÊ `°Ê-Ì>ÀÌÊLÞÊÌ }Ê vÊÞ ÕÀÊÌ> i ÌÃ]Ê Þ ÕÀÊÃ Ã]ÊÞ ÕÀÊ`iÃ ÀiÃÊV ViÀ }ÊÜ >ÌÊÞ ÕÊV> Ê` Êv ÀÊ `° Ê Î°Ê /ÀÞÊÌ Ê` ÊÃ iÌ }ÊVÀi>Ì ÛiÊÌ `>ÞÊv ÀÊÌ iÊ} ÀÞÊ vÊ `°Ê7 >ÌÊ Ü Ê ÌÊLi¶

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

/ iÊ/i « iÊLÕ `iÀÃÊÜ À i`ÊÌ }iÌ iÀÊ

#REATIVITY

LÕÌÊÌ iÞÊ ÕÃÌÊ >ÛiÊLii ÊÌ À i`ÊÜ i Ê

Ì Ê > iÊÌ iÊ ÃÌÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ ÊLÕ ` }Ê Ê Ì iÊÜ À `Ê>ÌÊÌ >ÌÊÌ i°Ê ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ >À`ÊÜ À ]Ê Ì iÞÊw Ã i`]Ê }Ê>ÌÊÌ ÃÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê

LÕ ` }Ê> `ÊÌ }ÊÌ iÞÊ >`Ê>Ê«>ÀÌÊ ÊLÕ ` }Ê Ì°Ê ÕÌÌ }Ê>ÊÌÀiiÊ >ÞÊ ÌÊÃii ÊVÀi>Ì Ûi]ÊLÕÌÊ ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«>ÀÌÊ vÊVÀi>Ì }ÊÌ iÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê /i « i°Ê ÕÌÌ }Ê> `Ê« Ã }ÊÃÌ iÊ >ÞÊ ÌÊÃii ÊÛiÀÞÊVÀi>Ì Ûi]Ê LÕÌÊ ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ«>ÀÌÊ vÊVÀi>Ì }ÊÌ iÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê/i « i°Ê/ Ê>L ÕÌÊÌ ÃÊ i>V Ê`>Þ°Ê- iÊ vÊÌ iÊ À` >ÀÞÊÌ }ÃÊÞ ÕÊ` Ê >ÞÊLiÊ«>ÀÌÊ vÊ VÀi>Ì }ÊÃ iÌ }ÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Êv ÀÊ `°

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

- ½ÃÊ/i « iÊ Ê Ê>ÌÊÌ iÊ ÕÌÃ `i

$AVID PLANNED IT BUT COULD NOT BUILD IT BECAUSE HE WAS A MAN OF WAR $AVID S SON +ING 3OLOMON BUILT THE 4EMPLE 7OOD CAME FROM CEDAR TREES IN ,EBANON TRADED TO 3OLOMON BY +ING (IRAM +ING OF 4YRE 3TONE CAME FROM NEARBY QUARRIES 4HE LOGS WERE mOATED DOWN BY SEA THEN MOVED OVERLAND TO *ERUSALEM -EN OF )SRAEL HAD TO GIVE THEIR SERVICES TO BUILD THE 4EMPLE 4HEY WORKED IN GROUPS OF TEN THOUSAND ! MAN WORKED A MONTH THEN RESTED TWO MONTHS %IGHTY THOUSAND MEN CUT STONES THIRTY THOUSAND MEN CUT TREES AND SEVENTY THOUSAND MEN CARRIED WOOD AND STONE TO THE BUILDING SITE 4HE STONE WAS WHITE AND WAS POLISHED UNTIL IT HAD A BEAUTIFUL SHINE )T TOOK SEVEN YEARS TO BUILD THE 4EMPLE 4HE 4EMPLE WAS NINETY FEET LONG THIRTY FEET WIDE AND FORTY lVE FEET HIGH

Volume 3: p 69

Volume 3: p 126

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 7> ÌtÊ/ iÞ½ÀiÊ«ÕÌÌ }ÊÌ iÊ }½ÃÊVÀ Ü Ê ÊÌ >ÌÊ ÌÌ iÊ ÃiÛi Þi>À `ÊL Þ°Ê ÃÊ ÌÊ>Ê ÃÌ> i¶ÊÊ9 ÕÊ>ÀiÊÌ iÀi°Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ ÊÃ>Þ¶

Volume 3: p 127

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7Â&#x2026;Â&#x153;Ã&#x160; Ã&#x20AC;iÃ&#x160; /Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x192;iÃ&#x160;+Ã&#x2022;iiÂ&#x2DC;Ã&#x192;Â¶

*EHOIADA GAVE ORDERS TO THE OFlCIALS 3OME OF THEM MUST GUARD THIS LITTLE BOY HERE IN THE 4EMPLE WHILE OTHERS GUARDED THE PALACE WHERE !THALIAH LIVED *EHOIADA ARMED THEM WITH SPEARS AND SHIELDS THAT ONCE BELONGED TO +ING $AVID 7HEN ALL THIS WAS IN PLACE *EHOIADA BROUGHT *OASH FROM THE 4EMPLE PLACED A CROWN UPON HIS HEAD GAVE HIM A COPY OF 'OD S COVENANT AND PROCLAIMED HIM KING 7HEN THE BOY KING WAS ANOINTED THE PEOPLE CLAPPED AND SHOUTED 4HEY HATED !THALIAH BECAUSE SHE WAS SUCH A WICKED QUEEN AND THEY WELCOMED THIS NEW KING 1UEEN !THALIAH HEARD THE NOISE THAT THE PEOPLE WERE

4HERE ARE MANY QUEENS IN THE "IBLE BUT NOT MANY ARE NAMED (ERE ARE A FEW YOU MAY WISH TO KNOW 4HE 1UEEN OF 3HEBA TRAVELED MANY MILES TO MEET +ING 3OLOMON AND HEAR HIS WISDOM +INGS 6ASHTI WAS THE WIFE AND QUEEN OF +ING 8ERXES SOMETIMES CALLED !HASUERUS KING OF THE 0ERSIAN %MPIRE 3HE DISPLEASED HER KING BY REFUSING TO PARADE BEFORE HIS PARTY lLLED WITH MEN &OR THAT SHE CEASED TO BE QUEEN %STHER Â¥

Volume 3: p 128

MAKING AND RUSHED TO THE 4EMPLE TO SEE WHAT WAS HAPPENING 4HERE STANDING BY THE PILLAR IN THE 4EMPLE WAS THE NEWLY CROWNED KING 0EOPLE FROM ALL OVER THE LAND WERE BLOWING TRUMPETS AND SHOUTING WITH EXCITEMENT h4REASON 4REASON v !THALIAH SHOUTED *EHOIDA THE PRIEST GAVE ORDERS TO THE COMMANDERS IN CHARGE OF THE TROOPS h3EIZE HER AND TAKE HER FROM THE 4EMPLE v HE COMMANDED h+ILL HER WHEN YOU GET OUTSIDE THE 4EMPLE +ILL ANYONE WHO TRIES TO RESCUE HER v 3O THE COMMANDERS DID WHAT *EHOIDA HAD ORDERED AND KILLED THE WICKED QUEEN BY THE GATE WHERE HORSES CAME INTO THE PALACE GROUNDS *EHOIDA THEN MADE A COVENANT BETWEEN THE ,ORD AND THE KING AND BETWEEN THE KING AND HIS PEOPLE 4HEY WOULD BE THE ,ORD S PEOPLE 4HE PEOPLE RUSHED OVER TO THE TEMPLE OF THE PAGAN GOD "AAL AND TORE IT DOWN 4HEY TORE DOWN THE PAGAN ALTARS AND DESTROYED THE IDOLS 4HEY ALSO EXECUTED THE PRIEST OF "AAL THERE BEFORE THE ALTARS *EHOIDA ORDERED THE COMMANDERS TO TAKE *OASH FROM THE 4EMPLE TO THE PALACE 4HE LITTLE KING WAS PLACED UPON HIS THRONE 9OU SHOULD HAVE HEARD THE PEOPLE CELEBRATING 4HEY WERE SO HAPPY THAT THE WICKED QUEEN WAS GONE AND THAT THEIR NEW KING WOULD LEAD THEM IN 'OD S WAYS 4HEY WOULD FOLLOW 'OD NOW BY FOLLOWING THEIR BOY KING

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê / ÃÊÃÌ ÀÞÊ >ÃÊ > ÞÊV « V>Ìi`Ê > iÃ]ÊÃ iÊÌ >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÃ >À°Ê

ÊÞ ÕÊÀi i LiÀÊÜ Êi>V Ê«iÀÃ ÊÜ>Ãp" À ]Ê >L]Ê iâiLi ]Ê i À> ]Ê À> ]Ê >â > ]Ê Ì > > ]Ê i >`>]Ê i Ã iL>]Ê >Ã ¶Ê iÌÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊ} ÛiÊÞ ÕÊ>ÊµÕ âÊÌ ÊÃiiÊ ÜÊÜi ÊÞ ÕÊ Ài i LiÀ°Ê,iÛ iÜÊÌ iÊÃÌ ÀÞÊÕ Ì ÊÞ ÕÊ}iÌÊÌ iÃiÊ > iÃÊÃÌÀ> } Ì° Ê Ó°Ê 7 V ÊÜiÀiÊÌ iÊiÛ Ê«i « iÊ> `ÊÜ V ÊÜiÀiÊÌ iÊ} `Ê«i « i¶Ê 7 ÞÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ vÊ Õ`> ÊÜiÀiÊ >««ÞÊÌ Ê >ÛiÊÊ >Ê iÜÊ }¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÞÊ i`ÊÌ Êv ÜÊ Ì > > ]ÊÌ iÊÊ Ü V i`ÊµÕii ¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÞÊÜ> Ìi`ÊÌ Êv ÜÊ >Ã ]ÊÊ Ì i ÀÊ iÜÊ }¶ Ê Î°Ê 7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÀ>Ì iÀÊv ÜÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊ«iÀÃ Ê ÀÊ>ÊÜ V i`Ê«iÀÃ ¶Ê 7 Þ¶Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ}À ÜÊÕ«ÊÌ ÊLiÊ>Ê i>`iÀ]Ê` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê«i « iÊ Ü Õ `ÊÀ>Ì iÀÊv ÜÊÞ ÕÊ>ÃÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊ«iÀÃ Ê ÀÊ> ÊiÛ Ê«iÀÃ ¶Ê 7 Þ¶

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

&OLLOWING

Ü }Ê ÃÊÜ> }Ê ÊÌ iÊv ÌÃÌi«ÃÊ vÊ>Ê i>`iÀ]Ê} }ÊÜ iÀiÊ iÊÜ> ÌÃÊÌ Ê Ì> iÊÞ Õ°Ê/ iÊ i>`iÀ½ÃÊ LÊ ÃÊÌ ÊÜ> Ê Ê Ì iÊÀ } ÌÊ« >ViÃ]ÊÌ Ü>À`ÊÌ iÊÀ } ÌÊ} > ÃÊ ÀÊ«ÕÀ« ÃiÊ Ê vi]Ê> `Ê ÌÊLiÊÌi «Ìi`Ê

Ì ÊÌÕÀ Ê>Ã ì°Ê ÀÃÌ]ÊV ÃiÊÌ iÊÀ } ÌÊ i>ìÀÊÌ Êv Ü°Ê vÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊ Ì Êv ÜÊ iÃÕÃ]ÊV ÃiÊ Ì iÀÊ i>ìÀÃÊÜ Ê>ÀiÊ} ` Þ°Ê/ i Ê i>ÛiÊ Li `ÊÞ ÕÊv ÌÃÌi«ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ Ì iÀÃÊÜ Õ `Ê iÊÌ Êv Ü°Ê ½ÌÊÊ LiÊÌi «Ìi`ÊÌ ÊÌÕÀ Ê>Ã ì]Ê iÃÌÊÌ ÃiÊÜ Êv ÜÊÞ ÕÊÜ Ê> Ã ÊÊ ÌÕÀ Ê>Ã ì°

%STHER REPLACED 6ASHTI AS QUEEN OF THE 0ERSIAN %MPIRE !S QUEEN SHE WAS ABLE TO SAVE HER PEOPLE THE *EWS FROM DESTRUCTION %STHER "ATHSHEBA WAS $AVID S WIFE AND QUEEN 3HE WAS ALSO THE MOTHER OF 3OLOMON WHO SUCCEEDED $AVID AS KING 3AMUEL *EZEBEL WAS AS WICKED AS HER HUSBAND +ING !HAB 4OGETHER THEY SPREAD EVIL THROUGHOUT )SRAEL +INGS !THALIAH WAS SO EVIL THAT SHE MURDERED ALL HER FAMILY EVEN HER GRANDCHILDREN SO THAT SHE COULD RULE AS QUEEN OF *UDAH +INGS

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ Ü } V> Ê{\ÊxÊÊÊ Ü>ÞÃÊv ÜÊÌ iÊ À`° Õ iÊx\ÊÓnÊ >ÌÌ iÜÊ}>ÛiÊÕ«ÊÀ V iÃÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊÊ Ì Êv ÜÊ iÃÕÃ° Ê£Î\Ê£xÊÊÊ 7iÊv ÜÊ iÃÕÃ½ÊiÝ> « i° £Ê À Ì > ÃÊ££\Ê£ÊÊ 7iÊÃ Õ `Êv ÜÊÌ iÊÊ iÝ> « iÊ vÊ} ` ÞÊ«i « i° ÎÊ Ê£\Ê££ÊÊ ÜÊ} `]Ê ÌÊiÛ °

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 ONE Volume 3: p 129

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

}ÃÊ> `Ê*À « iÌÃÊ /NE OF THE SPECIAL TASKS OF THE PROPHETS WAS TO WARN KINGS 4HE CHARTS ON THESE PAGES SHOW WHICH KINGS REIGNED DURING THE TIME OF EACH PROPHET AND THE APPROXIMATE DATES WHEN THE KINGS REIGNED $ATES WITH PROPHETS SHOW THE YEARS THEY WORKED !LL DATES ARE " # +INGS OF THE

3OUTHERN +INGDOM *UDAH

+INGS OF THE .ORTHERN +INGDOM )SRAEL

À> nx{ n{Î

>LÊ nÇx nx{

>â > n{Î

i Õ n{Î n£È Ã >Ê nxä nää

>â > nxx nx{

> nÇx nxä

i > >â nÓä nä{

i Ã >« >Ì nÇ{ nxä

>Ã näÈ Ç ä

À> nx{ n{Î

iÀ L > Ê Ç ä Ç{

>Ã n{Î näÎ

>â > näÎ ÇÇx i n{ä nÎä

Ì > > Ê µÕii ® n{Î nÎÇ >Ã n{Î näÎ >â > näÎ ÇÇx

i Õ n{Î n£È

Ì > > ÊÊ µÕii ®Ê n{Î nÎÇ

i À> nxä n{Î

> Ç ä ÇÇä 1ââ > ÇnÇ ÇÎx

>â > näÎ ÇÇx

iÀ L > Ê Ç ä Ç{

1ââ > ÇnÇ ÇÎx

Ã Çnä Ç{ä

<iV >À > Ç{n

*i > Ç{n ÇÎä i > i Ç{n ÇÎn

- > Õ Ê Ç{n

<iV >À > Ç{n - > Õ Ç{n

iÀ L > Ê Ç ä Ç{

i > i Ç{n ÇÎn *i > > ÇÎn ÇÎÈ

i > i Ç{n ÇÎn

*i > Ç{n ÇÎä

*i > > ÇÎn ÇÎÈ

Ã i> ÇÎä ÇÓ£

*i > Ç{n ÇÎä

Ãi> ÇÈä ÇÓä

Ã i>Ê ÇÎä ÇÓ£

1ââ > ÇnÇ ÇÎx

Ã> > Ç{x È x

Ì > Ç{ ÇÎ{

1ââ > ÇnÇ ÇÎx

>â Ç{£ ÇÓÈ

Ì > Ç{ ÇÎ{

iâi > Ê ÇÓÈ È Ç

>â Ç{£ ÇÓÈ iâi > ÇÓÈ È Ç

i > i Ç{n ÇÎn *i > > ÇÎn ÇÎÈ

V> Ç{ä Çää *i > Ç{n ÇÎä

Ì > Ç{ ÇÎ{ Ã i> ÇÎä ÇÓ£

<i« > > ÈÎ Èän Ã > ÈÎ Èän

> >ÃÃi È Ç È{Ó

i > >â Èän

iâi > ÇÓÈ È Ç

>â Ç{£ ÇÓÈ

1ââ > ÇnÇ ÇÎx

i > Èän x Ç

"L>` > xnÈ

i >V x Ç

Ã > ÈÎ Èän

<i`i > x Ç xnÈ

iÀi > Ê ÈÓÈ xnÈ

<i`i > x Ç xnÈ i > Èän x Ç

>L> Õ ÈäÈ xnÈ

i >V x Ç

<i`i > x Ç xnÈ

> Õ ÈÎä È£ä Ã > ÈÎ Èän

âi i x Ó xÇä <i`i > x Ç xnÈ

> i ÈäÈ xÎ{ i > Èän x Ç

i >V x Ç

34/29

/Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x160; Â&#x153;Â&#x153;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160;Â&#x153;vÃ&#x160; Â&#x153;Â&#x2DC;>Â&#x2026;

4HE &ISH 4HAT 4AUGHT A 0ROPHET A ,ESSON *ONAH IS SWALLOWED BY A BIG lSH

Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; -/",9Ã&#x160; "1/

&ORGIVENESS

ONAH v A VOICE CALLED ONE DAY )T WAS THE VOICE OF 'OD *ONAH WAS AFRAID 7HAT DID 'OD WANT 7HY WAS 'OD CALLING HIM h'O TO .INEVEH v 'OD SAID TO *ONAH h4ELL THEM HOW BAD THEY ARE 4ELL THEM HOW MUCH ) HATE THEIR LYING STEALING CHEATING AND KILLING 4ELL THEM THEY MUST BEG ME TO FORGIVE THEM v h.INEVEH v *ONAH WHISPERED h!NY PLACE BUT .INEVEH )T S SUCH A WICKED CITY 4HOSE PEOPLE WILL KILL ME IF ) TELL THEM WHAT 'OD SAID ) CAN T DO IT ) LL RUN AWAY AND HIDE v

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 ÕÊ >ÛiÊ ÕÃÌÊLii ÊÌ À Ü Ê Ì ÊÌ iÊÃÌ À ÞÊÃi>ÊÜ Ì Ê > °Ê/ iÊÜ>ÛiÃÊ>ÀiÊÊ i À ÕÃ°Ê/ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃiiÊÊ Ì iÊ}Ài>ÌÊwÃ ÊV }ÊÌ Ü>À`Ê Þ ÕÊÜ Ì Ê ÌÃÊ ÕÌ ÊÜ `iÊ «i ]Ê Ài>`ÞÊÌ ÊÃÜ> ÜÊÞ Õ° 7 >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊÌ }¶ÊÊ 7 >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ«À>Þ }¶Ê

*ONAH HURRIED TO THE SEAPORT OF *OPPA 3URELY SOME SHIP WOULD BE GOING TO A FARAWAY PLACE !T LAST HE FOUND A SHIP GOING TO 4ARSHISH )T WAS FAR FAR AWAY 3O *ONAH PAID THE CAPTAIN SOME MONEY AND WENT ON BOARD !T LAST THE SHIP WAS ON ITS WAY FAR FROM .INEVEH "UT *ONAH COULD NOT HIDE FROM 'OD EVEN DOWN BELOW THE DECK OF THE SHIP 4IRED FROM ALL THAT HAD HAPPENED *ONAH LAY DOWN BEHIND SOME BAGGAGE AND FELL ASLEEP 7HILE HE SLEPT THE SHIP SAILED OUT TO SEA "UT THINGS DID NOT GO WELL FOR *ONAH S SHIP "EFORE LONG THE WIND BEGAN TO BLOW STRONGER AND STRONGER 4HE WAVES OF THE SEA ROSE HIGHER AND HIGHER h4HE SHIP IS GOING TO BREAK IN TWO IF THIS KEEPS UP v A SAILOR CRIED OUT 3OON THE SAILORS WERE THROWING THINGS OVERBOARD TO MAKE THE SHIP LIGHTER "UT WHILE THIS WENT ON *ONAH STAYED BELOW SOUND ASLEEP

-Õ``i ÞÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊwÃ ÊÀ ÃiÊÕ«Ê ÕÌÊ vÊÌ iÊÜ>ÌiÀÊ> `ÊÃÜ> Ê Ì Ü>À`Ê > °

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

`Ê>Ê7 > iÊÊ -Ü> ÜÊ > ¶

7HEN THE CAPTAIN FOUND *ONAH SLEEPING HE WAS ANGRY

h7HAT ARE YOU DOING DOWN HERE 7HY DON T YOU GET UP AND PRAY TO YOUR 'OD 7E ARE ALL PRAYING TO OUR GODS v *ONAH FELT ASHAMED (E WAS TRYING TO RUN AWAY FROM 'OD .OW HE HAD TO COME OUT IN THE OPEN AND PRAY FOR 'OD TO HELP THEM )F 'OD WAS THERE TO LISTEN TO HIM *ONAH WASN T REALLY RUNNING AWAY FROM 'OD 4HE SAILORS DECIDED TO CAST LOTS TO SEE IF SOMEONE HAD DONE SOMETHING WRONG 4HEY BEGAN THROWING LITTLE PIECES OF WOOD .O ONE KNOWS EXACTLY HOW THEY DID IT BUT AT LAST THE LOTS SHOWED THAT *ONAH WAS THE ONE WHO HAD DONE SOMETHING

! BIG lSH SWALLOWED *ONAH BUT THE "IBLE NEVER CALLS IT A WHALE 7AS IT 7E DON T KNOW 7E DO KNOW THAT IT WAS A SPECIAL lSH ONE THAT WAS LIKELY CREATED BY 'OD FOR THIS ONE SPECIAL PURPOSE "UT WHAT KIND OF lSH WAS IT 0ROBABLY UNLIKE ANY lSH THAT EVER LIVED #OULD NOT THE #REATOR OF THE 5NIVERSE CREATE A SPECIAL lSH JUST TO SWALLOW *ONAH #OULD (E NOT MAKE THE lSH SO THAT ITS DIGESTIVE JUICES WOULD NOT HARM *ONAH 3OMEONE HAS SAID THAT SINCE 'OD IS 'OD AND (E IS (E COULD CREATE A lSH WITH ELECTRIC LIGHTS AND AIR CONDITIONING ¥

Volume 3: p 138

WRONG h7HAT HAVE YOU DONE v THE SAILORS DEMANDED 4HEY WERE lLLED WITH QUESTIONS h) M RUNNING AWAY FROM 'OD v *ONAH SAID h7HAT SHOULD WE DO WITH YOU v THE SAILORS WANTED TO KNOW h4HROW ME INTO THE SEA v SAID *ONAH 7HEN HE SAID THAT *ONAH LOOKED OUT AT THE ANGRY SEA (E WOULDN T LAST TWO MINUTES IN THAT WATER 4HE SAILORS DIDN T WANT TO DO IT BUT AT LAST THEY THREW *ONAH INTO THE SEA 7HEN THEY DID A GIANT lSH ROSE UP FROM THE WATER AND GULPED *ONAH DOWN 7HAT A TERRIBLE PLACE TO BE IN THE BELLY OF THAT GREAT lSH 4HE JUICES AND SEAWEED MADE A HORRIBLE SMELL *ONAH BEGAN TO PRAY AS HE HAD NEVER PRAYED BEFORE (E BEGGED 'OD TO FORGIVE HIM FOR RUNNING AWAY (E PLEADED WITH 'OD TO GIVE HIM ANOTHER CHANCE TO GO TO .INEVEH

7HAT A LESSON *ONAH WAS LEARNING INSIDE THAT lSH )T WAS THE lRST TIME IN HISTORY THAT 'OD HAD TAUGHT A PROPHET IN THE BELLY OF A lSH 9OU KNOW WHAT AN UNUSUAL SCHOOL THAT WAS DON T YOU !FTER THREE DAYS AND THREE NIGHTS 'OD MADE THE lSH SPIT *ONAH OUT ON SHORE !S SOON AS *ONAH WAS WELL ENOUGH TO TRAVEL YOU KNOW WHERE HE WENT DON T YOU 4HAT S RIGHT (E WENT STRAIGHT TO .INEVEH (E HAD LEARNED A LESSON HE WOULD NEVER FORGET $ON T TRY TO RUN AWAY FROM 'OD 7HEREVER YOU GO 'OD IS ALREADY THERE EVEN IN THE BELLY OF A GREAT lSH 7HEN *ONAH REACHED .INEVEH HE BEGAN TO PREACH h9OU ARE ALL LIVING WICKED LIVES v *ONAH SHOUTED h'OD IS GOING TO PUNISH YOU v *ONAH WAS ACTUALLY ENJOYING THE THOUGHT THAT 'OD WOULD PUNISH THESE WICKED PEOPLE (E WANTED TO SEE THEM PUNISHED "UT SOMETHING STRANGE HAPPENED 3OME OF THE PEOPLE HURRIED TO THE KING OF .INEVEH 4HEY TOLD HIM WHAT *ONAH HAD SAID 4HEN THE KING SENT AN ORDER TO HIS PEOPLE h%VERYONE MUST SPEND TIME PRAYING CRYING TO 'OD TO SAVE US v HE COMMANDED 4HEN THE KING TOOK OFF HIS ROYAL ROBES AND WORE ROUGH SACKCLOTH (E SAT ON A PILE OF ASHES PRAYING TO 'OD *ONAH WAS SURPRISED 4HIS WASN T SUPPOSED TO HAPPEN 'OD WAS SUPPOSED TO PUNISH THIS WICKED CITY .OW LOOK WHAT WAS HAPPENING 4HEN *ONAH WAS SHOCKED WHEN 'OD DECIDED NOT TO PUNISH THE CITY !FTER ALL THE PEOPLE HAD BEGGED HIM FOR FORGIVENESS "UT *ONAH WANTED TO SEE THEM PUNISHED NOT FORGIVEN $O YOU EVER FEEL LIKE THAT ABOUT SOMEONE

(E PROBABLY DIDN T BUT SOMETIMES PEOPLE DOUBT 'OD WHEN THEY READ THIS STORY 7OULDN T *ONAH DIE IF HE WERE IN A lSH S STOMACH FOR THREE DAYS .OT IN 'OD S SPECIAL lSH .OT IN A lSH CREATED JUST TO SWALLOW *ONAH TAKE HIM TO .INEVEH AND SPIT HIM OUT ON SHORE 7HAT HAPPENED TO THE lSH THEN )T HAD FULlLLED THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH 'OD SENT IT SO IT WAS NO LONGER NEEDED 7E DON T KNOW WHAT HAPPENED TO IT 7E ONLY KNOW IT DID WHAT 'OD SENT IT TO DO 4HAT S A GOOD LESSON FOR US TOO ISN T IT

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH PEOPLE FOUND FROGS IN THEIR BEDS ! 2EAD %XODUS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

`Ê >`iÊÌ iÊwÃ ÊÃ« ÌÊ > Ê ÕÌÊ ÊÌ iÊÃ Ài°

Volume 3: p 139

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ À} Ûi iÃÃ *Ã> ÊÇ \Ê Ê / iÊ À`Êv À} ÛiÃÊÕÃÊÊ Ì Ê ÀÊ ÃÊ > i°

*ONAH BEGAN TO GRUMBLE )F HE GRUMBLED ENOUGH 'OD

MIGHT CHANGE HIS MIND AND STILL PUNISH THE PEOPLE 4HEY DIDN T DESERVE TO BE FORGIVEN "UT THEN NONE OF US DESERVES TO BE FORGIVEN DO WE *ONAH BUILT A LITTLE BOOTH OF STICKS TO KEEP THE HOT SUN FROM BURNING HIM 7HILE *ONAH SAT THERE 'OD CAUSED A LITTLE VINE TO GROW OVER THE BOOTH 4HAT MADE *ONAH S BOOTH MUCH COOLER

*Ã> Ê \ÊnÊ `ÊÜ> ÌÃÊÌ Êv À} Ûi°

*ONAH WAS HAPPY FOR THE LITTLE VINE "UT THE NEXT MORNING 'OD SENT A WORM TO EAT THE STEM OF

>ÌÌ iÜÊÈ\Ê£{Ê 7iÊ ÕÃÌÊv À} ÛiÊ Ì iÀÃÆÊÊ Ì i Ê `ÊÜ Êv À} ÛiÊÕÃ°

THE VINE 4HEN THE VINE DIED 4HE DAY WAS VERY HOT AS 'OD SENT AN EAST WIND FROM ACROSS THE DESERT *ONAH GREW HOTTER AND HOTTER h,ET ME DIE v *ONAH CRIED OUT h) M SO HOT v h!RE YOU FEELING SAD BECAUSE YOU DON T HAVE THAT VINE v 'OD ASKED *ONAH h9ES v SAID *ONAH h) M SO ANGRY THAT THE VINE DIED v h9OU RE ANGRY BECAUSE A LITTLE VINE DIED v 'OD ASKED h(OW CAN YOU FEEL SORRY FOR A LITTLE VINE THAT YOU DIDN T WORK TO GET (OW CAN YOU FEEL SO ANGRY ABOUT A PLANT THAT YOU SAW ONLY ONE DAY (OW DO YOU THINK ) FEEL ABOUT A HUNDRED AND TWENTY THOUSAND PEOPLE IN THAT GREAT CITY OF .INEVEH $O YOU THINK ) WANT TO SEE ALL THESE PEOPLE BE PUNISHED AND DIE $ON T YOU THINK ) WOULD FEEL ANGRY AND SAD IF ALL THOSE PEOPLE HAD TO BE KILLED v *ONAH WAS ASHAMED NOW 'OD WAS RIGHT *ONAH HAD BEEN THINKING ONLY OF HIMSELF (E HAD NOT BEEN THINKING OF ALL THOSE PEOPLE OF .INEVEH 3O *ONAH LEARNED ANOTHER GREAT LESSON )N THE BELLY OF THE lSH HE LEARNED THAT HE COULD NOT RUN AWAY FROM 'OD .OW HE LEARNED THAT 'OD WANTS TO FORGIVE EVEN THE MOST WICKED PEOPLE ON EARTH IF THEY WILL TRULY REPENT 9OU DON T EVEN HAVE TO GO INTO THE BELLY OF A lSH OR PREACH IN .INEVEH TO LEARN THOSE TWO LESSONS DO YOU

Volume 3: p 140

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê iÃÊ `ÊÀi> ÞÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê«Õ Ã Ê> `Ê`iÃÌÀ ÞÊiÛ Ê«i « i¶Ê/ ÊÊ vÊÌ iÊ ÃÌÊÜ V i`Ê«iÀÃ ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ i>À`Ê>L ÕÌ°Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÊ i ÞÊÃii }ÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ Ê i`¶Ê"ÀÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÀ>Ì iÀÊÃiiÊÌ >ÌÊ «iÀÃ ÊV iÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃÊ> `ÊLiÊv À} Ûi ¶ Ê Ó°Ê 7 >ÌÊÌÜ Ê « ÀÌ> ÌÊ iÃÃ ÃÊ` `Ê > Ê i>À ¶Ê7 >ÌÊÜ>ÃÊÌ iÊ iÃÃ Ê iÊ i>À i`Ê ÊÌ iÊLi ÞÊ vÊÌ iÊ}Ài>ÌÊwÃ ¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ « ÀÌ> Ì¶Ê

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

À} Ûi iÃÃ ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS FORGAVE OTHERS ) WANT TO FORGIVE OTHERS TOO

ÜÊ ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ iÃÃ Ê « ÀÌ> ÌÊÌ ÊÞ Õ¶Ê7 >ÌÊ iÃÃ Ê` `Ê iÊ i>À Ê vÀ ÊÌ iÊÛ i¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ « ÀÌ> Ì¶Ê ÜÊ ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ iÃÃ Ê « ÀÌ> ÌÊÌ ÊÞ Õ¶Ê Ê Î°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊiÛiÀÊÃ>Þ]Êº ½ Ê iÛiÀÊv À}iÌÊÜ >ÌÊÞ Õ½ÛiÊ` iÊÌ Ê i»¶Ê vÊÊ Þ ÕÊV> ½ÌÊv À}iÌ]ÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊ >Ûi ½ÌÊv À} Ûi °Ê iv ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ>Ã Ê `ÊÊ

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ À} Ûi iÃÃ 3TORIES AND

Ì Êv À} Ûi]ÊÞ ÕÊ ÕÃÌÊv À} ÛiÊ Ì iÀÃÆÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊ ÕÃÌÊv À}iÌÊÜ >ÌÊÊ Ì iÞÊ >ÛiÊ` iÊÜÀ }°Ê,i>`Ê >ÌÌ iÜÊx\ÊÓ{°Ê7 >ÌÊ` iÃÊ ÌÊÃ>ÞÊ >L ÕÌÊv À} Û }Ê Ì iÀÃ¶

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ>Ã Ê `ÊÌ Êv À} ÛiÊÞ Õ]ÊÜ >ÌÊÊ

&ORGIVENESS

Ì iÊÃ Ê iÊ ÃÊv À} Û }¶Ê"ÀÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊ

` ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊ ÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊ ÊÌ Ê ii«ÊÀi ` }ÊÞ ÕÊi>V Ê`>ÞÊ vÊ ÊÌ ÊÜ>Ã ÊÞ ÕÀÊ i>ÀÌÊV i> ]ÊÌ Ê > iÊ ÌÊ

>ÃÊÌ Õ} ÊÞ ÕÊ >`Ê ÌÊÃ i`¶Ê7iÊV> ½ÌÊiÀ>ÃiÊÌ iÊV ÃiµÕi ViÃÊ vÊ>ÊÃ °Ê vÊ>Ê«iÀÃ Ê ÕÀìÀÃÊÃ i i]ÊÌ iÊ ÕÀìÀi`Ê«iÀÃ Ê ÃÊÃÌ Ê ì>`]ÊiÛi ÊÌ Õ} Ê `Êv À} ÛiÃÊÌ iÊÃ °Ê vÊ>Ê«iÀÃ ÊLÕÀ ÃÊ` Ü Ê>Ê ÕÃi]ÊÌ iÊ ÕÃiÊ ÃÊÃÌ ÊLÕÀ i`Ê` Ü ]ÊiÛi ÊÌ Õ} Ê `Êv À} ÛiÃÊ Ì iÊÃ °Ê ÕÌÊ `ÊÜ ½ÌÊ ii«ÊLÀ } }ÊÕ«ÊÌ iÊÃ Ê> `Ê `ÊÜ ½ÌÊ ii«Ê «Õ Ã }ÊÞ ÕÊv ÀÊÌ iÊÃ °Ê iÊv À} ÛiÃ°Ê > iÊÃÕÀiÊÞ ÕÊv À} Ûi]ÊÌ °

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 THE %GYPTIANS Volume 3: p 141

-/",9

Õ iÊÓ\Ê£ Ç

/NE .IGHT IN "ETHLEHEM 4HE BABY *ESUS IS BORN

-/",9 "1/

(UMILITY

ARY KNEW THAT SOMETHING WAS WRONG WHEN *OSEPH HURRIED INTO THE HOUSE 3HE COULD ALWAYS TELL h-ORE TAXES v *OSEPH SAID SADLY h!LL THE PEOPLE MUST PUT THEIR NAMES ON TAX ROLLS 4HEY MUST GO ALL THE WAY TO THEIR ANCESTORS HOMETOWNS TO DO IT v h4HEN WE MUST GO TO "ETHLEHEM v -ARY SAID SOFTLY h-ARY YOU CANNOT GO v *OSEPH TOLD HIS WIFE h9OU RE GOING TO HAVE A BABY 4HE TRIP WOULD BE TOO HARD FOR YOU "UT HOW CAN ) LEAVE YOU NOW (OW CAN ) GO ALL THE WAY TO "ETHLEHEM WHEN YOU ARE ABOUT TO HAVE YOUR BABY v h9OU DON T NEED TO LEAVE ME v SAID -ARY h) AM GOING WITH

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê >ÛiÊÊ Û Ã Ìi`ÊÌ iÊÃÌ>L iÊ> `ÊÃii Ê Ì iÊL>LÞÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊÃ> `ÊÌ Ê ¶Ê7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ Ã> `ÊÌ Ê >ÀÞ¶

Volume 4: p 20

YOU .OTHING WILL GO WRONG 2EMEMBER THIS IS 'OD S 3ON 'OD WILL TAKE CARE OF (IM 'OD WILL NOT LET ANYTHING HAPPEN TO (IM v *OSEPH SHOOK HIS HEAD SADLY (E DID NOT WANT -ARY TO MAKE SUCH A LONG TRIP NOW "UT WHAT COULD HE DO 0ERHAPS -ARY WAS RIGHT 'OD WOULDN T LET ANYTHING HAPPEN TO (IS 3ON 3O -ARY AND *OSEPH STARTED OUT FOR THE LITTLE TOWN OF "ETHLEHEM )T WAS A LONG LONG TRIP FOR *OSEPH WOULD HAVE TO WALK THE SEVENTY lVE MILES WHILE -ARY RODE ON THEIR DONKEY %ACH MILE SEEMED ENDLESS AS THEY WALKED THROUGH THE LITTLE VALLEYS PAST ROLLING HILLS COVERED WITH OLIVE TREES AND VINEYARDS WITH -ARY BUMPING UP AND DOWN ON THE LITTLE DONKEY S BACK /FTEN *OSEPH LOOKED AT -ARY TO SEE IF SHE WAS ALL RIGHT h7HAT A BRAVE WOMAN v *OSEPH THOUGHT h'OD COULD NOT HAVE CHOSEN A lNER WOMAN TO HAVE (IS 3ON v

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7>ÃÊÌ iÊ > }iÀÊÊ >Ê7 `i Ê Ý¶

4HE DAYS PASSED AS -ARY AND *OSEPH CAME CLOSER TO

"ETHLEHEM !T LAST ONE EVENING AS THE SUN WAS GOING DOWN THEY SAW THE TINY VILLAGE OF "ETHLEHEM JUST AHEAD -ARY LOOKED SO TIRED *OSEPH KNEW THAT THE TRIP WAS HARDER THAN SHE HAD EXPECTED "UT NOW THEY WERE ALMOST THERE (OW GOOD IT WOULD BE TO lND AN INN SO -ARY COULD SLEEP IN A BED 4HEY WOULD STAY AT THE INN UNTIL -ARY HAD HER BABY 7EARY AND DUSTY THEY WENT THROUGH THE STREETS OF THE LITTLE TOWN UNTIL THEY FOUND THE ONLY INN *OSEPH QUICKLY FOUND THE INNKEEPER h) D LIKE A ROOM FOR US v HE SAID h7E ARE VERY TIRED FROM THE LONG TRIP v

7AS THE BABY *ESUS LYING IN A WOODEN BOX TYPICAL OF MANY hMANGERSv WE USE TODAY /R WAS IT SOMETHING ELSE 4HE PICTURE HERE SHOWS A MANGER OF "IBLE TIMES EXCAVATED AT -EGIDDO )T IS A LARGE STONE WITH THE OUTSIDE CARVED LIKE A BIG BOX AND THE INSIDE CARVED OUT )N ANCIENT )SRAEL STONE WAS PLENTIFUL AND WOOD WAS SCARCE SO STONE WAS OFTEN A PREFERRED BUILDING MATERIAL ! MANGER WAS THE FOOD BOX FOR ANIMALS 4HE FOOD FOR ANIMALS WAS PLACED INSIDE THE OPENING OF THE STONE BOX )MAGINE THE WORK USING CRUDE TOOLS TO CARVE ALL THAT STONE FROM BOTH THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE MANGER Volume 4: p 22

4HE INNKEEPER SHOOK HIS HEAD h) M SORRY v HE SAID h) WISH ) COULD HELP YOU "UT ALL OUR ROOMS ARE FULL %VERYONE IS COMING TO "ETHLEHEM TO REGISTER FOR THE TAX ROLLS %VERY ROOM IN TOWN IS FULL 4HERE IS NO PLACE TO SLEEP v *OSEPH STARED AT THE INNKEEPER h"UT MY WIFE IS GOING TO HAVE A BABY v HE SAID h)T COULD BE TONIGHT 7HAT CAN WE DO v 4HE INNKEEPER THOUGHT FOR A FEW MOMENTS h) WILL GLADLY LET

/ >ÌÊ } Ì]Ê>ÃÊ >ÀÞÊ> `Ê Ãi« ÊÜ>ÌV i`ÊÌ iÊL>LÞ]ÊÌ iÞÊ Ü `iÀi`ÊÜ >ÌÊ `ÊÜ Õ `Ê` ÊÌ À Õ} Ê °

YOU SLEEP IN THE STABLE v SAID THE INNKEEPER h)T S ALL THAT ) HAVE BUT YOU MAY USE IT )T S NOT MUCH BUT IT S WARM AND DRY AND YOU WILL BE OFF THE STREETS v h4HANK YOU v SAID *OSEPH h7E WILL STAY THERE 7HAT ELSE CAN WE DO v -ARY AND *OSEPH WENT INTO THE STABLE WITH THE ANIMALS h4HE INNKEEPER WAS RIGHT v SAID *OSEPH h)T ISN T MUCH ) M SORRY THAT ) CAN T lND A BETTER ROOM FOR YOU v -ARY SMILED h"UT IT IS WARM AND DRY v SHE SAID h!ND 'OD HAS GIVEN IT TO US 3O WE WILL BE SURE TO THANK (IM v 4HAT NIGHT WHEN ALL WAS QUIET IN "ETHLEHEM AND THE ANIMALS HAD GONE TO SLEEP A LITTLE BABY WAS BORN IN THE STABLE 3OME OF THE ANIMALS STIRRED AND BLINKED THEIR SLEEPY EYES WHEN THEY HEARD (IM CRY "UT THEY SOON DRIFTED BACK TO SLEEP AGAIN -ARY AND *OSEPH DID NOT SLEEP THAT NIGHT 4HEY WRAPPED THE NEW BABY IN LONG STRIPS OF CLOTH 4HEN *OSEPH PUT SOME SOFT STRAW IN A MANGER THE BIG STONE BOX WHERE THE LARGER ANIMALS ATE THEIR FOOD AND THEY LAID THE BABY IN THE MANGER h(IS NAME WILL BE CALLED *ESUS v -ARY WHISPERED SOFTLY h9ES v SAID *OSEPH h(E WILL SAVE OUR PEOPLE AS 'OD PROMISED v

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

4 iÀiÊ7iÀiÊ/Ü Ê iÌ i i Ã 7HEN -ATTHEW RECORDED THE BIRTH OF *ESUS HE WAS CAREFUL TO SAY h"ETHLEHEM IN *UDEAv -ATTHEW -ORE THAN YEARS BEFORE *ESUS WAS BORN THE 0ROPHET -ICAH FORETOLD WHERE *ESUS WOULD BE BORN SEE -ICAH (E ALSO WAS CAREFUL TO SAY h"ETHLEHEM IN *UDAH v WHICH WOULD BE THE SAME AS "ETHLEHEM IN *UDEA 7HY DID BOTH WRITERS SPECIFY h"ETHLEHEM IN *UDEA OR *UDAHv 4HERE WAS ANOTHER "ETHLEHEM SEVEN MILES NORTHEAST OF .AZARETH )T IS MENTIONED IN THE /LD 4ESTAMENT AS PART OF THE TERRITORY OF :EBULUN *OSHUA .O SIGNIlCANT "IBLE EVENT TOOK PLACE THERE AS IT DID IN "ETHLEHEM OF *UDEA *UDAH 4HE "IBLE WRITERS WERE SPECIlC CONCERNING WHICH OF THE TWO TOWNS WAS THE "ETHLEHEM WHERE *ESUS WOULD BE BORN

Volume 4: p 23

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ Õ ÌÞ

4HAT NIGHT AS -ARY AND *OSEPH WATCHED THE LITTLE BABY THEY THOUGHT OF MANY THINGS (OW WOULD (E SAVE (IS PEOPLE (OW WOULD 'OD USE (IS 3ON 7HAT WOULD (IS LIFE BE LIKE !T LAST ALL WAS QUIET IN THE STABLE AT "ETHLEHEM VERY VERY QUIET FOR THE LITTLE BABY WAS ASLEEP -ARY AND *OSEPH WERE ASLEEP TOO

#HRONICLES `Ê i>ÀÃÊ Õ L iÊ«À>ÞiÀÃ° *OB `Ê ÃÊ}i iÀ ÕÃÊÜ Ì ÊÊ Õ L iÊ«i « i° 0ROVERBS *À `iÊ Õ L iÃÊÕÃÆÊ Õ ÌÞÊ Ê vÌÃÊÕÃÊÕ«° -ATTHEW 7iÊÃ Õ `Ê i>À ÊvÀ ÊÌ iÊ Õ L iÊ iÃÕÃ°

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê / Ê>L ÕÌÊÌ iÊ ÌÌ iÊL>LÞÊ ÊÌ iÊ > }iÀ°Ê/ ÃÊÜ>ÃÊ `½ÃÊ- ]Ê V }ÊÌ Êi>ÀÌ Êv ÀÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊÜ À °Ê7 ÞÊ` ` ½ÌÊ `ÊÃi `Ê Ê Ì Ê >Ê«> >Vi]Ê ÀÊ>ÌÊ i>ÃÌÊ>ÊLi>ÕÌ vÕ Ê i¶Ê7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ iÊL>LÞÊL À Ê Ê>ÊÃÌ>L iÊ> `Ê > `Ê Ê>Ê > }iÀ¶Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ}iÌÊÌ Ê ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊ LiÌÌiÀÊvÀ ÊÌ iÊÃÌ À iÃÊÌ ÊV i]ÊÞ ÕÊÜ Ê` ÃV ÛiÀÊÌ iÊ> ÃÜiÀ°Ê iÃÕÃ]Ê `½ÃÊ- ]ÊÜ>ÃÊ Õ L i°Ê/ ÃÊ Ü ÞÊL ÀÌ ÊÜ>ÃÊ> Ê«>ÀÌÊ vÊ

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Õ ÌÞ ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS WAS HUMBLE ) WANT TO BE HUMBLE TOO

`½ÃÊ« > ° Ê Ó°Ê / ÊÃ iÊ ÀiÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ iÊ ÌÌ iÊL>LÞÊ ÊÌ iÊ > }iÀ°Ê Ãi« Ê Ü>ÃÊ>ÊV>À«i ÌiÀ°Ê >ÀÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ iÊÜ viÊ vÊ>ÊV>À«i ÌiÀ°Ê/ iÞÊÜiÀiÊ « ÀÊ«i « i°Ê ÜÊÌ iÞÊÜiÀiÊ>Ü>ÞÊvÀ Ê iÊ> `ÊÜ Õ `Ê ÌÊ} Ê iÊv ÀÊÃiÛiÀ> ÊÞi>ÀÃÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ `ÊÜ Õ `ÊÃi `ÊÌ i ÊÌ Ê }Þ«ÌÊ v ÀÊ>Ü i°Ê* ÀÊ«i « i]Ê i iÃÃÊ«i « i]Ê> `Ê Õ L iÊ«i « i°Ê 7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊ iÃÕÃÊL À Ê Ì ÊÃÕV Ê>Êv> Þ¶Ê7 ÞÊ` ` ½ÌÊ `ÊÃi `Ê Ê Ì ÊÌ iÊv> ÞÊ vÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊ}i iÀ> ]Ê ÀÊ>Ê«ÀiÃ `i Ì]Ê ÀÊ>Ê}Ài>ÌÊ i>`iÀÊ vÊÃ iÊ `¶Ê7 ÞÊÌ Ã¶Ê ÃÊÞ ÕÊ}iÌÊÌ Ê ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊLiÌÌiÀÊ

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ Õ ÌÞ 3TORIES AND

Volume 4: p 24

vÀ ÊÌ iÊÃÌ À iÃÊÌ ÊV i]ÊÞ ÕÊÜ Ê` ÃV ÛiÀÊÌ iÊ> ÃÜiÀ°Ê iÃÕÃ]Ê `½ÃÊ- ]ÊÜ>ÃÊ Õ L i°Ê/ ÃÊ Ü ÞÊv> ÞÊÜ>ÃÊ«>ÀÌÊ vÊ `½ÃÊ« > °

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

(UMILITY

/ iÊL>LÞÊL À Ê Ê iÌ i i ÊÜ>ÃÊ `½ÃÊ - °Ê iÊ ÃÊ `Ê Ãi v]Êv ÀÊ iÃÕÃÊ ÃÊ iÊ vÊ Ì iÊ/À ÌÞp `Ê ÊÌ ÀiiÊ«iÀÃ Ã°Ê ÕÌÊ iÊ Ü>ÃÊL À Ê Ê Õ ÌÞ°Ê,i>`Ê* «« > ÃÊÊ Ó\Êx ££°Ê/ ÃÊÜ ÊÌi ÊÞ ÕÊ ÀiÊ>L ÕÌÊ iÃÕÃ½Ê

Õ ÌÞ°Ê7 i ÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊv ÜiÀÃÊ vÊ iÃÕÃ]ÊÜiÊ ÕÃÌÊ> Ã ÊÃii ÊÌ ÊLiÊ Õ L i°Ê À ÃÌ > ÃÊÃ Õ `Ê ÌÊLiÊ«À Õ`Ê«i « i]ÊLÕÌÊ Õ L iÊ«i « i°Ê

/½-Ê

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH APOSTLE IS REMEMBERED AS A DOUBTER ! 2EAD *OHN OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Ê"1/

/ iÊ ÌÌ iÊ/ Ü Ê vÊ iÌ i i &IVE MILES SOUTHWEST OF *ERUSALEM THE LITTLE TOWN OF "ETHLEHEM STILL LIES NESTLED IN THE *UDEAN HILLS 4ODAY TOURISTS mOCK TO SEE THE #HURCH OF THE .ATIVITY BUILT OVER A GROTTO OR CAVE PROBABLY THE ONE WHERE *ESUS WAS BORN 4HE CAVE WAS THE PLACE WHERE ANIMALS WERE HOUSED NEAR THE INN 4HE SURROUNDING HILLSIDES ARE PASTURELANDS WHERE SHEPHERDS KEEP THEIR SHEEP EVEN AS THEY DID IN *ESUS TIME /LIVES ALMONDS POMEGRANATES GRAPES AND lGS GROW ON THESE HILLSIDES 3OME lELDS OF WHEAT AND BARLEY MAY BE FOUND AROUND "ETHLEHEM AS THEY WERE WHEN 2UTH GLEANED GRAIN ON THE NEARBY lELDS MANY CENTURIES BEFORE *ESUS WAS BORN ,IKE THE SHEPHERDS WHO WATCHED THEIR mOCKS BY NIGHT A SHEPHERD BOY CENTURIES BEFORE WATCHED HIS SHEEP ON THESE SAME HILLSIDES (IS NAME WAS $AVID *ESUS EARTHLY FAMILY DESCENDED FROM BOTH 2UTH AND $AVID

Volume 4: p 25

/ iÊ ÃÌÊ > ÕÃÊ i `ÃÊ ÊÌ iÊ7 À ` 'RAIN lELDS USUALLY DO NOT WIN THEIR WAY INTO HISTORY "UT THE lELDS OUTSIDE "ETHLEHEM ARE PERHAPS THE MOST FAMOUS lELDS OF ALL HISTORY 4HAT S BECAUSE SOME OF THE MOST SIGNIlCANT EVENTS OF HISTORY HAPPENED THERE 7E DON T KNOW EXACTLY WHICH lELDS WERE THE SCENE OF EACH EVENT BUT ALL WERE NEARBY (ERE ARE THREE OF THE GREAT HISTORIC EVENTS IN THE lELDS OF "ETHLEHEM ,ÕÌ Ê} i> i`Ê}À> Ê !BOUT YEARS BEFORE *ESUS WAS BORN THE -OABITE WIDOW 2UTH GLEANED GRAIN IN THE lELDS OF "OAZ NEAR "ETHLEHEM /NE NIGHT SHE MET "OAZ IN THIS lELD AND FROM THAT MEETING THEY PLANNED TO BE MARRIED ,ATER THEY HAD A SON WHOM THEY NAMED /BED (E BECAME THE FATHER OF *ESSE WHO BECAME THE FATHER OF $AVID 4HUS 2UTH WAS THE GREAT GRANDMOTHER OF +ING $AVID

2UTH 'LEANED 'RAIN

>Û `ÊÌ ÊV>ÀiÊ vÊ ÃÊv> Þ½ÃÊÃ ii«ÊÊ "EFORE HIS DRAMATIC lGHT WITH THE GIANT 'OLIATH $AVID WAS A SHEPHERD BOY IN THE lELDS NEAR "ETHLEHEM TAKING CARE OF HIS FAMILY S SHEEP (E WAS CALLED FROM THESE lELDS TO BE ANOINTED BY 3AMUEL AS THE NEXT KING OF )SRAEL !S A SHEPHERD IN THESE lELDS $AVID LEARNED MANY SKILLS (IS SKILL WITH THE SLING GAVE HIM THE VICTORY OVER 'OLIATH (E ALSO LEARNED TO PLAY THE HARP OR LYRE AND THAT LED HIM TO WRITE MANY OF THE 0SALMS IN YOUR "IBLE 3INCE $AVID WAS 2UTH S GREAT GRANDSON HE PROBABLY LIVED ABOUT A HUNDRED YEARS AFTER HER (E BECAME KING ABOUT YEARS BEFORE *ESUS WAS BORN

$AVID 4OOK #ARE OF 3HEEP

}i ÃÊ> Õ ViÊ iÃÕÃ½ÊL ÀÌ ÊÌ ÊÃ i« iÀ`ÃÊ ! THOUSAND YEARS AFTER $AVID TOOK CARE OF FAMILY SHEEP IN THE lELDS NEAR "ETHLEHEM A HOST OF ANGELS APPEARED TO SOME OTHER SHEPHERDS ANNOUNCING THE BIRTH OF *ESUS +ING $AVID WAS A GREAT GREAT GREAT PERHAPS TO THE TH GREAT GRANDFATHER OF *ESUS 4HIS STORY HAS BEEN TOLD AND RETOLD THOUSANDS OF TIMES ALL OVER THE WORLD FOR HUNDREDS OF YEARS -ILLIONS OF CHILDREN OF ALL AGES RACES AND NATIONALITIES HAVE DELIGHTED IN THE STORY OF THE ANGELS APPEARING OVER THE lELDS OF "ETHLEHEM #OULD IT HAVE BEEN THE EXACT lELDS AT THE LEFT 4RADITION SAYS IT WAS BUT NOBODY CAN BE SURE

4HE 3HEPHERDS

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 4HOMAS Volume 4: p 27

-/",9

>Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160;Â£\Ã&#x160;Â£Ã&#x2C6;Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Ã¤Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; Â&#x153;Â&#x2026;Â&#x2DC;Ã&#x160;Â£\Ã&#x160;Ã&#x17D;xÂ&#x2021;xÂ£

#ALLED TO &OLLOW *ESUS

*ESUS CALLS (IS lRST DISCIPLES -/",9 "1/

&OLLOWING

OOK v *OHN THE "APTIST SHOUTED TO THE CROWD h(ERE COMES THE ,AMB OF 'OD v 4HE PEOPLE LOOKED h)T S *ESUS v THEY WHISPERED h7HY DOES *OHN CALL HIM THE ,AMB OF 'OD v h(E IS THE ,AMB OF 'OD WHO TAKES AWAY THE SIN OF THE WORLD v *OHN SAID 4HE PEOPLE WERE STILL PUZZLED 4HEY KNEW ABOUT THE LAMBS THAT WERE OFFERED AT THE 4EMPLE 4HEY KNEW

THAT THESE LAMBS

WERE OFFERED AS A SACRIlCE FOR SIN "UT HOW COULD A MAN BE A SACRIlCE 4HEY DID NOT KNOW THAT SOMEDAY *ESUS WOULD DIE FOR THE SINS OF THE WORLD ON A CROSS (E WOULD BE THE PERFECT SACRIlCE FOR SIN %VEN THOUGH THE PEOPLE DID NOT KNOW WHAT *OHN MEANT THEY KNEW THAT *ESUS MUST BE SOMEONE VERY IMPORTANT *OHN CERTAINLY THOUGHT (E WAS AND *OHN SHOULD KNOW SO THEY

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 Õ½ÀiÊÃÌ> ` }ÊLiÃ `iÊ iÃÕÃÊ >ÃÊ iÊ>Ã ÃÊÌ iÃiÊ i ÊÌ Ê v ÜÊ °Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê v ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊÜ Ì ÊÌ i ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ` Êv ÀÊ ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê ¶

CROWDED AROUND *ESUS "UT *ESUS WAS NOT YET READY TO TALK WITH CROWDS (E HAD JUST COME DOWN THE MOUNTAINSIDE FROM (IS TEMPTATION BY 3ATAN 4HERE WERE OTHER THINGS TO DO lRST SO (E SLIPPED AWAY FROM THE CROWD 4HE NEXT DAY *ESUS CAME BACK *OHN WAS ALONE NOW EXCEPT FOR TWO MEN WHO HAD BECOME *OHN S DISCIPLES h,OOK v *OHN SAID TO HIS TWO FOLLOWERS h)T IS THE ,AMB OF 'OD v 4HESE TWO MEN WANTED TO lND OUT MORE ABOUT THIS IMPORTANT PERSON 4HEY WOULD FOLLOW (IM AND TALK WITH (IM h7HAT ARE YOU LOOKING FOR v *ESUS ASKED THE TWO WHO FOLLOWED (IM h7E WANT TO KNOW WHERE YOU LIVE v THEY ANSWERED h4HEN COME WITH ME v SAID *ESUS h9OU MAY TALK WITH ME AWHILE v 4HE TWO MEN DID STAY WITH *ESUS 4HEY TALKED WITH (IM FROM FOUR O CLOCK IN THE AFTERNOON THROUGH THE REST OF THE DAY 4HEY HAD MANY QUESTIONS TO ASK (IM 7HO WAS (E 7HY DID *OHN CALL (IM A ,AMB OF 'OD (OW WOULD (E TAKE AWAY THE SIN OF THE WORLD "Y THE TIME THESE TWO MEN !NDREW AND *OHN WERE READY TO LEAVE THEIR LIVES WERE CHANGED 4HEY HAD DECIDED TO FOLLOW *ESUS TO BECOME (IS DISCIPLES TO FOLLOW (IM WHEREVER (E WOULD GO !NDREW WAS SO EXCITED THAT HE STARTED EARLY THE NEXT MORNING TO lND HIS BROTHER 3IMON h3IMON 3IMON v HE SHOUTED TO HIS BROTHER h7E HAVE FOUND THE -ESSIAH THE ONE WHO WILL SAVE OUR PEOPLE #OME WITH ME AND ) WILL TAKE YOU TO (IM v

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH WOMAN BECAME A PILLAR OF SALT ! 2EAD 'ENESIS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 4: p 77

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7>Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160; iÃ&#x192;Ã&#x2022;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; >Â&#x2DC;`Ã&#x192;Â&#x153;Â&#x201C;iÂ¶ -OST MODERN DAY PICTURES OF *ESUS PORTRAY (IM AS A VERY HANDSOME MAN 7E ARE ATTRACTED TO HANDSOME MEN OR BEAUTIFUL WOMEN BECAUSE OF THE WAY THEY LOOK 4HAT LEAVES SOME OF US ORDINARY LOOKING PEOPLE WONDERING IF WE ARE NOT QUITE AS GOOD AS THE BEAUTIFUL PEOPLE (OW MANY GIRLS OR BOYS MAY HAVE LOWER SELF ESTEEM BECAUSE THEY DON T THINK THEY ARE AS BEAUTIFUL OR AS HANDSOME AS OTHERS 4HEY MAY BE TEMPTED TO THINK THEY ARE NOT AS GOOD AS hTHE BEAUTIFUL PEOPLE v 4HE .EW 4ESTAMENT DOES NOT TELL US MUCH ABOUT THE WAY *ESUS LOOKED 7E CAN T TELL FROM THE 'OSPELS IF *ESUS WAS HANDSOME OR ORDINARY IN APPEARANCE "UT THE 0ROPHET )SAIAH TOLD US HOW *ESUS WOULD LOOK )N )SAIAH WHERE )SAIAH TALKED ABOUT THE COMING -ESSIAH HE SAID hTHERE IS NOTHING BEAUTIFUL OR MAJESTIC ABOUT HIS APPEARANCE v Volume 4: p 78

4HE PEOPLE OF )SRAEL HAD BEEN WAITING HUNDREDS OF YEARS FOR THE -ESSIAH TO COME 3O WHEN !NDREW RUSHED UP TO 3IMON TO TELL HIM HE HAD FOUND THE -ESSIAH IT WAS HARD FOR 3IMON TO BELIEVE "UT !NDREW WAS SO EXCITED THAT 3IMON lNALLY WENT WITH HIS BROTHER *ESUS SMILED WHEN 3IMON CAME NEAR (IM h9OUR NAME IS 3IMON v HE SAID (OW DID (E KNOW THAT .O ONE HAD TOLD (IM "UT *ESUS KNEW EVERYTHING h&ROM NOW ON WE LL CALL YOU 0ETER v 3IMON WAS SO SURPRISED 4HIS MAN NOT ONLY KNEW HIS NAME BUT (E WAS GIVING HIM A NEW NAME (OW 7HY 4HE NEXT DAY *ESUS DECIDED TO GO BACK TO (IS HOME IN 'ALILEE 3INCE (IS NEW DISCIPLES ALSO LIVED IN 'ALILEE THEY WENT WITH (IM /N THE WAY BACK *ESUS MET A MAN NAMED 0HILIP h#OME WITH US v *ESUS TOLD 0HILIP 7HEN 0HILIP HEARD ALL ABOUT *ESUS FROM THE OTHER DISCIPLES HE DECIDED THAT HE WOULD ALSO LIKE TO GO WITH *ESUS 4HEN 0HILIP RAN TO lND HIS FRIEND .ATHANAEL h7E HAVE FOUND THE -ESSIAH v HE SAID h(E IS FROM .AZARETH v .ATHANAEL LAUGHED h#AN ANYTHING GOOD COME OUT OF .AZARETH v HE ASKED h.OTHING VERY GOOD HAS COME FROM THERE

YET v )T WAS TRUE .AZARETH WASN T A VERY FAMOUS PLACE AND IT HAD NOT PRODUCED ANY FAMOUS PEOPLE )T ISN T EVEN MENTIONED IN THE /LD 4ESTAMENT h#OME AND SEE FOR YOURSELF v SAID 0HILIP .ATHANAEL WENT WITH 0HILIP "UT BEFORE HE COULD SAY ANYTHING *ESUS SPOKE TO HIM h(ERE COMES A GOOD MAN v *ESUS SAID POINTING TO .ATHANAEL h$O YOU KNOW ANYTHING ABOUT ME v .ATHANAEL ASKED *ESUS NODDED h) SAW YOU SITTING UNDER THE lG TREE BEFORE 0HILIP WENT TO lND YOU v .ATHANAEL CAUGHT HIS BREATH *ESUS HAD BEEN NOWHERE NEAR HIM BEFORE (OW COULD (E KNOW WHERE HE HAD BEEN SITTING )T WAS IMPOSSIBLE 4HEN .ATHANAEL SUDDENLY REALIZED WHAT THIS MEANT *ESUS WAS THE -ESSIAH SENT FROM 'OD h9OU ARE THE 3ON OF 'OD v .ATHANAEL WHISPERED *ESUS SMILED h9OU BELIEVE IN ME BECAUSE OF WHAT ) SAID v HE ASKED h9OU WILL SEE MUCH GREATER THINGS THAN THAT HAPPEN 9OU WILL SEE HEAVEN OPEN UP AND THE ANGELS OF 'OD GO UP AND DOWN BECAUSE OF ME v .ATHANAEL AND 0HILIP WONDERED WHAT *ESUS WAS SAYING 7HAT GREAT THINGS WOULD THEY SEE 7HAT DID ALL THIS MEAN 4HEY WOULD WAIT AND SEE "UT WHILE THEY WAITED THEY WOULD FOLLOW (IM 4HEY WERE SURE THAT (E WAS THE -ESSIAH 'OD S 3ON 7HEN *ESUS AND (IS NEW FRIENDS RETURNED TO 'ALILEE 3IMON 0ETER AND !NDREW WENT BACK TO WORK IN THEIR lSHING BUSINESS 4HEY WERE lSHERMEN ON THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE ALONG WITH *AMES AND *OHN AND THEIR FATHER :EBEDEE /NE DAY *ESUS WAS WALKING ALONG THE SHORE OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE 4HERE WERE 3IMON 0ETER AND !NDREW WITH THEIR BOAT

)SAIAH WAS SAYING h4HE -ESSIAH WILL LOOK JUST LIKE ORDINARY PEOPLE NOT BEAUTIFUL PEOPLE v 7OULD IT COMFORT YOU TO KNOW THAT *ESUS WAS AN ORDINARY LOOKING PERSON JUST LIKE YOU AND ME 3O IF YOU RE HANDICAPPED OR FEEL LESS BEAUTIFUL THAN OTHERS TAKE HEART *ESUS 0AUL %LISHA AND *ACOB HAD THEIR PHYSICAL LIMITATIONS TOO 4HESE ARE SOME VERY WONDERFUL PEOPLE TOO AREN T THEY 4HESE PEOPLE ALL BECAME hBEAUTIFUL PEOPLE v NOT BECAUSE THEY WERE PHYSICALLY BEAUTIFUL BUT BECAUSE THEIR GODLINESS MADE THEM BEAUTIFUL TO OTHERS 3O IF YOU FEEL YOU ARE NOT AS BEAUTIFUL OR AS TALL OR AS SHORT OR AS SLENDER OR SOMETHING ELSE THAT YOU WANT TO BE REMEMBER THAT GODLINESS IS A GREATER BEAUTY AND MAKES YOU ATTRACTIVE TO OTHERS

* «ÊÜ>ÃÊÃ ÊiÝV Ìi`ÊÌ >ÌÊ iÊLÀ Õ} ÌÊ ÃÊ vÀ i `Ê >Ì > >i ÊÌ ÊÃiiÊ iÃÕÃ°

Volume 4: p 79

4HEY HAD JUST RETURNED FROM lSHING h#OME AND FOLLOW

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊ Ü } $EUTERONOMY

&OLLOW 'OD S COMMANDS EXACTLY 0SALM

!SK 'OD TO HELP US FOLLOW (IM *OHN

ME v *ESUS CALLED TO THEM 4HEY LOOKED AT THEIR BOATS AND NETS 4HEY LOOKED AT *ESUS 4HEY MUST CHOOSE 3O THEY CHOSE TO LEAVE THEIR BOATS AND NETS AND FOLLOW *ESUS &ARTHER DOWN THE SHORE *ESUS SAW *AMES AND *OHN h#OME AND FOLLOW ME v *ESUS CALLED TO THEM 4HEY LOOKED AT THEIR BOATS AND NETS 4HEY LOOKED AT *ESUS 4HEY MUST CHOOSE 3O THEY CHOSE TO LEAVE THEIR BOATS AND NETS AND FOLLOW *ESUS TOO :EBEDEE AND HIS HIRED SERVANTS WATCHED AS FOUR OF HIS BEST lSHERMEN WENT TO FOLLOW *ESUS 4HEY WOULD NO LONGER BE lSHERMEN !S *ESUS SAID THEY WOULD lSH FOR PEOPLE BRINGING OTHERS TO *ESUS

7E SHOULD FOLLOW *ESUS VOICE 'ALATIANS

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

&OLLOWING EVIL DESIRES PRODUCES EVIL FRUIT

%PHESIANS

Ê £°Ê 7 ÞÊ` `Ê iÃÕÃÊV ÃiÊ i «iÀÃÊÌ Ê` Ê ÃÊÜ À ¶Ê7 ÞÊ` ` ½ÌÊ iÊ` Ê

&OLLOW *ESUS EXAMPLE

iÛiÀÞÌ }Ê Ãi v¶Ê iÊV Õ `]ÊLÕÌÊÜ >ÌÊÜ Õ `Ê >««i ÊÜ i Ê iÊ Üi ÌÊL>V ÊÌ Ê i>Ûi ¶Ê7 ÊÜ Õ `Ê ii«ÊÌ iÊÜ À Ê} }¶Ê/ iÃiÊ

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Ü } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS FOLLOWED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO FOLLOW (IM TOO

i «iÀÃÊÜiÀiÊ ÀiÊÌ > Ê ÕÃÌÊ i «iÀÃÆÊÌ iÞÊÜiÀiÊ ÃÊv ÜiÀÃ]Ê > `ÊÌ >ÌÊ i> ÌÊÌ iÞÊÜ Õ `Ê i>À ÊÌ Ê` ÊÜ >ÌÊ iÃÕÃÊÜ> Ìi`]ÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊÜ Õ `Ê` Ê vÊ iÊÜiÀiÊ iÀi° Ê Ó°Ê iÃÕÃ½Êv ÜiÀÃÊLiV> iÊ}Ài>ÌÊ i>ìÀÃÊ ÊÌ iÊ À ÃÌ > ÊV ÕÀV °Ê ÕÌÊÌ iÞÊ >`ÊÌ Ê i>À ÊÌ Êv ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊLiv ÀiÊÌ iÞÊV Õ `Ê i>À ÊÌ Ê i>`Ê Ì iÀÃ°Ê iÃÕÃ½Êv ÜiÀÃÊ >`ÊV Ãi ÊÌ Ê` Ê ÃÊÜ À ÊÜ Ì Ê ÊÊ > `Êv ÀÊ Ê>vÌiÀÊ iÊÜ Õ `Ê i>ÛiÊv ÀÊ i>Ûi ° Ê Î°Ê 7iÊÜ Êv ÜÊÃ i i°Ê Ê«i « iÊv ÜÊ i>ìÀÃ°Ê7 >ÌÊ `Ê vÊ i>ìÀÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ ÊLiV i¶Ê > ÊÞ ÕÊìÃVÀ LiÊÜ >ÌÊ `Ê vÊ «iÀÃ ÊÞ ÕÊÜ Õ `ÊLiV iÊÌ ÊLiÊÌ >ÌÊ `Ê vÊ i>ìÀ¶Ê iÊÃÕÀiÊÌ Ê V ÕìÊ} ` iÃÃ°Ê vÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ ÊLiÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊ i>ìÀ]ÊwÀÃÌÊ i>À ÊÌ Ê LiÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊv ÜiÀ°Ê ÜÊ iÃÕÃ]Ê iÊÌ iÊv ÕÀÊwÃ iÀ i Ê` `°

Volume 4: p 80

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

&OLLOWING

ÃÌÊ«i « iÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Êv ÜÊ>Ê} `Ê> `Ê } ` ÞÊ i>ìÀ°Ê7 ÞÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ >ÌÊ ÃÊ ÌÀÕi¶Ê Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÌÀÕÃÌÊ> ÊiÛ Ê i>ìÀ¶Ê 7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÀi> ÞÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê} ÊÜ iÀiÊ> Ê iÛ Ê i>ìÀÊÜ> ÌÃÊÌ Ê} ¶Ê,i i LiÀÊÊ

Ì ÊLiÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊ«iÀÃ ]Ê> `ÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊV> ÊLiÊ>Ê} ` ÞÊ i>`iÀ°

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÊÌ iÊ >«Ì ÃÌp7 Ê7>ÃÊ i¶ s *OHN THE "APTIST WAS A hFORERUNNER OF THE -ESSIAH v (IS PURPOSE IN LIFE WAS TO TELL PEOPLE THAT THE -ESSIAH WAS COMING s *OHN S BIRTH WAS A MIRACLE 4HE !NGEL 'ABRIEL TOLD HIS FATHER THE OLD PRIEST :ACHARIAS THAT HE AND HIS WIFE %LIZABETH WOULD HAVE THIS BABY ,UKE s *OHN S MOTHER %LIZABETH WAS A DESCENDANT OF !ARON -OSES BROTHER ,UKE s *OHN THE "APTIST AND *ESUS WERE SECOND COUSINS 4HEIR MOTHERS %LIZABETH AND -ARY WERE COUSINS ,UKE CALLS THEM KINSWOMEN "UT *OHN KNEW THAT *ESUS WAS SINLESS WHEN HE BAPTIZED (IM -ATTHEW s *OHN WAS GIVEN TO 'OD AND GREW UP AS A .AZIRITE AN )SRAELITE WHO SEPARATED HIMSELF FROM THE WORLD DRANK NO WINE PERMITTED NO RAZOR TO BE USED ON HIM AND AVOIDED ANY CONTACT WITH A DEAD BODY ,UKE s *OHN PREACHED IN THE WILDERNESS (E WORE CLOTHING MADE OF CAMEL SKIN WITH A LARGE LEATHER BELT (E ATE LOCUSTS AND WILD HONEY -ATTHEW s "ECAUSE *OHN SPOKE AGAINST (EROD S SISTER IN LAW (ERODIAS SHE HAD HIS HEAD CUT OFF -ARK

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 ,OT S WIFE Volume 4: p 81

-/",9

Ê{\Ê{ {Ó

! 3TRANGE (ARVEST ! 3AMARITAN WOMAN MEETS *ESUS AT *ACOB S WELL

N THE WAY BACK TO 'ALILEE *ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES

-/",9 "1/

!CCEPTING

STOPPED FOR LUNCH OUTSIDE A LITTLE VILLAGE CALLED 3YCHAR *ESUS WAITED BY THE OLD WELL THAT *ACOB HAD USED MANY YEARS BEFORE (IS DISCIPLES WENT INTO TOWN TO BUY SOME FOOD 7HILE *ESUS WAS RESTING A WOMAN CAME TO THE WELL TO GET WATER !S SHE LET HER PAIL DOWN INTO THE WELL *ESUS SPOKE TO HER h-AY ) HAVE A DRINK OF WATER v (E ASKED 4HE WOMAN STARED AT *ESUS 3HE LOOKED SURPRISED h9OU RE A *EW AREN T YOU v SHE SAID h7HY ARE YOU ASKING A 3AMARITAN WOMAN FOR A DRINK OF WATER v -OST *EWS DID NOT LIKE 3AMARITANS !CTUALLY THEY HATED

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH APOSTLE MADE TENTS ! 2EAD !CTS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 4: p 100

THEM BECAUSE THEY WERE 3AMARITANS 4ODAY WE WOULD CALL THAT RACIAL PREJUDICE -ANY YEARS BEFORE *ESUS TIME WHEN THE KING OF !SSYRIA HAD CARRIED THE )SRAELITES FROM THIS REGION HE SENT OTHER PEOPLE TO LIVE THERE 4HESE FOREIGN PEOPLE MARRIED EACH OTHER AND SOME EVEN MARRIED *EWISH PEOPLE !LL THESE PEOPLE BECAME KNOWN AS 3AMARITANS 3INCE THE 3AMARITANS HAD LIVED THERE FOR HUNDREDS OF YEARS THEY THOUGHT THE LAND BELONGED TO THEM 3O THE *EWISH PEOPLE HATED THESE PEOPLE BECAUSE THEY WERE NOT hPUREv *EWISH PEOPLE 4HEY WERE PARTLY FROM ANOTHER RACE h)F YOU KNEW WHO WAS TALKING TO YOU YOU WOULD ASK (IM FOR WATER v *ESUS SAID h(E WOULD GIVE YOU LIVING WATER v *ESUS DID NOT HATE ANYONE (E LOVES EVERYONE IN THE WORLD NO MATTER WHAT RACE OR COLOR OF SKIN 3O (E LOVED 3AMARITAN PEOPLE AND WANTED THEM TO KNOW 'OD 4HE WOMAN LOOKED PUZZLED 3HE HAD NEVER HEARD OF LIVING WATER BEFORE 7HAT WAS THIS MAN SAYING

h9OU DON T EVEN HAVE A PAIL AND THIS IS A VERY DEEP WELL v THE WOMAN SAID h7HERE WOULD YOU GET THIS LIVING WATER !RE YOU GREATER THAN *ACOB WHO GAVE US THIS WELL v h7HOEVER DRINKS THE WATER FROM *ACOB S WELL WILL GET THIRSTY AGAIN v *ESUS SAID h"UT WHOEVER DRINKS THE WATER ) GIVE WILL NEVER AGAIN GET THIRSTY v 4HE WOMAN SMILED 3HE THOUGHT HOW HARD SHE WORKED TO COME FROM THE VILLAGE DRAW WATER FROM THE WELL AND CARRY IT HOME )T WOULD BE WONDERFUL NEVER TO GET THIRSTY AGAIN /F COURSE SHE DIDN T UNDERSTAND THAT *ESUS WAS TALKING ABOUT THE SPIRITUAL WATER OF LIFE NOT THE WATER FROM *ACOB S WELL h-AY ) HAVE SOME OF THIS WATER v THE WOMAN ASKED h) D NEVER HAVE TO COME BACK TO THIS WELL FOR WATER v *ESUS MUST HAVE SMILED AT THIS (E KNEW THAT THE WOMAN DIDN T UNDERSTAND WHAT (E WAS SAYING (E MUST TRY TO EXPLAIN IT ANOTHER WAY / iÊÜ > ÊÜ>ÃÊÃÕÀ«À Ãi`Ê Ü i Ê iÃÕÃÊÌ `Ê iÀÊ>L ÕÌÊ Û }ÊÜ>ÌiÀ°

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , iÃÕÃÊ ÃÊ iÜ Ã Ê> `ÊÌ >ÌÊ Ü > Ê ÃÊ>Ê >Ìi`Ê-> >À Ì> °Ê 7 ÞÊ ÃÊ iÊÌ> }ÊÜ Ì Ê iÀ¶Ê

iÃ ½ÌÊ iÊ ÜÊÜ ÊÃ iÊ Ã¶ 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ ÊÃ>ÞÊÊ Ì Ê iÃÕÃ¶Ê- Õ `Ê iÊÃÌ «ÊÊ Ì> }ÊÌ ÊÌ >ÌÊ-> >À Ì> ÊÊ Ü > ¶

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7i ÃÊ vÊ L iÊ / iÃ

(E MUST SHOW HER THAT (E WAS THE -ESSIAH AND COULD GIVE HER A NEW LIFE THAT WOULD SATISFY HER MORE THAN WATER (E WOULD TRY ANOTHER WAY NOW h'O CALL YOUR HUSBAND AND COME BACK HERE v *ESUS SAID TO THE WOMAN 4HE WOMAN HUNG HER HEAD 3HE WAS ASHAMED h) DON T HAVE A HUSBAND v SHE WHISPERED .OW IT WAS TIME TO SHOW HER THAT (E KNEW MORE THAN AN ORDINARY MAN h4HIS IS TRUE v SAID *ESUS h9OU HAVE HAD lVE HUSBANDS 4HE MAN WHO NOW LIVES WITH YOU IS NOT YOUR HUSBAND v 4HE WOMAN STARED AT *ESUS (OW COULD THIS STRANGER

7E HAVE IT EASY DON T WE 7HEN WE WANT WATER WE TURN ON A FAUCET AND WATER COMES OUT .OT ONLY THAT WE CAN CHOOSE WHICH WE WANT HOT WATER OR COLD WATER )T ALWAYS SEEMS TO BE THERE -OST OF OUR WATER HOWEVER COMES FROM EITHER A WELL OR A LAKE AND IS PUMPED TO OUR HOMES WITH AN ELECTRIC PUMP 3INCE OUR WATER IS hALWAYS THERE v WE SOMETIMES FORGET THAT IT COMES FROM SOMEWHERE

Volume 4: p 102

POSSIBLY KNOW THIS h9OU RE A PROPHET v SHE WHISPERED )F THIS MAN REALLY WAS A PROPHET PERHAPS (E COULD ANSWER A QUESTION THAT *EWS AND 3AMARITANS ARGUED ABOUT 4HIS WOULD SHOW WHICH SIDE (E WAS ON h/UR 3AMARITAN PEOPLE SAY WE SHOULD WORSHIP IN -OUNT 'ERIZIM THE MOUNTAIN HERE NEAR OUR HOME WHERE OUR ANCESTORS WORSHIPED v SHE SAID h9OU *EWISH PEOPLE SAY WE SHOULD WORSHIP IN *ERUSALEM 7HERE DO YOU SAY WE SHOULD WORSHIP v )T WAS ALMOST A TRICK QUESTION )F *ESUS SAID h-OUNT 'ERIZIM v (E WAS NOT A GOOD *EW FOR (E WAS SIDING WITH THE 3AMARITANS )F *ESUS SAID h*ERUSALEM v THEN HOW COULD SHE AS A 3AMARITAN ACCEPT (IM "UT *ESUS SHOWED AGAIN THAT (E DID NOT TAKE SIDES (E LOVED BOTH THE *EWS AND THE 3AMARITANS h'OD IS A SPIRIT v (E SAID h7HOEVER WORSHIPS 'OD MUST NOT BE SO CONCERNED ABOUT THE PLACE (E MUST WORSHIP 'OD IN SPIRIT AND IN TRUTH v *ESUS WAS SAYING THAT WE CAN WORSHIP 'OD ANYWHERE AS LONG AS WE ARE TRULY WORSHIPING (IM 'OD DOES NOT STAY IN ONLY ONE PLACE (E IS EVERYWHERE 4HE WOMAN WAS SURE NOW THAT *ESUS WAS NO ORDINARY MAN #OULD (E BE THE -ESSIAH PEOPLE HAD BEEN SEEKING FOR SO LONG 3HE WOULD ASK BUT SHE WOULD NOT ASK DIRECTLY

h7HEN THE -ESSIAH COMES (E WILL TELL US EVERYTHING v SHE SAID h9OU ARE SPEAKING TO THE -ESSIAH v *ESUS SAID !T THAT MOMENT *ESUS DISCIPLES CAME TO THE WELL WITH THE FOOD THEY HAD BOUGHT (OW SURPRISED THEY WERE TO SEE *ESUS TALKING WITH A 3AMARITAN WOMAN 4HE WOMAN PICKED UP HER WATER POT AND HURRIED BACK TO THE VILLAGE 7HEN SHE LEFT THE DISCIPLES SPREAD OUT THE FOOD FOR LUNCH "UT *ESUS DID NOT EAT h-ASTER v THEY SAID hPLEASE EAT v "UT *ESUS WAS WATCHING THE GATE OF THE VILLAGE (E KNEW WHAT WOULD SOON HAPPEN h) HAVE FOOD THAT YOU DO NOT KNOW ABOUT v (E SAID *ESUS WAS SAYING THAT 'OD S WORK SATISlED (IM MORE THAN FOOD 4HE DISCIPLES WERE PUZZLED 7HERE DID *ESUS GET FOOD WHILE THEY WERE GONE $ID THE 3AMARITAN WOMAN GIVE SOME TO (IM 7HILE THEY WONDERED *ESUS ANSWERED THEIR THOUGHTS h-Y FOOD IS TO DO WHAT 'OD WANTS AND TO lNISH (IS WORK v (E SAID h9OU MAY SAY IT IS STILL FOUR MONTHS UNTIL HARVEST TIME "UT ) SAY THAT THE HARVEST IS READY NOW v 4HE DISCIPLES WERE PUZZLED 7HAT KIND OF HARVEST DID *ESUS MEAN 4HEN SUDDENLY THEY SAW THE HARVEST 3TREAMING FROM THE GATES OF THE VILLAGE OF 3YCHAR WERE DOZENS OF 3AMARITANS FOLLOWING THE WOMAN WHO HAD TALKED WITH *ESUS AT THE WELL h#OME v SHE CRIED TO THEM h3EE A MAN WHO KNEW ALL ABOUT ME )SN T THIS THE -ESSIAH v 4HEN THE DISCIPLES UNDERSTOOD WHAT *ESUS WAS SAYING 4O SEE THIS GREAT HARVEST OF LIVES SEEKING 'OD WAS MORE SATISFYING THAN ANY FOOD 3O THE LUNCH WAS NEVER EATEN 4HE DISCIPLES HAD SOMETHING MORE IMPORTANT TO DO AS THEY LISTENED TO *ESUS TELL THE 3AMARITANS HOW THEY COULD lND THE 'OD FOR WHOM THEY WERE SEEKING

)N "IBLE TIMES PEOPLE DIDN T HAVE IT SO EASY )F THEY WANTED WATER THEY USUALLY HAD TO DIG A WELL SOMETIMES VERY DEEP TO REACH THE UNDERGROUND SOURCE *ACOB S WELL FOR EXAMPLE WAS AT ONE TIME FEET DEEP BUT ONLY FOUR FEET WIDE 'RADUALLY THROUGH THE YEARS IT lLLED IN AND IS NOW ONLY ABOUT FEET DEEP 3OMETIMES A WELL HAD A BUCKET ATTACHED TO A ROPE WITH OR WITHOUT A HANDLE SO PEOPLE ALWAYS HAD THE LONG ROPE AND THE BUCKET AT THE WELL 4HE TWO PICTURES HERE SHOW A "IBLE TIME WELL AND THE WORK OF DRAWING WATER AND lLLING WATER POTS !REN T YOU HAPPY FOR THE FAUCETS IN YOUR HOUSE 2EMEMBER THAT TONIGHT WHEN YOU TAKE YOUR BATH OR THE NEXT TIME YOU GET A COLD DRINK OF WATER

Volume 4: p 103

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ VVi«Ì } Ý `ÕÃÊÓÎ\ÊÎÊ

Ê ÌÊv>Û ÀÊ>Ê« ÀÊ«iÀÃ ° £Ê-> Õi Ê£È\ÊÇÊÊ *i « iÊ>ÀiÊ«Ài Õ` Vi`ÊÊ Ì Ü>À`Ê>Ê«iÀÃ ÊÜ Ì Ê>Ê LiÌÌiÀÊ>««i>À> Vi]ÊÊ LÕÌÊ `Ê ÃÊ>ÌÊÌ iÊÊ i>ÀÌÊ ÃÌi>`° >ÌÌ iÜÊÓÓ\Ê£ÈÊ iÃÕÃÊ` ` ½ÌÊ« >ÞÊv>Û À ÌiÃ°

Ê £°Ê 7 ÞÊ` `ÊÌ iÊ iÜÃÊ >ÌiÊÌ iÊ-> >À Ì> Ã¶Ê/ iÊ-> >À Ì> ÃÊÜiÀiÊ vÊ > Ì iÀÊÀ>Vi°Ê- iÊÜiÀiÊ vÊ>Ê Ýi`ÊÀ>Vi]Ê«>ÀÌÊ iÜ Ã Ê> `Ê«>ÀÌÊ v Ài } °Ê/ `>ÞÊÜiÊV> ÊÌ ÃÊ >ÌÀi`ÊÀ>V > Ê«Ài Õ` Vi° Ê Ó°Ê iÃÊ `Ê ÛiÊ iÊÀ>ViÊ ÀÊV ÀÊ vÊ«i « iÊ ÀiÊÌ > Ê> Ì iÀ¶Ê

`Ê iÊ ÛiÊÌ iÊ iÜÃÊ> ÞÊ ÀiÊÌ > ÊÌ iÊ-> >À Ì> Ã¶Ê iÃÕÃÊÜ>ÃÊ ÌÀÞ }ÊÌ Ê i «ÊÌ iÊ-> >À Ì> ÃÊ ÜÊ> `Ê ÛiÊ `]ÊÌ °Ê Ê Î°Ê ,i>`Ê£Ê-> Õi Ê£È\ÊÇ°Ê `Ê` iÃÊ ÌÊ ÛiÊ«i « iÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ vÊÌ i ÀÊ i } Ì]Ê ÀÊÜi } Ì]Ê ÀÊV ÀÊ vÊÃ ]Ê ÀÊLi>ÕÌÞ]Ê ÀÊÃV>ÀÃ]Ê ÀÊ>}i]Ê ÀÊ À>Vi°Ê iÊ ÛiÃÊ> Ê«i « iÊiÛiÀÞÜ iÀi° Ê {°Ê *Ài Õ` ViÊ ÃÊÀivÕÃ }ÊÌ Ê>VVi«Ì]Ê ÀÊÀi iVÌ }]Ê> Ì iÀÊ«iÀÃ Ê LiV>ÕÃiÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ Ê ÃÊ` vviÀi Ì°Ê ÊÞ ÕÊiÛiÀÊÀivÕÃiÊÌ Ê>VVi«Ì]Ê ÀÊ ` ÊÞ ÕÊÀi iVÌ]Ê> Ì iÀÊ«iÀÃ ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ vÊ i } Ì]ÊÜi } Ì]ÊLi>ÕÌÞÊ

£Ê/ Ì ÞÊ{\Ê£ÓÊ *i « iÊÃ Õ `Ê ÌÊÌ ÊÊ iÃÃÊ vÊÞ ÕÊ vÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊÞ Õ }°ÊÊ iÊ>Ê} `ÊiÝ> « i]Ê> `ÊÊ Ì iÞÊÜ ½ÌÊÌ Ê iÃÃÊ vÊÞ Õ°

ÀÊÕ} iÃÃ]ÊÃV>ÀÃÊ ÀÊ`iv À Ì iÃ]Ê ÀÊÀ>Vi¶Ê iÊV>ÀivÕ tÊ `Ê ÛiÃÊ Ì >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ]Ê ÕÃÌÊ>ÃÊ iÊ ÛiÃÊÞ Õ°

> iÃÊÓ\Ê Ê vÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊ«Ài Õ` Vi`ÊÌ Ü>À`ÊÊ Ì iÊÀ V ]ÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊÃ }°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

VVi«Ì } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS ACCEPTED EVERYONE WITHOUT PREJUDICE ) WANT TO ACCEPT EVERYONE WITHOUT PREJUDICE TOO

Volume 4: p 104

Ê 9" 1

/ iÊÜ > Ê« V i`ÊÕ«Ê iÀÊ Ü>ÌiÀÊ« ÌÊ> `Ê ÕÀÀ i`ÊL>V Ê Ì ÊÌ iÊÛ >}i°

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

!CCEPTING

`ÊÞ ÕÊ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÊ Þ ÕÊ> `Ê >ÃÊ>Ê } Ê«ÕÀ« ÃiÊÊ v ÀÊÞ Õ]Êv ÀÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊLiV iÊ >Ê} ` ÞÊ«iÀÃ ÊÌ À Õ} Ê

À ÃÌÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê ÕÌÊÜ >ÌÊ

>L ÕÌÊ> Ì iÀÊ«iÀÃ ÊÜ Ê ÃÊ` vviÀi Ì¶Ê `ÊÞ ÕÊ ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ `ÊVÀi>Ìi`ÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ÊÊ > `Ê >ÃÊ>Ê } Ê«ÕÀ« ÃiÊÊ v ÀÊ Ê ÀÊ iÀ]ÊÌ ÊLiV iÊ >Ê} ` ÞÊ«iÀÃ ÊÌ À Õ} Ê

À ÃÌÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê7 ÞÊÃ Õ `Ê ÜiÊÀi iVÌÊÜ Ê `Ê >ÃÊ> Ài>`ÞÊ>VVi«Ìi`¶Ê *Ài Õ` ViÊ>}> ÃÌÊ> Ì iÀÊ «iÀÃ Êv ÀÊ> ÞÊÀi>Ã Ê ÃÊ ÌÊ `½ÃÊÜ>Þ]Ê ÀÊ Ã Õ `Ê ÌÊLiÊ ÕÀÃ°

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 0AUL

Volume 4: p 105

-/",9

Õ iÊx\Ê£ ££

4HE $AY THE .ETS "ROKE 4HE MIRACLE OF THE lSH

-/",9 "1/

/BEYING

HERE DID ALL THE lSH GO v 3IMON 0ETER GRUMBLED h7E VE THROWN THOSE NETS INTO THE WATER A HUNDRED TIMES BUT WE HAVEN T SEEN ONE lSH v 0ETER S lSHING PARTNERS !NDREW *AMES AND *OHN SHOOK THEIR HEADS 4HEY HAD NEVER SEEN SUCH POOR lSHING ON THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE h,ET S MOVE OVER TO THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SEA v ONE OF THE MEN SUGGESTED 3O THEY LIFTED ANCHORS AND RAISED THE SAILS ON THEIR TWO BOATS "UT WHEN THEY GOT TO THE OTHER SIDE THE lSHING WAS

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 Õ½ÀiÊ ÊÌ iÊL >ÌÊÜ Ì Ê iÃÕÃÊ > `Ê ÃÊwÃ iÀ i ÊvÀ i `Ã° 9 ÕÊ >ÛiÊ i «i`ÊÌ i Ê> Ê } ÌÊÜ Ì ÕÌÊÊV>ÌV }Ê iÊ wÃ °Ê-Õ``i ÞÊÌ iÊÜ>ÌiÀÊ ÃÊ > ÛiÊÜ Ì ÊwÃ °Ê iÃÕÃÊ >ÃÊÊ V > `i`ÊiÛi ÊÌ iÊ wÃ Ê> `ÊÌ iÞÊ LiÞ° 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê ¶Ê

NO BETTER !GAIN AND AGAIN THEY THREW THE HEAVY NETS INTO THE WATER !GAIN AND AGAIN THEY PULLED THEM INTO THE BOAT EMPTY !LL NIGHT LONG THE lSHERMEN KEPT TRYING !T LAST WHEN THE lRST STREAKS OF DAWN MADE A GOLDEN PATH ACROSS THE SEA THEY GAVE UP 4HEY WERE TOO TIRED TO THROW THEIR NETS ONE MORE TIME h7E CERTAINLY WON T CATCH ANY lSH NOW THAT MORNING HAS COME v !NDREW SAID h,ET S GO HOME v

/ iÊ` ÃV « iÃÊ«Õ i`Ê>ÌÊÌ iÊ iÌÃ]ÊÃ ÕÌ }Ê À`iÀÃÊÌ Ê i>V Ê Ì iÀÊ>ÃÊÌ iÞÊLÀ Õ} ÌÊÌ iÊwÃ Ê Ì ÊÌ iÊL >Ì°

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

Ã Ê ÊÌ iÊÊ -i>Ê vÊ > ii

/NCE MORE THEY PULLED UP THE ANCHORS AND LIFTED THE SAILS 4HE WIND CAUGHT THE SAILS OF THE LITTLE BOATS AND THEY GLIDED SOFTLY ACROSS THE GENTLE WATERS OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE HEADED BACK HOME TO #APERNAUM h) M SO TIRED v SAID 0ETER h)T S A SHAME THAT WE HAVE TO WASH THOSE NETS WHEN WE DIDN T CATCH ONE lSH v 7HEN THE lSHERMEN BROUGHT THEIR BOATS TO SHORE THEY BEGAN THE WORK OF WASHING THE NETS 3UDDENLY 0ETER LOOKED UP h,OOK v HE SAID h(ERE COMES *ESUS v h!ND LOOK AT THE CROWD FOLLOWING (IM v SAID !NDREW h4HERE MUST BE HUNDREDS OF THEM v

7HAT WERE 3EA OF 'ALILEE lSH LIKE 7ERE THEY BIG OR LITTLE LONG OR SHORT 7ERE THEY LIKE BASS OR WALLEYES SALMON OR SUNlSH CATlSH OR PIKE 4HE DRAWINGS HERE SHOW TWO TYPES OF lSH FROM THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE 4HE LARGER lSH IS CALLED 3T 0ETER S lSH NAMED FOR THE APOSTLE WHO WAS ONCE A lSHERMAN ON THIS LAKE 4HE SMALLER lSH IS CALLED PYGMY "OTH lSH WERE ONLY A FEW INCHES LONG PERHAPS TO INCHES 3O IT TOOK MANY OF THEM TO lLL A BOAT

Volume 4: p 108

*ESUS STOPPED ON THE SHORE AND BEGAN TO PREACH TO THE PEOPLE "UT THE PEOPLE CROWDED CLOSER AND CLOSER TO (IM %VERYONE WANTED TO HEAR (IM 4HE PEOPLE CROWDED SO CLOSE THAT THEY ALMOST PUSHED *ESUS INTO THE WATER h0ETER !NDREW v *ESUS CALLED 0ETER AND !NDREW LOOKED UP 7HAT DID *ESUS WANT 4HEY WOULD DO ANYTHING (E ASKED h"RING YOUR BOAT OVER HERE v *ESUS SHOUTED .O MATTER HOW TIRED THEY WERE 0ETER AND !NDREW ALWAYS WANTED TO OBEY *ESUS 3O THEY THREW THEIR NETS ON THE SHORE TO DRY 4HEN THEY PUSHED THEIR BOAT OVER TO *ESUS *ESUS CLIMBED INTO THE BOAT WHILE 0ETER AND !NDREW PUSHED IT A FEW FEET FROM SHORE 4HEN THEY DROPPED ANCHOR *ESUS STOOD UP IN THE BOAT AND BEGAN TO PREACH ONCE AGAIN 4HE LITTLE lSHING BOAT BECAME A PULPIT 0ETER AND !NDREW WERE SO TIRED THAT THEY ALMOST FELL ASLEEP WHILE *ESUS PREACHED "UT THEY DIDN T 4HEY TRIED TO LISTEN CAREFULLY TO EVERY WORD FOR THEY KNEW THAT EVERYTHING *ESUS SAID WAS IMPORTANT !T LAST THE SERMON WAS OVER *ESUS LOOKED AT HIS TIRED DISCIPLES 4HEY LOOKED SO DISCOURAGED (E KNEW WHY TOO *ESUS KNOWS EVERYTHING h,ET S GO lSHING v *ESUS SAID h0USH OUT INTO THE SEA ,ET YOUR NETS DOWN FOR SOME lSH v 0ETER AND !NDREW STARED AT *ESUS 7HAT WAS (E SAYING $IDN T (E KNOW THAT S WHAT THEY HAD BEEN DOING ALL NIGHT

h7E VE BEEN THROWING OUR NETS INTO THE WATER ALL NIGHT v SAID 0ETER h7E DIDN T CATCH ONE lSH "UT IF YOU SAY TO GO OUT AGAIN WE LL GO OUT v 0ETER WOULD OBEY *ESUS NO MATTER WHAT (E ASKED )T DIDN T TAKE LONG TO PICK UP THE NETS AND GET THE OTHER PARTNERS *AMES AND *OHN INTO THEIR BOAT 3OON THE TWO BOATS

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊ "LiÞ }

WERE SAILING BACK OUT ON THE WATER AGAIN 4HE SUN WAS CLIMBING HIGH IN THE SKY BY NOW 4HE WATERS OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE WERE

>ÌÌ iÜÊÇ\ÊÓ{Ê Ê"LiÞ }Ê iÃÕÃÊ ÃÊÜ Ãi°

BEAUTIFUL FOR SAILING h"UT NOT FOR lSHING v 0ETER THOUGHT h$OESN T *ESUS KNOW

>ÌÌ iÜÊn\ÊÓÇÊ Ûi ÊÌ iÊÜ `Ê> `ÊÊ Ü>ÛiÃÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ°

THAT YOU CAN T CATCH lSH IN MID MORNING 7E COULDN T EVEN CATCH THEM LAST NIGHT v 3UDDENLY *ESUS STOOD UP IN THE BOAT h4HROW OUT YOUR NETS HERE v HE COMMANDED /NCE AGAIN THE lSHERMEN DROPPED THEIR ANCHORS AND LOWERED THEIR SAILS /NCE AGAIN THEY THREW THEIR BIG NETS INTO THE WATER /NCE AGAIN THEY STARTED TO PULL THE NETS IN EMPTY "UT SUDDENLY THE WATER BECAME ALIVE WITH HUNDREDS OF SILVER STREAKS h&ISH v SHOUTED 0ETER h0ULL v CALLED !NDREW h/UR NETS WILL BREAK v CRIED *AMES AND *OHN .OT ONE OF THOSE lSHERMEN WAS SLEEPY OR TIRED NOW 4HEY PULLED AND TUGGED AT THE NETS SHOUTING ORDERS TO EACH OTHER AS THEY SLOWLY BROUGHT THE NETS FULL OF lSH INTO THE BOATS &ISH TUMBLED INTO THE BOATS UNTIL THE BOATS SANK DOWN WITH THE WEIGHT h7E CAN T PUT ANY MORE lSH INTO OUR BOAT OR IT WILL SINK v SHOUTED *AMES AND *OHN h.EITHER CAN WE v SHOUTED 0ETER h0ULL IN THE NETS AND HEAD FOR SHORE v #AREFULLY THE MEN TURNED THEIR BOATS TOWARD SHORE 4HE EXCITEMENT DIED DOWN AS THEY QUIETLY SAILED BACK TOWARD HOME 4HEN THE MEN BEGAN TO THINK OF THE MIRACLE THEY HAD JUST SEEN h.EVER BEFORE HAS ANYONE CAUGHT lSH LIKE THAT v SAID !NDREW h.OT EVEN IN THE MIDDLE OF THE NIGHT v h) KNOW v SAID 0ETER h!ND *ESUS KNEW EXACTLY WHERE THOSE lSH WERE v

Ê£{\Ê£xÊ Ê7iÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊ vÊÜiÊÊ ÛiÊ ° Ê£x\Ê£{Ê 7iÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊÌ ÊÃ ÜÊÊ Ì >ÌÊÜiÊ>ÀiÊ ÃÊvÀ i `Ã° VÌÃÊx\ÊÓ Ê 7iÊÃ Õ `Ê LiÞÊ iÃÕÃÊ Ê ÀiÊÌ > Ê> Þ iÊi Ãi°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

"LiÞ } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS OBEYED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO OBEY (IM TOO

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 !BRAHAM HAD AN EARLIER NAME 7HAT WAS IT ! 2EAD 'ENESIS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 4: p 109

4HE #AST .ET 4HE CAST NET WAS ABOUT TEN FEET WIDE AND FORMED A CIRCLE 4HE lSHERMAN THREW THE NET INTO THE WATER WITH A TWIRL CAUSING THE ROUND EDGES WITH HEAVY WEIGHTS AROUND THEM TO FALL mAT ON THE WATER

0ETER WAS QUIET THE REST OF THE WAY HOME WATCHING AS *ESUS STOOD ALONE IN THE FRONT OF THE BOAT 4HE MORE HE WATCHED *ESUS THE MORE HE WAS AFRAID *ESUS MUST KNOW EVERYTHING ABOUT 0ETER TOO 4HAT MADE 0ETER EVEN MORE AFRAID 7HEN THE LITTLE BOATS TOUCHED THE SHORE 0ETER WAS THE lRST ONE OUT (E FELL DOWN BEFORE *ESUS AS HE STEPPED OUT OF THE BOAT h) AM A SINFUL MAN v 0ETER SAID TO *ESUS h,EAVE ME ALONE $ON T HURT ME v *ESUS SMILED h$ON T BE AFRAID v HE SAID h&ROM NOW ON YOU WILL CATCH MEN INSTEAD OF lSH v 0ETER AND HIS FRIENDS THOUGHT THEY KNEW WHAT *ESUS MEANT

7HEN THE NET HIT THE WATER THE WEIGHTS WOULD CAUSE THE NET TO SINK OVER THE lSH 4HEN THE lSHERMAN WOULD PULL ON A CORD ATTACHED TO THE CENTER OF THE NET DRAWING THE EDGES TOGETHER AROUND THE lSH TRAPPING THEM IN THE NET AS IT FORMED A BAG SHAPE

"UT THEY WEREN T SURE 4HEY WOULD WAIT AND SEE "UT THEY KNEW ONE THING THEY WERE WILLING TO GO ANYWHERE AND DO ANYTHING FOR *ESUS 4HEY WOULD OBEY (IM NO MATTER WHAT (E ASKED THEM TO DO

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 ÞÊÜ>ÃÊÌ iÊV>ÌV Ê vÊwÃ Ê>Ê À>V i¶Ê7 >ÌÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê>Ê À>V iÊ Ã¶Ê > ÊÞ ÕÊ` Ê>Ê À>V i¶Ê > ÊÞ ÕÀÊvÀ i `Ã¶Ê7 ÞÊV> Ê iÃÕÃÊ «iÀv À Ê À>V iÃ¶Ê/ >Ì½ÃÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ iÊ ÃÊ `½ÃÊ- ]Ê Ã ½ÌÊ i¶ Ê Ó°Ê 7 ÞÊÜ Õ `ÊÌ iÊwÃ iÀ i Ê LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ]Ê Ê >ÌÌiÀÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊ>Ã i`Ê Ì i ÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê7 Ê` `ÊÌ iÞÊÌ Ê iÊÜ>Ã¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ]Ê Ê >ÌÌiÀÊÜ >ÌÊ iÊ>Ã i`ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê7 Þ¶Ê7 Ê` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÊ iÊ Ã¶

º ½ Ê>ÊÃ vÕ Ê > °Ê* i>ÃiÊ` ½ÌÊ ÕÀÌÊ i]»Ê *iÌiÀÊLi}}i`Ê>ÃÊ iÊvi Ê` Ü ÊLiv ÀiÊ iÃÕÃ°Ê

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

/BEYING

7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ>Êv Ã ÊvÀ i `Ê

4HE $RAG .ET

Ü ÊÜ> Ìi`ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê` ÊÃ iÌ }ÊL>`¶Ê

4HE DRAG NET WAS A LONG STRIP OFTEN HUNDREDS OF FEET IN LENGTH )T WAS OFTEN SIX OR EIGHT FEET WIDE 4HE TOP SIDE OF THE NET HAD CORK mOATS 4HE BOTTOM SIDE HAD LEAD OR STONE WEIGHTS CAUSING IT TO SINK INTO THE WATER

7 ÞÊ Ì¶Ê ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê LiÞÊÌ iÊ À`¶Ê 7 Þ¶Ê7 >ÌÊ ÃÊÌ iÊ` vviÀi Vi¶Ê Ì½ÃÊÜ ÃiÀÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ>ÊÜ ÃiÊ«iÀÃ ÊÌ > Ê>Êv Ã Ê«iÀÃ ]Ê

Ã ½ÌÊ Ì¶Ê ÌÊ ÃÊLiÌÌiÀÊÌ Ê LiÞÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊÌ > ÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ>ÊÃÌÀ> }iÀ]Ê Ã ½ÌÊ Ì¶Ê Ì½ÃÊi>Ã iÀÊÌ Ê LiÞÊÌ iÊ À`Ê ÃÌi>`Ê vÊ>Êv Ã ÊvÀ i `°Ê iv ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊ> Þ i]ÊV Ã `iÀÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊ>ÀiÊ LiÞ }°Ê ÃÊÌ >ÌÊ«iÀÃ ÊÜ ÃiÊ ÀÊ v Ã ]Ê} ` ÞÊ ÀÊÕ } ` Þ]Ê >ÌÕÀiÊ ÀÊ >ÌÕÀi¶Ê ÃÊÌ iÊV Õ Ãi ÊÜ ÃiÊÊ ÀÊv Ã ]Ê} ` ÞÊ ÀÊÕ } ` Þ]Ê >ÌÕÀiÊ ÀÊ >ÌÕÀi¶Ê

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

Ã }Ê Ê > ii -ANY .EW 4ESTAMENT STORIES ARE WRITTEN ABOUT lSHING OR lSHERMEN 0ETER !NDREW *AMES AND *OHN WERE ALL lSHERMEN 4HESE FOUR WERE PARTNERS IN A lSHING BUSINESS ON THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE 4HE lSHING BOAT WAS THE lSHERMAN S MOST IMPORTANT PIECE OF EQUIPMENT )T HAD BOTH SAILS AND OARS 7HEN THE WIND BECAME CALM THE MEN HAD NO CHOICE BUT TO ROW

4HIS NET WAS PULLED BETWEEN TWO BOATS WHICH WOULD BRING THE ENDS TOGETHER MAKING THE NET INTO A CIRCLE 4HEN THE lSHERMEN DREW IN EACH END OF THE NET MAKING IT SMALLER AND SMALLER UNTIL THE lSH WOULD BE DRAWN INTO THE BOATS

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 !BRAM Volume 4: p 111

-/",9

>Ã&#x152;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x153;Ã&#x160;n\Ã&#x160;Â£n]Ã&#x160;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x17D;Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x2021; >Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160;{\Ã&#x160;Ã&#x17D;xÂ&#x2021;{Â£ Ã&#x2022;Â&#x17D;iÃ&#x160;n\Ã&#x160;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x201C;Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;x

4HE 7IND AND THE 7AVES /BEY *ESUS CALMS A STORM ON THE SEA

-/",9 "1/

/BEYING

LL DAY PEOPLE HAD PUSHED AND SHOVED TO BE NEAR *ESUS 4HEY HAD CROWDED NEXT TO (IM TO BE HEALED 4HEY HAD FOLLOWED (IM TO BE TAUGHT 4HEY HAD BEGGED (IM TO HELP THEM .OW *ESUS WAS VERY TIRED (E MUST GET AWAY FROM THE CROWD AND GO SOMEWHERE TO BE ALONE WITH A FEW OF (IS DISCIPLES h,ET S GO ACROSS THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE TO THE OTHER SIDE v *ESUS TOLD (IS DISCIPLES h4HE QUIET TRIP ACROSS THE SEA WILL BE GOOD FOR (IM v SOME OF THE DISCIPLES SAID

h9ES v SAID OTHERS h,OOK HOW CALM THE SEA IS THIS EVENING )T SHOULD BE A BEAUTIFUL TIME TO SAIL v *ESUS WENT INTO A BOAT WITH SOME OF (IS DISCIPLES 4HE OTHERS FOLLOWED IN SOME OTHER BOATS 3OON THEY WERE SAILING ON THE BEAUTIFUL BLUE WATERS OF THE LITTLE SEA 7HILE THE SAILS BILLOWED IN THE BREEZE AND THE LITTLE BOATS BOBBED UP AND DOWN ACROSS THE GENTLE WAVES *ESUS WENT TO THE BACK OF (IS BOAT AND FELL ASLEEP 3UDDENLY EVERYTHING BEGAN TO CHANGE 4HE GENTLE BREEZE BEGAN TO BLOW STRONGER AND STRONGER 4HE QUIET BEAUTIFUL BLUE SKY GREW DARK AND GRAY 4HE SOFT WHITE CLOUDS RACED TOGETHER INTO AN ANGRY STORM

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , >} iÊÞ ÕÀÃi vÊ ÊÌ iÊL >ÌÊ Ü Ì Ê iÃÕÃ°Ê9 ÕÊ>ÀiÊÌiÀÀ wi`Ê LÞÊÌ iÊÜ `Ê> `ÊÜ>ÛiÃ°Ê -Õ`ì ÞÊÞ ÕÊ i>ÀÊ iÃÕÃÊ Ã«i> }°Êº*i>VitÊ iÊÃÌ t»Ê iÃÕÃÊV> ÃÊÌ ÊÌ iÊÜ `ÃÊÊ > `ÊÌ iÊÜ>ÛiÃ° / iÊÃÌ À ÊÃÕ`ì ÞÊÃÌ «ÃÊ > `ÊÌ iÊÃi>ÊLiV iÃÊV> Ê >}> °Ê iÃÕÃÊV > ì`Ê Ì iÊÜ `Ê> `ÊÌ iÊÜ>ÛiÃ]Ê > `ÊÌ iÞÊ LiÞi`°Ê

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

/ iÊ ÌÌ iÊ > iÊÜ Ì ÊÊ >Ê âi Ê > iÃ

4HE WAVES OF THE SEA ROSE HIGHER AND HIGHER /N THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE STORMS WERE SOMETIMES WIND STORMS WITHOUT THUNDER LIGHTNING AND RAIN "UT THEY WERE VERY DANGEROUS h4HIS IS THE WORST STORM ) HAVE EVER SEEN v SHOUTED ONE OF THE DISCIPLES h)F IT GETS ANY WORSE THAN THIS WE RE IN TROUBLE v SHOUTED ANOTHER 4HE STORM DID GET WORSE 3OON THE WAVES WERE WILDLY THRASHING ABOUT SPILLING INTO THE LITTLE lSHING BOATS 4HE BRAVE lSHERMEN GREW TERRIlED 4HEY WORKED ON THIS SEA EVERY DAY 4HEY HAD SEEN MANY STORMS BUT THIS WAS THE WORST 4HEY WERE SURE THEY WOULD NEVER MAKE IT TO SHORE NOW )T WAS TOO MUCH

4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE HAS AT LEAST A DOZEN NAMES )N THE /LD 4ESTAMENT .UMBERS *OSHUA IT WAS CALLED THE 3EA OF +INNERETH THE 3EA OF #HINNEROTH OR THE 3EA OF #HINNERRETH DEPENDING ON THE "IBLE VERSION YOU USE 4HAT ORIGINAL NAME IN THE (EBREW MEANT hHARP SHAPED v FOR THE LAKE WAS THOUGHT TO BE THE SHAPE OF A HARP )N THE .EW 4ESTAMENT IT WAS CALLED ,AKE OF 'ENNESARET OR ,AKE OF 'ENNESERETH TAKING THAT NAME FROM THE PLAIN ADJOINING IT

Volume 4: p 156

!LREADY THE BOATS WERE TAKING ON MORE WATER THAN THEY COULD BAIL OUT h7HAT WILL WE DO v SOME OF THEM CRIED OUT h7E RE GOING TO SINK v 4HEN SOMEONE THOUGHT OF *ESUS h-ASTER -ASTER v THEY CRIED OUT ABOVE THE HOWLING OF THE WIND h7E RE GOING TO DROWN $ON T YOU CARE v %VEN AS THEY CRIED OUT TO *ESUS THEY WONDERED WHAT (E COULD DO ABOUT A STORM 7HAT COULD ANYONE DO ABOUT A STORM LIKE THIS *ESUS WOKE UP AND LOOKED AROUND 7ITHOUT A WORD TO THE DISCIPLES (E STOOD UP AND LIFTED (IS ARMS TOWARD THE ANGRY SEA h0EACE "E STILL v *ESUS COMMANDED THE WINDS AND THE WAVES ,IKE AN OBEDIENT PUPPY THE WIND BECAME VERY QUIET 4HE WAVES STOPPED GOING SO HIGH 4HE STORM STOPPED 4HE WATER BECAME VERY CALM AGAIN !S THE CLOUDS ROLLED AWAY AND THE GLOW OF THE EVENING BEGAN TO SHINE UPON THE CALM CLEAR WATER OF THE SEA THE DISCIPLES WOULD ONLY STAND AND STARE AT *ESUS h7HO IS (E v A DISCIPLE WHISPERED h(OW CAN (E MAKE THE WIND AND WAVES OBEY (IM v WHISPERED ANOTHER

4HE DISCIPLES WERE SUDDENLY AFRAID OF THIS MAN 4HEY WERE MORE AFRAID OF (IM THAN THEY HAD BEEN OF THE STORM 7HAT GREAT POWER (E MUST HAVE TO ORDER THE STORM TO STOP 7HEN *ESUS SAW HOW (IS DISCIPLES WERE lLLED WITH FEAR (E SPOKE QUIETLY TO THEM (E DID NOT WANT THEM TO BE AFRAID OF (IM h7HY DO YOU FEAR ME SO MUCH v (E ASKED h)S IT SO HARD FOR YOU TO BELIEVE WHAT YOU SEE v *ESUS WAS 'OD S 3ON (E HAD HELPED CREATE THE WORLD WITH WIND AND WAVES 7HY COULDN T (E TELL IT TO OBEY ITS -AKER 4HE DISCIPLES SHOOK THEIR HEADS /F COURSE THEY SHOULD BELIEVE IN (IM 4HEY HAD SEEN (IS GREAT POWER WITH THEIR OWN EYES /NLY 'OD S 3ON COULD DO WHAT *ESUS HAD DONE "UT THEY WERE STILL AFRAID 9OU WOULD BE TOO WOULDN T YOU 4HIS MAN IN THEIR BOAT HAD COMMANDED THE WIND AND WAVES TO OBEY AND THE GREAT STORM HAD BECOME QUIET .EVER BEFORE HAD THAT HAPPENED SINCE THE WORLD BEGAN (OW COULD THEY HELP BUT BE AFRAID 3URELY THIS WAS 'OD S 3ON STANDING THERE WITH THEM IN THEIR LITTLE lSHING BOAT h)F THE WIND AND WAVES OBEY *ESUS THEN WE MUST OBEY (IM TOO v WHISPERED ONE OF THE DISCIPLES 4HE OTHERS NODDED 9ES (OW COULD THEY HELP BUT OBEY *ESUS NOW

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

)T WAS ALSO CALLED THE 3EA OF 4IBERIAS NAMED FOR THE CITY AT THE SOUTH END OR THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE FOR THE REGION SURROUNDING IT )N THE APOCRYPHAL BOOK -ACCABEES IT WAS CALLED THE 7ATER OF 'ENNESAR ALSO FOR THE PLAIN ADJOINING IT )N *OHN AND IT IS CALLED THE LAKE OR THE SEA DEPENDING ON THE "IBLE VERSION YOU ARE USING 4ODAY IT IS COMMONLY CALLED ,AKE 4IBERIAS OR ,AKE +INNERET /THER "IBLE VERSIONS ADD TO THE NAME DIFFERENCES SO WE CAN TRULY CALL IT h4HE ,ITTLE ,AKE WITH A $OZEN .AMES v

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê ÜÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ ÊÌ iÊ` ÃV « iÃÊvi ÌÊÜ i ÊÌ iÞÊÃ>ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊ V > `Ê>ÊÃÌ À ÊÌ ÊÃÌ «]Ê> `Ê ÌÊ LiÞi`¶Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ vi ÌÊ vÊÞ ÕÊ >`ÊLii Ê ÊÌ >ÌÊwÃ }ÊL >ÌÊÜ i ÊÌ ÃÊ >««i i`¶Ê Ê Ó°Ê Õ `Ê> Þ iÊLÕÌÊ `½ÃÊ- Ê > iÊÌ iÊÜ `Ê> `ÊÌ iÊÜ>ÛiÃÊ LiÞÊ ¶Ê vÊ>ÊÃÌ À ÞÊÃi>Ê LiÞÃÊ ]ÊÃ Õ ` ½ÌÊÜiÊ LiÞÊ ]ÊÌ ¶ Ê Î°Ê 7 >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÃ iÊÌ }ÃÊÞ ÕÊÃ Õ `Ê` ÊÌ Ê LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê > ÊÞ ÕÊ Ì Ê vÊwÛiÊÜ>ÞÃ¶Ê/> ÊÜ Ì ÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ Ã°

Volume 4: p 157

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ ->ÞÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ "LiÞ } *Ã> Ê££ \Ê£xÇÊ ÊÜ Ê LiÞÊ `½ÃÊ7 À`ÊÊ LiV>ÕÃiÊ Ê ÛiÊ Ì° >ÌÌ iÜÊn\ÊÓÇÊ Ûi ÊÌ iÊÜ `ÃÊ> `ÊÊ Ü>ÛiÃÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ° Õ iÊ££\ÊÓnÊ iÃÃi`Ê>ÀiÊÌ ÃiÊÜ ÊÊ LiÞÊ `½ÃÊ7 À`° Ê£{\Ê£xÊ vÊÞ ÕÊ ÛiÊ iÃÕÃ]ÊÞ ÕÊÊ Ü Ê LiÞÊ ° « iÃ > ÃÊÈ\Ê£Ê "LiÞÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ° iLÀiÜÃÊ£Î\Ê£ÇÊ "LiÞÊÞ ÕÀÊ i>`iÀÃ°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

"LiÞ } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS OBEYED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO OBEY (IM TOO

Volume 4: p 158

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

7 ÞÊÃ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃ¶Ê7 ÞÊ

/BEYING

Ü >ÌiÛiÀÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê iÃÕÃÊ> `ÊÞ ÕÀÊ

ÌÊ` ÊÜ >ÌiÛiÀÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê` ¶Ê7 ÞÊ Ã Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê7 ÞÊ ÌÊ` Ê «>Ài ÌÃÊ>Ã ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê LiÞÊÌ i ÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ

Ì iÞÊ ÜÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÞ Õ°Ê vÊÞ ÕÊ LiÞÊÃ i iÊÜ Ê ÜÃÊ Ü >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÞ Õ]ÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃ Õ `Ê >ÛiÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÞ Õ°Ê vÊ Þ ÕÊ` Ã LiÞÊÃ i iÊÜ Ê ÜÃÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÞ Õ]ÊÌ i ÊÞ ÕÊ Ü Ê ÃÃÊÜ >ÌÊ ÃÊLiÃÌÊv ÀÊÞ Õ°Ê/ >Ì½ÃÊ>Ê} `ÊÀi>Ã ÊÌ Ê LiÞ]Ê Ã ½ÌÊ Ì¶

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

ÜÊ-Ì À ÃÊ > iÊ-Õ``i ÞÊÊ ÊÌ iÊ-i>Ê vÊ > ii 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE IS LIKE A LARGE BOWL OF WATER SET AMONG THE HILLS OF 'ALILEE 4O SEE HOW THE WATER OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE BECAME SO FRIGHTENING DURING A STORM DO THE FOLLOWING &ILL A LARGE BOWL WITH WATER 4HEN PLACE A LARGE SPOON AT ONE END OF THE WATER AND MOVE IT UP AND DOWN 4HIS WILL IMITATE THE EFFECT OF THE WIND ON THE WATER OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE 9OU WILL SEE HOW THIS AGITATION NOT ONLY MAKES LARGE WAVES BUT IT MOVES THE WHOLE BODY OF WATER IN THE BOWL ALL THE WAY TO THE BOTTOM AND TO THE OTHER SIDE !LL THE WATER IS STIRRED UP AND ANGRY 0EOPLE WHO LIVE AROUND THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE TELL OF WAVES THAT REACH TWENTY FEET IN HEIGHT )T DOES NOT TAKE A VIOLENT THUNDERSTORM TO DO THIS BUT ONLY A STRONG WINDSTORM

! STORM ON THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE MAY NOT ALWAYS BE THE KIND OF STORM WE KNOW WITH RAIN AND DARK CLOUDS ! STORM CAN APPEAR ON THIS SEA WITH A PERFECTLY CLEAR SKY BUT WITH VIOLENT WINDS 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE AT THE SURFACE OF THE WATER IS ABOUT SIX HUNDRED AND EIGHTY FEET BELOW SEA LEVEL )T IS EASY FOR THE WINDS BLOWING ACROSS 'ALILEE TO COME RUSHING DOWN THE HILLSIDES AND POUND THE WATER IN THIS BIG BOWL &IERCE WAVES CAN RISE UP ON THIS LITTLE SEA WITHIN AN HOUR OR LESS 4HIS CATCHES lSHERMEN UNPREPARED AS THEY WERE IN THIS STORY 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE IS ONE HUNDRED AND lFTY FEET DEEP IN ITS DEEPEST PARTS

7INDS (ILLS

(ILLS 3EA OF 'ALILEE FEET DEEP FEET "ELOW SEA LEVEL

Volume 4: p 159

-/",9

>Ã&#x152;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x153;Ã&#x160;Â£{\Ã&#x160;Â£Ã&#x17D;Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Â£Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160; >Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2C6;\Ã&#x160;Ã&#x17D;Ã¤Â&#x2021;{{Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; Ã&#x2022;Â&#x17D;iÃ&#x160;Â&#x2122;\Ã&#x160;Â£Ã¤Â&#x2021;Â£Ã&#x2021;Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; Â&#x153;Â&#x2026;Â&#x2DC;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2C6;\Ã&#x160;Â£Â&#x2021;Â£Ã&#x17D;

-/",9 "1/

0ROVIDING

0ICNIC $INNER FOR &IVE 4HOUSAND *ESUS FEEDS MORE THAN lVE THOUSAND PEOPLE

AVE YOU HEARD THE NEWS v SOME PEOPLE ASKED THEIR FRIENDS h7HAT NEWS v SAID THE FRIENDS h*ESUS DISCIPLES ARE HEALING PEOPLE NOW v THE PEOPLE SAID h4HEY HAVE EVEN BROUGHT SOME DEAD PEOPLE BACK TO LIFE v h"UT HOW CAN THEY DO THAT v THE FRIENDS ASKED h*ESUS GAVE THEM SPECIAL POWER v THE PEOPLE SAID

h4HEY CAN T DO IT THEMSELVES "UT *ESUS GAVE THEM THE POWER TO DO IT 7ITHOUT (IS POWER THEY COULDN T DO IT v

ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ ÞÊ>Ê ÌÌ iÊL Þ½ÃÊ Õ V ]ÊLÕÌÊ iÃÕÃÊÜ Õ `ÊÌÕÀ Ê ÌÊ Ì Ê>Ê À>V i°

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 Õ½ÀiÊ Õ }ÀÞ]Ê iÊ> ÊÌ iÊÊ Ì iÀÃÊÜ Ì ÊÞ Õ°Ê ÕÌÊÞ ÕÀÊ vÀ i `Ê >ÃÊLÀ Õ} ÌÊ ÃÊ Õ V ° *iÀ >«ÃÊ iÊÜ ÊÃ >ÀiÊ ÌÊÜ Ì Ê Þ Õ°Êº ]»Ê iÊÃ>ÞÃ°ÊÊ º ½ Ê} Û }Ê ÌÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ°»Ê ÊÊ 7 >ÌÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊÃ>ÞÊÌ Ê Þ ÕÀÊvÀ i `¶Ê ÃÊ iÊ > }Ê>Ê ÃÌ> i¶

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x20AC;iÃ&#x160; Â&#x2C6;`Ã&#x160;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x160; Â&#x153;Ã&#x17E;Ã&#x160; iÃ&#x152;Ã&#x160; Â&#x2C6;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160; Ã&#x20AC;i>`Â¶

)T WAS TRUE *ESUS HAD GIVEN SPECIAL POWER TO (IS TWELVE DISCIPLES 4HEY COULD HEAL SICK PEOPLE MAKE DEMONS COME OUT AND EVEN BRING DEAD PEOPLE BACK TO LIFE 4HEY COULDN T DO THIS BY THEMSELVES OF COURSE *ESUS WAS ACTUALLY DOING IT THROUGH THEM .OW MANY PEOPLE CROWDED AROUND THE DISCIPLES ALL DAY LONG BEGGING THEM TO HELP h(EAL MY SICK WIFE v ONE WOULD ASK h-AKE THE DEMONS COME OUT OF MY BOY v OTHERS BEGGED h0LEASE TAKE MY LEPROSY AWAY v ANOTHER ASKED %VERY DAY THE DISCIPLES FOUND HUNDREDS OF PEOPLE CROWDED AROUND THEM !LL DAY THEY WORKED TO HELP AS MANY PEOPLE AS

*ESUS USED A BOY S LUNCH TO FEED MEN PLUS WOMEN AND CHILDREN 4HE BOY S LUNCH WAS SMALL ONLY lVE LOAVES AND TWO DRIED lSH 4HE LOAVES OF BREAD WERE PROBABLY NO BIGGER THAN A HAMBURGER BUN BUT NOT NEARLY AS mUFFY "UT WHERE DID THE BOY GET HIS BREAD $ID HIS MOTHER BUY IT AT THE STORE

Volume 4: p 168

THEY COULD !T LAST IT WAS TOO MUCH 4HEY COULD NOT KEEP DOING THIS EVERY DAY WITHOUT SOME REST 7HAT A GIFT TO THESE PEOPLE 4HEY WERE PROVIDING SOMETHING THE PEOPLE NEEDED *ESUS WAS PROVIDING IT THROUGH THEM "UT NOW THEY NEEDED REST h#OME AWAY TO A LONELY PLACE v *ESUS TOLD (IS DISCIPLES h9OU CAN REST THERE AWHILE v !S SECRETLY AS THEY COULD *ESUS AND THE TWELVE DISCIPLES CLIMBED INTO A BOAT AND HEADED ACROSS THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE /N THE OTHER SIDE THEY WENT TO A LONELY PLACE NEAR "ETHSAIDA "UT THE CROWDS WOULDN T LET THEM GET AWAY 7HEN THEY SAW *ESUS AND (IS FOLLOWERS SAILING TOWARD THE OTHER SIDE THEY RAN ALONG THE SHORE 4HE PEOPLE WERE SO EXCITED THAT THEY RAN FASTER THAN THE BOAT 7HEN *ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES LANDED THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WERE THERE TO MEET THEM *ESUS FELT SORRY FOR THESE PEOPLE 4HEY LOOKED LIKE A BIG mOCK OF SHEEP WITHOUT A SHEPHERD TO LEAD THEM h7E MUST REST LATER v *ESUS TOLD (IS DISCIPLES h.OW WE MUST HELP ALL THESE PEOPLE v 3O *ESUS BEGAN TO TEACH THE PEOPLE MANY THINGS ABOUT 'OD AND (IS HOME IN HEAVEN (E HEALED MANY OF THE SICK )T WAS A WONDERFUL DAY FOR ALL THOSE PEOPLE 4HEY WERE SO HAPPY ABOUT ALL THE EXCITING THINGS THAT WERE HAPPENING THAT THEY DID NOT NOTICE HOW QUICKLY THE TIME WAS GOING 3UDDENLY IT WAS EVENING AND THEY WERE FAR FROM HOME

h)T S ALMOST TIME FOR DINNER v SOME DISCIPLES WHISPERED TO *ESUS h4HIS IS A LONELY PLACE WITH NO FOOD 3HOULD WE SEND THE PEOPLE AWAY SO THEY CAN BUY FOOD IN THE TOWNS AROUND HERE v h.O v *ESUS ANSWERED h9OU GIVE THEM SOMETHING TO EAT v 4HE DISCIPLES WERE SURPRISED 4HEY HAD NO FOOD TO GIVE THESE PEOPLE 4HEY DID NOT KNOW WHAT TO DO 4HEY WANTED TO PROVIDE FOOD TO THESE PEOPLE BUT HOW h4HERE MUST BE lVE THOUSAND MEN HERE v THE DISCIPLES SAID h!ND LOOK AT ALL THOSE WOMEN AND CHILDREN 7HERE COULD WE GET SO MUCH FOOD v 4HE DISCIPLES LOOKED AT EACH OTHER 7HAT DID *ESUS WANT THEM TO DO (OW COULD THEY PROVIDE FOOD TO SO MANY PEOPLE h$O YOU WANT US TO BUY TWO HUNDRED DENARII WORTH OF BREAD v THE DISCIPLES ASKED *ESUS 4HE DISCIPLES WERE NOT EVEN SURE THEY HAD TWO HUNDRED DENARII 4HAT WAS A LOT OF MONEY )T TOOK A DAY OF HARD WORK TO EARN A DENARIUS EVEN THOUGH IT WAS WORTH ABOUT SIXTEEN CENTS OF TODAY S MONEY *ESUS LOOKED AROUND 4HERE WAS NO FOOD IN SIGHT h(OW MANY LOAVES OF BREAD DO YOU HAVE v (E ASKED h'O AND SEE v 4HE DISCIPLES HURRIED AMONG THE PEOPLE TO SEE WHO HAD BROUGHT FOOD )T TOOK AWHILE TO GO AMONG ALL THOSE THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE ASKING IF ANYONE THOUGHT TO BRING FOOD !T LAST THEY CAME BACK WITH A LITTLE BOY AND HIS MOTHER h.O ONE THOUGHT TO BRING ANY FOOD EXCEPT THIS LITTLE BOY v THEY SAID h(E HAS lVE LOAVES AND TWO lSH "UT THEY ARE HIS v h9OU MAY HAVE THEM IF YOU WISH v SAID THE LITTLE BOY h) WILL GIVE MY LUNCH TO YOU *ESUS v 4HE MOTHER SMILED (ER LITTLE BOY WANTED TO GIVE HIS BEST TO *ESUS AND THAT LUNCH WAS ALL HE HAD 3HE REMEMBERED THAT MORNING WHEN THEY HAD LEFT TO COME HERE 4HE LITTLE BOY WANTED TO BRING A LUNCH 7HAT A SMART LITTLE BOY (E HAD BEEN SO EXCITED TO SEE *ESUS THAT HE HAD FORGOTTEN TO EAT HIS LUNCH 3O HE STILL HAD IT .OW HE COULD GIVE HIS LUNCH TO *ESUS (E COULD EVEN TALK WITH *ESUS TOO

0EOPLE COULDN T BUY BREAD AT A STORE IN THOSE DAYS 4HERE WERE NO GROCERY STORES ! MOTHER MADE BREAD FOR HER FAMILY OFTEN EVERY DAY &IRST SHE HAD TO GRIND THE WHEAT OR BARLEY BETWEEN TWO SMALL MILLSTONES TO MAKE mOUR AS THE WOMAN IN THIS PICTURE IS DOING 3HE THEN MIXED OLIVE OIL AND WATER WITH IT TO MAKE BREAD DOUGH KNEADING IT WITH LEAVEN LIKE MODERN YEAST TO MAKE THE DOUGH RISE AND MAKE THE BREAD MORE mUFFY 4HEN SHE PUT THE BREAD INTO A CLAY OVEN LIKE THE ONE IN THIS PICTURE TO BAKE 4HE lRE IN THE OVEN WAS FED WITH STICKS THE WOMAN HAD TO GATHER WHEREVER SHE COULD lND THEM 4HE BOY S lVE LOAVES OF BREAD WERE MADE THIS WAY &RESH BREAD FROM THE OVEN PROBABLY TASTED WONDERFUL DON T YOU THINK

Volume 4: p 169

h4HANK YOU v *ESUS MUST HAVE SAID TO THE BOY AS (E TOOK THE

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ *À Û ` } *Ã> Ê£{Ç\ÊnÊ / iÊ À`Ê«À Û ìÃÊv `ÊLÞÊ Ãi ` }ÊÌ iÊÀ> ° Ã> > ÊÎÎ\ÊÈÊÊ / iÊ À`Ê«À Û ìÃÊÃ> Û>Ì ]Ê Ü Ã` ]Ê> `Ê Ü i`}i° âÀ>ÊÇ\ÊÓÎÊÊ `½ÃÊ«i « iÊÃ Õ `Ê«À Û ìÊ v ÀÊ `½ÃÊ ÕÃi°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

*À Û ` } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS PROVIDES ALL ) NEED ) WANT TO PROVIDE FOR OTHERS TOO

Volume 4: p 170

BOY S LUNCH h4ELL THE PEOPLE TO SIT DOWN FOR DINNER v *ESUS TOLD (IS DISCIPLES 4HE DISCIPLES LOOKED SURPRISED $INNER 7ITH lVE LITTLE BUNS AND TWO LITTLE lSH )T PROVIDED A GOOD LUNCH FOR A HUNGRY LITTLE BOY BUT NOT DINNER FOR THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE "UT THEY OBEYED *ESUS AND TOLD THE PEOPLE TO SIT DOWN IN GROUPS OF lFTY 4HE CROWD BECAME VERY QUIET AS *ESUS TOOK THE BOY S BREAD AND lSH IN (IS HANDS AND BEGAN TO PRAY (E THANKED 'OD FOR GIVING THIS FOOD TO (IM AND ASKED 'OD TO BLESS IT BEFORE (E GAVE IT TO THE HUNGRY PEOPLE *ESUS BEGAN TO BREAK THE BREAD AND lSH INTO PIECES (E KEPT ON BREAKING IT AS THE DISCIPLES TOOK BASKETS lLLED WITH BREAD AND lSH TO THE PEOPLE TO EAT *ESUS GAVE BREAD AND lSH TO ALL THE PEOPLE (E PROVIDED ALL THEY NEEDED TO EAT h7HAT S HAPPENING v SOME ASKED h*ESUS KEEPS BREAKING PIECES FROM THE BREAD AND lSH "UT THERE IS ALWAYS MORE v

!T LAST ALL HAD EATEN AS MUCH AS THEY WANTED h0ICK UP THE LEFTOVERS v *ESUS TOLD (IS DISCIPLES WHEN DINNER WAS OVER 4HE DISCIPLES TOOK SOME BASKETS AND BEGAN TO PICK UP THE BREAD AND lSH THAT WAS LEFT OVER 4HEN THEY BROUGHT IT ALL TO *ESUS h4WELVE BASKETS FULL OF LEFTOVERS v THE DISCIPLES WHISPERED h4HIS MAN IS A PROPHET v THE PEOPLE SAID 4HEY WERE SO EXCITED THAT THEY BEGAN TO PLAN HOW TO MAKE *ESUS THEIR KING )F *ESUS HAD PROVIDED THAT MUCH FOR DINNER THINK HOW (E COULD PROVIDE FOR THEM EACH DAY

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH BOOK OF THE "IBLE IS NAMED FOR A WALL BUILDER ! ,OOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

4HE LITTLE BOY HAD GIVEN *ESUS HIS LUNCH 7ITH THE BOY S LUNCH *ESUS HAD PROVIDED MORE THAN ENOUGH FOR THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE TO EAT $O YOU EVER WONDER IF *ESUS WILL PROVIDE WHAT YOU NEED TODAY AND THE DAYS AHEAD (E CAN (E WILL

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 >ÌÊ` `ÊÌ iÊ ÌÌ iÊL ÞÊ«À Û ìÊv ÀÊ iÃÕÃ¶Ê ÌÊÜ>Ã ½ÌÊ ÕV ]ÊÜ>ÃÊ Ì¶Ê 7>ÃÊÌ iÊL Þ½ÃÊ Õ V Êi Õ} ÊÌ Êvii`ÊÌ ÕÃ> `ÃÊ vÊ«i « i¶Ê Ê Ó°Ê iÃÕÃÊÌ Ê>ÊÃ > Ê Õ V ÊÌ >ÌÊ>Ê ÌÌ iÊL ÞÊ}>ÛiÊ Ê> `ÊÜ Ì Ê ÌÊvi`Ê Ì ÕÃ> `ÃÊ vÊ«i « i°Ê/ >Ì½ÃÊÌ iÊÜ>ÞÊ iÃÕÃÊ` iÃÊÌ }Ã°Ê7 i ÊÜiÊ «À Û ìÊ>Ê ÌÌ iÊv ÀÊ ÊÌ ÊÕÃi]Ê iÊV> Ê«À Û ìÊ ÕV ÊÌ Ê Ì iÀÃÊÜ Ì Ê Ì iÊ ÌÌ iÊÜiÊ} Ûi°Ê Ê Î°Ê 7 >ÌÊ` `ÊÞ ÕÊ i>À Ê>L ÕÌÊ} Û }]Ê ÀÊ«À Û ` }]Ê ÊÌ ÃÊÃÌ ÀÞ¶Ê iÃÊ Ì ÃÊ i «ÊÞ ÕÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê«À Û ìÊÞ ÕÀÊº ÌÌ i»ÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃÊÃ Ê iÊV> Ê` Ê ÕV ÊÜ Ì Ê Ì¶Ê7 Þ¶

vÌiÀÊ> ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊ >`Ê i>Ìi ]ÊÌ iÀiÊÜiÀiÊÌÜi ÛiÊ L>Ã iÌÃÊ vÊ ivÌ ÛiÀÃ°

Volume 4: p 171

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

7 V Ê` iÃÊ `Ê iÊLiÌÌiÀ]ÊÃ i iÊ

0ROVIDING

V iiÀvÕ Ê>L ÕÌÊ Ì¶Ê,i>`ÊÓÊ À Ì > ÃÊ

Ü Ê} ÛiÃÊ ÕV ]ÊLÕÌÊ ÃÊ}À ÕV ÞÊ>L ÕÌÊ Ì]Ê ÀÊÃ i iÊÜ Ê} ÛiÃÊ ÌÌ i]ÊLÕÌÊ ÃÊ \ÊÇ°Ê7 >ÌÊ` iÃÊ ÌÊÃ>ÞÊ>L ÕÌÊ} Û }]Ê ÀÊ

«À Û ` }¶Ê/> ÊÜ Ì ÊÞ ÕÀÊ«>Ài ÌÃÊ>L ÕÌÊÌ Ã°Ê ÀiÊÞ ÕÊV iiÀvÕ Ê Ü i ÊÞ ÕÊ} ÛiÊÃ iÌ }ÊÌ ÊÌ i ¶Ê ÀiÊÞ ÕÊV iiÀvÕ ÊÜ i ÊÞ ÕÊ } ÛiÊÃ iÌ }ÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ¶Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ«À Û ìÊÃ iÌ }ÊÃ > Êv ÀÊ iÃÕÃÊÌ ÊÕÃi]Ê iÊV> Ê«À Û ìÊ ÕV ÊÜ Ì ÊÞ ÕÀÊ ÌÌ iÊ} vÌ°Ê7 i ÊÞ ÕÊ Ü ìÀÊ vÊÌ iÊ À`ÊÜ Ê«À Û ìÊv ÀÊÞ ÕÀÊ ii`ÃÊ ÊÌ iÊ`>ÞÃÊ> i>`]Ê Ài i LiÀÊ ÜÊ iÃÕÃÊ«À Û ì`Êv ÀÊÌ iÊÌ ÕÃ> `ÃÊ vÊ Õ }ÀÞÊ «i « iÊÌ >ÌÊ`>Þ°

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

7 iÀiÊÌ iÊ ÛiÊ/ ÕÃ> `Ê7iÀiÊ i` !LONG THE NORTHWESTERN CORNER OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE LIES A FERTILE PLAIN WITH GENTLY ROLLING HILLS )N *ESUS TIME THIS WAS KNOWN AS THE ,AND OF 'ENNESARET -ANY OF THE EVENTS OF (IS LIFE TOOK PLACE HERE .EAR THE SOUTHERN PART OF THE PLAIN IS THE PLACE WHERE -AGDALA ONCE STOOD THE BIRTHPLACE OF -ARY -AGDALENE ! MILE OR SO TO THE NORTH IS A GRASSY KNOLL WHERE *ESUS FED THE lVE THOUSAND !BOUT A MILE FARTHER TO THE NORTH IS #APERNAUM WHERE *ESUS LIVED AFTER (E WAS REJECTED BY THE PEOPLE OF .AZARETH 4HE REGION AROUND THIS HILL IS KNOWN TODAY AS 4ABGHA AN !RABIC WORD WHICH MEANS h3EVEN 3PRINGS v /N THE HILL WHERE #HRIST FED THE lVE THOUSAND A CHURCH HAS BEEN BUILT )T IS CALLED 4HE #HURCH OF THE -ULTIPLICATION OF ,OAVES AND &ISHES 4HIS IS ONE TRADITIONAL SITE FOR THE FEEDING OF THE lVE THOUSAND

Volume 4: p 172

4HE VALLEY OF 'INOSSAR OR ,AND OF 'ENNESARET IS A FERTILE LAND )T IS THE ONLY LAND ALONG THE ENTIRE 3EA OF 'ALILEE WHERE CROPS CAN BE GROWN &IGS OLIVES WALNUTS AND PALM TREES GROW HERE 4HIS IS UNUSUAL FOR THESE TREES OFTEN REQUIRE DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONDITIONS TO GROW 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE WAS SOMETIMES CALLED 4HE ,AKE OF 'ENNESARET SEE ,UKE 4HIS VALLEY IS THE BORDER BETWEEN 5PPER 'ALILEE AND ,OWER 'ALILEE &ROM THE PLAIN ONE STARTS CLIMBING INTO THE MOUNTAINS OF 5PPER 'ALILEE TO THE NORTH 4ODAY THERE IS A PUMPING STATION HERE WHICH PUMPS WATER FROM THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE INTO THE .EGEV DESERT REGION HELPING THE DESERT TO hBLOSSOM AS A ROSEv )SAIAH 4HERE IS A SECOND TRADITIONAL SITE FOR THIS MIRACLE 3OME PEOPLE THINK THIS MIRACLE HAPPENED ON THE NORTHEASTERN SIDE OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE NEAR "ETHSAIDA *ULIAS

- ViÊÌ iÊ« >ViÊÜ iÀiÊ iÃÕÃÊ vi`ÊÌ iÊwÛiÊÌ ÕÃ> `ÊÜ>ÃÊ ÞÊ>Ê iÊ ÀÊÌÜ ÊvÀ Ê ÃÊ iÊ Ê >«iÀ >Õ ]Ê iÊ >`Ê «À L>L ÞÊLii ÊÌ iÀiÊ > ÞÊ Ì iÃÊLiv Ài°Ê ÌÊ ÃÊ>ÊµÕ iÌÊ Ê ÛiÀ }ÊÌ iÊ-i>Ê vÊ > ii]Ê>Ê Ûi ÞÊ« >ViÊv ÀÊ ÊÌ Ê} ÊÌ ÊLiÊ> i°

ÊÛ iÜÊ vÊ/>L} >]ÊÌ iÊ« >ViÊÜ iÀiÊ iÃÕÃÊvi`ÊÌ iÊwÛiÊÌ ÕÃ> `]Ê>ÃÊ ÌÊ ÃÊÌ `>Þ°

Ê Ã> VÊ ÊÌ iÊy ÀÊ vÊ>Ê V ÕÀV Ê>ÌÊ/>L} >ÊV i À>ÌiÃÊÌ iÊvii` }Ê vÊÌ iÊx]äää°

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 .EHEMIAH Volume 4: p 173

-/",9

>Ã&#x152;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x153;Ã&#x160;Â£{\Ã&#x160;Ã&#x201C;Ã&#x201C;Â&#x2021;Ã&#x17D;Ã&#x17D;Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160; >Ã&#x20AC;Â&#x17D;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2C6;\Ã&#x160;{xÂ&#x2021;xÃ&#x201C;Ã&#x2020;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; Â&#x153;Â&#x2026;Â&#x2DC;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x2C6;\Ã&#x160;Â£{Â&#x2021;Ã&#x201C;Â£

7ALKING ON 7ATER *ESUS WALKS ON THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE

HE WIND WHIPPED THE SAILS OF THE LITTLE lSHING BOAT AS

-/",9 "1/

&AITH

THE DISCIPLES PUSHED IT INTO THE WATER *ESUS HAD ASKED THEM TO GO ACROSS THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE AND WAIT FOR (IM THERE 4HEY WANTED TO OBEY *ESUS BUT THEY DID NOT LIKE THE WAY THE WEATHER LOOKED THIS EVENING h4HE WIND IS TOO STRONG v ONE OF THE

DISCIPLES SAID h)T WILL TAKE US ALL NIGHT TO GET ACROSS v h"UT *ESUS TOLD US TO GO v SAID ANOTHER h3O LET S GO v

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 9 Õ½ÀiÊ ÊÌ iÊL >ÌÊÜ Ì Ê iÃÕÃ½Ê vÀ i `Ã°Ê/ iÞÊ>ÀiÊÀÕ}}i`Ê wÃ iÀ i ]ÊLÕÌÊÌ iÞÊ>ÀiÊÊ >vÀ> `Ê vÊÌ iÊÜ `ÊÜ>ÛiÃ°ÊÊ ÀiÊÞ Õ¶Ê/ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃiiÊÌ ÃÊÊ «iÀÃ ]ÊÊÜ> }Ê iÊ>Ê} ÃÌ]Ê ÊÌ iÊÃÌ À ÞÊÃi>°Ê ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ >vÀ> `¶Ê/ i ÊÞ ÕÊÃiiÊÌ >ÌÊÊ Ì½ÃÊ iÃÕÃ°ÊÊ Ê 7 ÊÞ ÕÊ}iÌÊ ÕÌÊ vÊÌ iÊL >ÌÊ Ü Ì Ê*iÌiÀÊ> `ÊÜ> ÊÌ Ê ¶

º Ì½ÃÊ>Ê} ÃÌt»ÊÌ iÊ` ÃV « iÃÊVÀ i`Ê ÕÌ°Ê/ i ÊÌ iÞÊÃ>ÜÊÌ >ÌÊ ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ iÃÕÃÊ Ü> }ÊÌ Ü>À`ÊÌ i Ê ÊÌ iÊÜ>ÌiÀ°

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7 >ÌÊ/ iÊ7>ÃÊ Ì¶Ê 3OME "IBLE VERSIONS TELL US THAT *ESUS APPEARED TO (IS DISCIPLES ON THE FOURTH WATCH OF THE NIGHT 7HEN WAS THAT 4HE "IBLE YOU USE MAY TELL YOU BUT SOME DON T 4HE 2OMANS WHO RULED THE LAND AT THAT TIME DIVIDED NIGHT INTO FOUR WATCHES 4HE lRST WATCH BEGAN AT SUNSET ARBITRARILY lXED AT 0 - )T LASTED UNTIL 0 - 4HE SECOND WATCH WAS FROM UNTIL MIDNIGHT THE THIRD FROM MIDNIGHT UNTIL ! - AND THE FOURTH FROM TO ! - 3O THESE POOR FELLOWS HAD TAKEN ALL NIGHT TO ROW ONLY THREE MILES 4HEY WERE BARELY HALFWAY BACK TO #APERNAUM *ESUS APPEARED TO (IS DISCIPLES SOMETIME BETWEEN AND IN THE MORNING

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HICH BOOK OF THE "IBLE IS NAMED FOR A MEDICAL DOCTOR ! ,OOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 4: p 176

4HE DISCIPLES CLIMBED INTO THE BOAT AND TIGHTENED THE SAILS "UT THE WIND WAS BLOWING TOO STRONGLY AGAINST THE BOAT 4HE LITTLE BOAT QUIVERED AND MOVED FORWARD SLOWLY AGAINST THE WIND h7E LL HAVE TO ROW v ONE OF THE DISCIPLES SHOUTED ABOVE THE NOISE OF THE WIND 2OWING WAS HARD WORK AGAINST THE WIND AND THE SEA 4HE DISCIPLES PULLED WITH ALL THEIR STRENGTH AS THE WAVES SLAPPED AGAINST THE FRONT OF THE BOAT 4HE LIGHT BEGAN TO FADE FROM THE GRAY SKIES AS EVENING TURNED INTO NIGHT "UT STILL THE WIND BLEW AND THE WAVES POUNDED AGAINST THE BOAT h) TOLD YOU IT WOULD TAKE ALL NIGHT TO GET ACROSS THE SEA v ONE DISCIPLE GRUMBLED h) WISH *ESUS HAD COME WITH US 7HY DID (E STAY BEHIND v h(E PROBABLY WANTED TO BE ALONE TO PRAY v SAID ANOTHER DISCIPLE h4HE WAY WE RE GOING (E WILL PROBABLY WALK AROUND THE SEA FASTER THAN WE CAN ROW ACROSS v 4HE DISCIPLES WERE GETTING SO TIRED 4HEY COULDN T HELP COMPLAINING 3UDDENLY ONE OF THE DISCIPLES STOPPED ROWING (E CRIED OUT IN TERROR AND POINTED TOWARD THE SEA h,OOK v HE SHOUTED h! GHOST )T S WALKING TOWARD US v 4HE OTHER DISCIPLES LAUGHED ! GHOST 4HEY HAD NEVER SEEN A GHOST HERE OR ANYWHERE .EVER "UT WHEN THEY LOOKED THEY CRIED OUT TOO )T WAS A GHOST )T WAS WALKING SLOWLY ACROSS THE WATER TOWARD THEM 4HEY WERE HELPLESS FOR THEY COULDN T ROW ANY FASTER

*iÌiÀÊÃ> Ê` Ü Ê Ì ÊÌ iÊ Ü>ÛiÃÊ vÊÌ iÊÃi>°Ê iÊÜ>ÃÊ ÃÕÀiÊÌ >ÌÊ iÊÜ Õ `Ê`À Ü °

4HEN THE GHOST SPOKE TO THEM h$ON T BE AFRAID v A VOICE SAID h)T IS ) v h)T S *ESUS v THEY ALL SHOUTED h)T S NOT A GHOST "UT IS (E WALKING ON THE WAVES OF THE SEA v 4HE DISCIPLES WATCHED AS *ESUS WALKED TOWARD THEM (E WAS WALKING ON THE SEA AS IF IT WERE DRY GROUND 4HEN 0ETER HAD A GREAT IDEA )T WAS LIKE 0ETER TO WANT TO DO SOMETHING DARING AND DIFFERENT h,ORD v 0ETER CRIED OUT h,ET ME WALK ON THE WATER TO MEET YOU v h#OME v SAID *ESUS 0ETER JUMPED FROM THE BOAT (E HAD FAITH TO BELIEVE HE COULD WALK ON WATER 3O HE BEGAN WALKING ON THE WATER TO *ESUS "UT WHEN HE LOOKED AROUND AND SAW THE WAVES RISING UP AND HEARD THE WIND HOWLING ACROSS THE SEA HE BEGAN TO BE AFRAID 3UDDENLY HE DIDN T HAVE FAITH TO BELIEVE HE COULD WALK ON WATER ANYMORE (E BEGAN TO DOUBT 7HAT IF HE WERE TO SINK 7HAT IF HE WERE TO DROWN (E WAS NOT AT ALL SURE NOW THAT HE COULD WALK ON THE WATER !S SOON AS 0ETER BEGAN TO DOUBT HE BEGAN TO SINK 3LOWLY HE WENT DOWN INTO THE WAVES OF THE SEA 0ETER WAS SURE NOW THAT HE WOULD DROWN (IS DOUBT NOW WAS MUCH GREATER THAN HIS FAITH h,ORD SAVE ME v 0ETER CRIED OUT 0ETER HAD GREAT FAITH THAT *ESUS COULD SAVE HIM (E HAD NO DOUBTS ABOUT THAT *ESUS REACHED OUT HIS HAND AND CAUGHT 0ETER h7HY DID YOU DOUBT v *ESUS ASKED h7HY DID YOU LOSE YOUR FAITH v *ESUS HELPED 0ETER CLIMB INTO THE BOAT AGAIN 4HEN (E CLIMBED IN TOO "UT AS SOON AS *ESUS CLIMBED INTO THE BOAT SOMETHING STRANGE HAPPENED 4HE WIND STOPPED BLOWING AND THE SEA BECAME CALM 4HE DISCIPLES BOWED DOWN BEFORE *ESUS (E WAS CERTAINLY NO ORDINARY MAN (E WAS THE 3ON OF 'OD

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊ > Ì >L> Õ ÊÓ\Ê{Ê >ÛiÊv> Ì Ê Ê `]ÊÊ À>Ì iÀÊÌ > Ê ÊÞ ÕÀÃi v° , > ÃÊÎ\ÊÓnÊ > Ì Ê Ê `ÊLÀ }ÃÊÊ iÌiÀ > Ê vi°Ê,Õ iÃÊV> ½ÌÊÊ ` Ê Ì° * i Ê£\ÊÈÊ > Ì Ê} ÛiÃÊÕÃÊ>ÊÊ }i iÀ ÕÃÊ i>ÀÌ° iLÀiÜÃÊ£ä\ÊÎnÊÊ iÃÕÃ½Êv ÜiÀÃÊ ÛiÊÊ LÞÊv> Ì ° iLÀiÜÃÊ££\ÊÎÊ "ÕÀÊv> Ì ]Ê ÌÊ ÕÀÊÃ } Ì]ÊÊ Ìi ÃÊÕÃÊÌ >ÌÊ `Ê >`iÊÊ Ì iÊÜ À `°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

> Ì ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS HAD FAITH TO MOVE MOUNTAINS ) WANT FAITH TO BELIEVE IN (IM TOO

Volume 4: p 177

/ Ê Ê -/",9Ê Ê9"1 7HEN WE HAVE FAITH WE BELIEVE OR TRUST SOMEONE 7E COULD BELIEVE OR TRUST A GREAT TRUTH OR THAT SOMETHING IS TRUE 0ETER HAD FAITH THAT HE COULD WALK ON THE WATER 7HY THEN DID HE START TO SINK 7HICH OF THESE WORDS SPEAK OF FAITH 7HICH DON T $OUBT FEAR HESITATION SUSPICION TRUST MISTRUST BELIEVE KNOW FOR SURE $O YOU HAVE FAITH THAT *ESUS CAN DO ANYTHING $O YOU HAVE ANY DOUBTS ABOUT *ESUS )F YOU DO PRAY THAT *ESUS WILL INCREASE YOUR FAITH

/NCE THEY HAD SEEN (IM COMMAND THE WIND AND WAVES TO BE STILL AND THEY HAD OBEYED 4ONIGHT THEY HAD SEEN HIM WALK ON A ROUGH SEA 4HEY HAD SEEN THE WIND STOP BLOWING AND THE SEA BECOME CALM WHEN (E CLIMBED INTO THE BOAT 3URELY THIS WAS THE 3ON OF 'OD 4HEY HAD GREAT FAITH THAT THIS WAS TRUE FOR ONLY 'OD S 3ON COULD MAKE THE SEA CALM AND THE WIND STOP BLOWING !S THE DISCIPLES LOOKED INTO *ESUS FACE THEY WHISPERED QUIETLY h4RULY YOU ARE THE 3ON OF 'OD v 4HEY WERE SURE THAT THIS WAS TRUE AND THAT IS CALLED FAITH Ê Ê

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ-i>Ê vÊ > ii 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE IS PERHAPS THE MOST INTERESTING BODY OF WATER IN THE WORLD /N OR AROUND THESE WATERS *ESUS DID MUCH OF (IS WORK !T LEAST EIGHTEEN OF *ESUS THIRTY THREE RECORDED MIRACLES WERE PERFORMED HERE BY (IM 4HE SURFACE OF THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE IS MORE THAN FEET BELOW SEA LEVEL SO IF THE OCEANS COULD INVADE THAT AREA THEY WOULD CREATE AN ENORMOUS SALTWATER LAKE MUCH LARGER THAN THE EXISTING 3EA OF 'ALILEE AND OF COURSE MORE THAN FEET DEEPER 4HIS LARGE INLAND LAKE IS A MAJOR STOPPING POINT FOR THE *ORDAN

/ iÊ-i>Ê vÊ > ii]Ê Ê Ü V Ê iÃÕÃÊÜ> i`°

Volume 4: p 178

2IVER WATERS ON THEIR WAY FROM -T (ERMON IN THE NORTH TO THE $EAD 3EA IN THE SOUTH THEIR lNAL DESTINATION "EFORE THE *ORDAN 2IVER mOWS INTO THE 3EA OF 'ALILEE ON THE NORTH END IT FALLS AT THE RATE OF SIXTY FEET PER MILE FOR TWENTY lVE MILES $URING THE TIME WHEN *ESUS LIVED THERE THE MAJOR INDUSTRY WAS lSHING 3O IT IS NOT SURPRISING THAT lSHING AND lSHERMEN WERE PROMINENT IN *ESUS MINISTRY (E CALLED FOUR lSHERMEN TO BE (IS DISCIPLES WHO WOULD LATER BE CALLED APOSTLES 0ETER !NDREW *AMES AND *OHN 4HIS REGION WAS A MAJOR CONNECTING POINT BETWEEN $AMASCUS AND THE COASTAL CITIES 3O CUSTOMS WERE IMPORTANT -ATTHEW WAS A CUSTOMS AGENT BEFORE *ESUS CALLED HIM TO BE A FOLLOWER 4HE 3EA OF 'ALILEE IS ONLY SIXTY MILES FROM *ERUSALEM SO IT WAS A RATHER EASY TRIP BETWEEN THE GREATEST CITY OF THE LAND AND THE GREATEST LAKE OF THE LAND

/Â½-Ã&#x160; / Ã&#x160; "1/

&AITH 4HERE IS AN OLD STORY ABOUT A MAN WHO HAD A ROPE STRETCHED ACROSS .IAGARA &ALLS h7HAT IS THE ROPE FOR v A VISITOR ASKED h) PLAN TO WALK ACROSS THAT ROPE $O YOU BELIEVE ) CAN DO IT v h/F COURSE v SAID THE VISITOR h$O YOU BELIEVE ) COULD CARRY YOU ACROSS v THE MAN SAID h) BELIEVE YOU COULD v SAID THE VISITOR h4HEN JUMP INTO MY ARMS AND LET S GET GOING v SAID THE MAN 4HE VISITOR RAN AWAY (E BELIEVED THE MAN COULD DO IT BUT HE DIDN T BELIEVE ENOUGH TO HAVE THE MAN CARRY HIM ACROSS 7E CAN BELIEVE SOMETHING IS TRUE BUT WE MAY NOT HAVE FAITH TO MAKE THAT TRUTH CHANGE OUR LIVES &AITH IS BELIEVING SOMETHING ENOUGH TO MAKE IT CHANGE OUR LIVES NOT MERELY BELIEVING THAT IT CAN CHANGE OUR LIVES

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 ,UKE Volume 4: p 179

-/",9

>ÌÌ iÜÊÓ£\Ê£q££]Ê£{q£ÇÆÊ >À Ê££\Ê£q££ÆÊÊ Õ iÊ£ \ÊÓnq{{ÆÊÊ Ê££\Êxxp£Ó\Ê£]Ê£Óq£

/NWARD TO *ERUSALEM

*ESUS 4RIUMPHAL %NTRY INTO *ERUSALEM

O YOU SEE THAT VILLAGE OVER THERE v *ESUS ASKED

TWO OF (IS DISCIPLES h) WANT YOU TO GO OVER THERE v 4HE DISCIPLES NODDED 7HATEVER *ESUS WANTED

-/",9 "1/

0RAISE

9"1Ê7 , Ê/ , 7 >ÌÊ>ÊVÀ Ü`tÊ7 >ÌÊ>Ê Ü `iÀvÕ ÊÃ } ÌtÊ9 ÕÊ>ÀiÊ Ì iÀi]ÊÃ ÕÌ }Ê> `Ê«À> Ã }Ê iÃÕÃ]ÊÜ Ì Ê> ÊÌ iÊ Ì iÀÃ°Ê ÕÌÊ Ü >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊÃ ÕÌ }¶ 7 >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊÃ>Þ }¶Ê ÜÊ >ÀiÊÞ ÕÊ«À> Ã }Ê iÃÕÃ¶Ê

/ iÊ«i « iÊ> ÊÃ ÕÌi`Ê «À> ÃiÃÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃÊ>ÃÊ iÊÀ `iÊ Ì Ê iÀÕÃ> i °

Volume 5: p 80

THEY WOULD DO IT FOR (IM

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

/ iÊ `i Ê >Ìi

h9OU WILL lND A DONKEY TIED TO A FENCE v *ESUS SAID h5NTIE IT AND BRING IT TO ME )F ANYONE ASKS WHAT YOU ARE DOING TELL HIM THE ,ORD NEEDS THIS DONKEY AND WILL BRING IT BACK SOON v 4HE TWO DISCIPLES HURRIED AWAY 4HEY DIDN T UNDERSTAND IT ALL BUT THEY KNEW THAT *ESUS NEVER MADE A MISTAKE )T ALL HAPPENED THE WAY *ESUS SAID IT WOULD 4HERE WAS THE YOUNG DONKEY SO YOUNG NO ONE HAD SAT ON IT BEFORE )T WAS TIED AT THE VERY PLACE *ESUS SAID IT WOULD BE 7HEN THE TWO DISCIPLES BEGAN TO UNTIE THE DONKEY THE OWNER AND A FRIEND RAN UP TO THEM h7HAT ARE YOU DOING v THE OWNER ASKED 4HE TWO DISCIPLES

&ROM THE -OUNT OF /LIVES *ESUS RODE ON (IS 4RIUMPHAL %NTRY DOWN THROUGH THE +IDRON 6ALLEY AND UP INTO *ERUSALEM THROUGH THE 'OLDEN 'ATE 4HE PHOTO HERE SHOWS THE 'OLDEN 'ATE TODAY 4HE GATE THROUGH WHICH *ESUS RODE IS ACTUALLY BELOW THIS ONE BENEATH THE LEVEL OF THE GROUND TODAY 4HE GATE IN THIS PICTURE WAS CONSTRUCTED ABOUT ! $ !NOTHER NAME FOR THE 'OLDEN 'ATE IS THE 'ATE OF -ERCY

Volume 5: p 82

WONDERED IF THE OWNER WOULD BE ANGRY 7OULD HE LET THEM TAKE THE DONKEY *ESUS SAID HE WOULD h4HE ,ORD NEEDS THIS DONKEY v THE TWO DISCIPLES SAID h(E WILL BRING IT BACK SOON v 4HE OWNER SMILED h/F COURSE YOU MAY TAKE THE DONKEY AND LET (IM USE IT v HE SAID "Y THE TIME THE TWO DISCIPLES CAME BACK A BIG CROWD OF PEOPLE HAD GATHERED AROUND *ESUS -ANY WERE PEOPLE *ESUS HAD HEALED 3OME HAD BEEN BLIND /THERS HAD BEEN SICK WITH LEPROSY /THERS HAD BEEN lLLED WITH DEMONS "UT ALL OF THEM WERE WELL NOW 4HEY WOULD NEVER FORGET WHAT (E HAD DONE FOR THEM h)SRAEL NEEDS A LEADER LIKE *ESUS v THEY THOUGHT h)F ONLY WE COULD MAKE (IM OUR KING v 0EOPLE LIVING IN *ERUSALEM HAD HEARD THAT *ESUS WAS NEARBY 4HEY CAME TO JOIN THE CROWD TOO %VEN SOME OF THE RELIGIOUS LEADERS CAME OUT TO SEE WHAT WAS HAPPENING 4HE PEOPLE WERE GETTING MORE AND MORE EXCITED !LL OVER THE CROWD THEY SHOUTED h,ET S MAKE *ESUS OUR KING v h0ERHAPS THIS IS THE TIME FOR *ESUS TO BECOME KING OF )SRAEL v THE DISCIPLES THOUGHT h4HE 3CRIPTURES SAY THAT THE KING WILL COME RIDING ON A DONKEY v

"UT NO ONE HAD KINGLY ROBES FOR *ESUS 4HERE WAS NO CROWN FOR (IS HEAD 3O SOME OF THE DISCIPLES THREW THEIR CLOAKS ON THE DONKEY S BACK AND HELPED *ESUS GET UP ON IT 3UDDENLY SOMEONE SHOUTED h(OSANNA "LESSED IS (E WHO COMES IN THE NAME OF THE ,ORD v h"LESSED IS THE KINGDOM OF OUR FATHER $AVID THAT IS COMING v OTHERS CRIED OUT h(OSANNA IN THE HIGHEST v 3OON THERE WAS A GREAT CHORUS OF VOICES SHOUTING PRAISES TO THE NEW KING 4HEN SOMEONE BEGAN TO LEAD THE DONKEY DOWN THE -OUNT OF /LIVES 4HE 4RIUMPHAL %NTRY INTO *ERUSALEM HAD BEGUN 0EOPLE CAME FROM EVERYWHERE TO SEE WHAT WAS HAPPENING h7HAT IS ALL THE EXCITEMENT v THEY ASKED h)T S THE 0ROPHET *ESUS v SOME ANSWERED h(E S GOING TO *ERUSALEM TO BE MADE KING OF )SRAEL v h! NEW KING FOR )SRAEL v THE PEOPLE THOUGHT h0ERHAPS (E WILL FREE US FROM THE 2OMANS v 3O MORE AND MORE JOINED IN THE SHOUTING HAPPY PROCESSION )N THE EXCITEMENT MANY THREW THEIR CLOAKS ON THE GROUND BEFORE *ESUS /THERS CUT LEAFY BRANCHES IN THE lELDS AND SPREAD THEM IN THE ROAD FOR THE DONKEY TO WALK ON %VEN THE CHILDREN BEGAN TO SHOUT WITH JOY BECAUSE THEIR FRIEND WAS CAUSING SO MUCH HAPPINESS "UT NOT EVERYONE WAS HAPPY 3OME OF THE RELIGIOUS LEADERS HAD COME OUT TO SEE WHAT WAS HAPPENING 4HEY DID NOT WANT *ESUS TO BECOME KING 4HEY MIGHT LOSE THEIR JOBS h4EACHER SCOLD THOSE DISCIPLES OF YOURS FOR DOING THIS v THE LEADERS SAID ANGRILY *ESUS LOOKED AT THEM SADLY h)F ) STOP THEM THE STONES WILL BEGIN TO CRY OUT WITH PRAISE v (E SAID .OTHING COULD STOP THIS FROM TAKING PLACE FOR THE 3CRIPTURES HAD SAID IT WOULD HAPPEN 7HAT A PROCESSION WENT INTO *ERUSALEM .EVER HAD THERE BEEN ANYTHING LIKE IT "UT NEVER HAD THERE BEEN A KING LIKE *ESUS

*EWISH TRADITION SAID THE -ESSIAH WOULD RIDE THROUGH THIS GATE INTO *ERUSALEM WHICH IS EXACTLY WHAT HAPPENED )N THE TH CENTURY ! $ THE -USLIMS WHO CONTROLLED THE CITY WALLED UP THIS GATE TO PREVENT THE -ESSIAH FROM COMING THROUGH IT "UT THEY WERE MORE THAN SEVEN HUNDRED YEARS TOO LATE 4HE -ESSIAH HAD ALREADY COME THROUGH THE GATE LONG BEFORE

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 7HO KILLED A GIANT WITH A SLINGSHOT ! 2EAD 3AMUEL OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 5: p 83

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ *À> Ãi #HRONICLES *À> ÃiÊ `ÊÜ Ì ÕÌÊÃ > i° 0SALM *À> ÃiÊ `Êv ÀÊ ÃÊÜ `iÀvÕ Ê « ÜiÀ° 0SALM *À> ÃiÊ `Ê«ÕL V Þ° 0SALM *À> ÃiÊ `ÊÜ Ì Ê> ÊÞ ÕÀÊ i>ÀÌ° %CCLESIASTES ÊÜ ÃiÊ«iÀÃ ½ÃÊVÀ Ì V Ã Ê ÃÊ LiÌÌiÀÊÌ > Ê>Êv ½ÃÊ«À> Ãi° -ATTHEW iÌÊ«i « iÊ«À> ÃiÊ `ÊÊ v ÀÊÞ ÕÀÊ} `Ê`ii`Ã°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

*À> Ãi

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 ÞÊ` `Ê > ÞÊ vÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊÜ> ÌÊÌ Ê > iÊ iÃÕÃÊ }Ê vÊ ÃÀ>i ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊ` `ÊÌ iÞÊÌ Ê iÊV Õ `Ê` ¶Ê Ê Ó°Ê ÜÊ` `ÊÌ iÃiÊ«i « iÊÃ ÜÊ«À> ÃiÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃÊ>ÃÊ iÊÀ `iÊ Ì Ê iÀÕÃ> i ¶ Ê Î°Ê / Ê vÊÞ ÕÀÃi vÊ ÊÌ iÊVÀ Ü`ÊÌ >ÌÊ`>Þ°Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ Ã Ü Ê«À> ÃiÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ iÊÌ Ê` ÊÌ >ÌÊ Ü¶ Ê {°Ê / Ê vÊ` vviÀi ÌÊÜ>ÞÃÊÌ ÊÃ ÜÊ«À> ÃiÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ°Ê/ÀÞÊÌ Ê` ÊÌÜ Ê ÀÊ Ì ÀiiÊi>V Ê`>Þ°

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

7iÊ«À> ÃiÊ«i « iÊÜ Ê>ÀiÊÃ«iV > °Ê7iÊ

0RAISE

«i « iÊ«À> ÃiÊ °Ê ÊL>Ã iÌL> Ê« >ÞiÀÊ

«À> ÃiÊÌ i ÊÜ i ÊÌ iÞÊ` ÊÃ«iV > ÊÜ À °Ê Ê}i iÀ> Ê i>`ÃÊ> Ê>À ÞÊÌ ÊÛ VÌ ÀÞ°Ê ÃÊ > iÃÊÌ iÊw > ÊÃV Ài]ÊÜ }ÊÌ iÊ}> i°Ê

*i « iÊ«À> ÃiÊ °Ê Ê}Ài>ÌÊ>ÀÌ ÃÌÊVÀi>ÌiÃÊ>Ê >ÃÌiÀ« iVi°Ê

) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS PRAISED (IS (EAVENLY &ATHER ) WANT TO PRAISE (IM TOO iÀÕÃ> i

"Ì iÀÊ-Ì À iÃÊÊ L ÕÌÊ*À> Ãi 3TORIES AND /i « i Ài>

`i Ê >Ìi

`À 6> iÞ

Volume 5: p 84

*i « iÊ«À> ÃiÊ iÀ°Ê >Ì iÀÃÊ> `Ê Ì iÀÃÊ` ÊÃ iÌ }ÊÃ«iV > Êv ÀÊ Ì i ÀÊV `Ài °Ê/ i ÀÊV `Ài Ê«À> ÃiÊÌ i °Ê7iÊ ÀÊ«i « iÊÜ i ÊÜiÊ «À> ÃiÊÌ i °Ê7iÊ>ÀiÊÌÀÞ }ÊÌ ÊÌi ÊÌ iÊ«i « iÊÜiÊ À]ÊÊ º9 ÕÊ>ÀiÊÃ«iV > t»

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ/À Õ « > Ê ÌÀÞ *ESUS BEGAN (IS 4RIUMPHAL %NTRY INTO *ERUSALEM SOMEWHERE BETWEEN "ETHANY AND "ETHPHAGE (E RODE PAST THE 'ARDEN OF 'ETHSEMANE OR THROUGH IT THEN DOWN THE +IDRON 6ALLEY AND UP INTO *ERUSALEM THROUGH THE 'OLDEN 'ATE 4HE PEOPLE WHO CROWDED AROUND *ESUS THOUGHT THAT (E WAS GOING TO MAKE (IMSELF KING OF )SRAEL 4HEY WERE HAPPY FOR THEY

Ê9"1Ê "7¶ !N /LD 4ESTAMENT PROPHET FORETOLD *ESUS 4RIUMPHAL %NTRY 2EAD :ECHARIAH 3OME CALL THE 3UNDAY BEFORE %ASTER h0ALM 3UNDAY v REMEMBERING THE DAY WHEN *ESUS RODE INTO *ERUSALEM 3OME OF THE PEOPLE IN THE CROWD CUT PALM BRANCHES AND WAVED THEM IN THE AIR 3EE *OHN

THOUGHT (E WOULD HELP THEM GET THE 2OMANS OUT OF THEIR LAND 4HAT WAS WHAT THE PEOPLE EXPECTED FROM THE -ESSIAH "UT *ESUS WOULD DISAPPOINT THE PEOPLE AND TURN MANY AGAINST (IM BY DOING WHAT THE -ESSIAH WAS SUPPOSED TO DO DIE FOR THE SINS OF (IS PEOPLE AND MAKE POSSIBLE A WAY TO 'OD (E WOULD BECOME +ING OVER ALL KINGS OF THE EARTH BUT THE PEOPLE DID NOT KNOW THAT THEN Õ ÌÊ v " ÛiÃ >À`i Ê vÊ iÌ Ãi > i

iÌ « >}i

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 $AVID Volume 5: p 85

STORY

135 Matthew 26: 17–29; Mark 14: 12–25; Luke 22: 7–20, 24–30; 2 Corinthians 11: 23–26

Supper in the Upper Room Jesus eats the Passover meal with His disciples

A STORY ABOUT

Humility

YOU WERE THERE There is Judas, sitting at the place of honor, next to Jesus. You know what Judas is doing to betray Jesus. How dare he sit there with Him now? What would you like to say to Judas? What would you like to say to Jesus?

Ã&#x160;9"1Ã&#x160; "7Â¶

7Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x20AC;iÃ&#x160; Â&#x2C6;`Ã&#x160;Ã&#x160; iÃ&#x192;Ã&#x2022;Ã&#x192;Ã&#x160; >Ã&#x152;Ã&#x160;Ã&#x152;Â&#x2026;iÃ&#x160;Ã&#x160; >Ã&#x192;Ã&#x152;Ã&#x160;-Ã&#x2022;Â«Â«iÃ&#x20AC;Â¶

HE TIME HAD COME FOR *ESUS TO EAT (IS LAST MEAL WITH THE

TWELVE DISCIPLES !LL OVER *ERUSALEM PEOPLE WOULD EAT A SPECIAL MEAL THAT NIGHT REMEMBERING THE TIME WHEN 'OD HELPED THE )SRAELITES ESCAPE FROM %GYPT LONG AGO )T WAS A STRANGELY QUIET PROCESSION THAT CAME INTO AN UPSTAIRS ROOM THAT NIGHT 4HE DISCIPLES SENSED THAT SOMETHING VERY SAD AND VERY IMPORTANT WAS ABOUT TO HAPPEN 4HEY HAD WALKED WITH *ESUS ENOUGH TO KNOW (IS FEELINGS "UT EVEN IN THE MIDST OF THIS QUIET SACRED TIME SOME LITTLE JEALOUSIES AROSE 4HERE WAS THE QUESTION OF WHO WOULD SIT WHERE AT THIS IMPORTANT MEAL /F COURSE EVERYONE WANTED THE BEST

4ODAY IF YOU VISIT *ERUSALEM YOU WILL BE SHOWN TWO TRADITIONAL SITES FOR THE 5PPER 2OOM WHERE *ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES ATE THE ,AST 3UPPER TOGETHER /NE IS 3T -ARK S #HURCH IN THE 3YRIAN /RTHODOX COMMUNITY /NE TRADITION SAYS THIS CHURCH WAS BUILT OVER THE SITE WHERE THE HOME OF -ARY *OHN -ARK S MOTHER STOOD -OST PEOPLE AGREE THAT -ARY S HOME IS THE LIKELY PLACE FOR THE ,AST 3UPPER 3O THAT ISN T THE QUESTION "UT WHERE IS THE SITE OF THIS HOME TODAY )S IT THE CHURCH MENTIONED ABOVE

Volume 5: p 106

SEATS THOSE CLOSEST TO *ESUS *ESUS COULD NOT HELP BUT NOTICE THE DISCIPLES HURRYING TO GET TO THE BEST SEATS 4HEY WEREN T SHOWING MUCH HUMILITY TO ONE ANOTHER WERE THEY 4HEY DIDN T EVEN STOP TO WASH THEIR FEET 3INCE PEOPLE WORE SANDALS ON THE DUSTY ROADS THEY ALWAYS HAD THEIR FEET WASHED WHEN THEY CAME IN 5SUALLY A SERVANT OR SLAVE WOULD COME TO WASH THE GUESTS FEET "UT THERE WERE NO SERVANTS OR SLAVES AT THIS SUPPER 4HERE WERE ONLY *ESUS AND (IS TWELVE CHOSEN FOLLOWERS #ERTAINLY NO ONE OF THOSE TWELVE WOULD HUMBLE HIMSELF BELOW THE OTHERS TO DO THE WORK OF A SERVANT .OT ONE OF THEM WOULD BE HUMBLE ENOUGH TO WASH THE FEET OF THE OTHERS 7HEN THE SCUFmING HAD ENDED AND ALL THE DISCIPLES HAD FOUND THE BEST SEATS THEY COULD GET *ESUS TOOK OFF (IS OUTER GARMENT 4HE DISCIPLES WERE PUZZLED AS (E TOOK A PITCHER OF WATER AND POURED SOME INTO A BASIN 0ERHAPS *ESUS WAS GOING TO WASH (IS OWN FEET .O ONE HAD OFFERED TO DO IT FOR (IM #ERTAINLY NO ONE WAS GOING TO JUMP UP NOW AND LOSE HIS SEAT AT THE TABLE 4HEN *ESUS KNELT DOWN BEFORE ONE OF (IS DISCIPLES AND BEGAN TO WASH HIS FEET &ROM DISCIPLE TO DISCIPLE (E WENT SILENTLY WASHING THE DUST OF THE ROAD FROM THEIR DIRTY FEET AND DRYING THEM WITH A TOWEL

(AVE YOU EVER SEEN SUCH HUMILITY 4HINK ABOUT THE 3ON OF 'OD WASHING THE DIRTY FEET OF ORDINARY MEN 4HERE WAS A GREAT SILENCE IN THE ROOM /NLY THE SPLASHING

/R IS IT ANOTHER PLACE IN THE SECTION OF *ERUSALEM CALLED -OUNT :ION

OF THE WATER AND THE SOUNDS OF *ESUS WASHING (IS DISCIPLES FEET COULD BE HEARD 4HE DISCIPLES FELT SO ASHAMED OF THEMSELVES )F

/N THE LOWER mOOR IS ONE TRADITIONAL PLACE FOR +ING $AVID S TOMB !BOVE IT IS ONE TRADITIONAL SITE FOR THE 5PPER 2OOM THE HOME OF *OHN -ARK S MOTHER -ARY 4HE PICTURE AT THE FAR LEFT SHOWS THE INTERIOR OF THAT 5PPER 2OOM 7HICH IS THE RIGHT ONE .O ONE IS QUITE SURE

ONLY THEY COULD COME INTO THAT ROOM AGAIN THEY WOULD HURRY TO WASH *ESUS FEET .OW (E WAS DOING A SERVANT S WORK FOR THEM "UT WHY 4HEY FELT TERRIBLE ABOUT IT *ESUS STARTED WITH 0ETER AN ACT OF HONOR BUT THE lSHERMAN WAS lLLED WITH SHAME (E COULDN T LET HIS -ASTER GO THROUGH WITH THAT h,ORD ARE YOU GOING TO WASH MY FEET v HE ASKED 0ETER KNEW THAT *ESUS WAS 'OD S 3ON (OW COULD HE LET THE 3ON OF 'OD STOOP DOWN AND CLEAN HIS DIRTY FEET h9OU DON T KNOW WHAT ) M DOING NOW v *ESUS SAID QUIETLY h"UT YOU WILL UNDERSTAND LATER v h9OU LL NEVER WASH MY FEET v 0ETER CRIED OUT (E WOULDN T LET *ESUS DO THAT (E WOULD HIDE HIS FEET SO *ESUS COULDN T WASH THEM h) MUST v SAID *ESUS h)F ) DON T YOU WILL NOT BE PART OF MY PLANS v 0ETER CERTAINLY WOULD NOT HAVE THAT HAPPEN -ORE THAN ANYTHING IN THE WORLD HE WANTED TO BE WITH *ESUS AND PLEASE (IM h4HEN WASH MY HANDS AND MY HEAD ALSO v 0ETER BLURTED OUT 4HAT WAS IMPETUOUS OF 0ETER WASN T IT 7HEN *ESUS CAME TO *UDAS THE TRAITOR S HEART BEGAN TO BEAT FASTER (E LOOKED DOWN AT THE DUST ON HIS FEET 3OME OF THAT DUST HAD CLUNG TO HIS FEET WHEN HE WENT TO TELL THE 0HARISEES ABOUT *ESUS 4HE HUMBLE 3ON OF 'OD WAS ABOUT TO WASH THE DUST OF TREACHERY FROM A TRAITOR S FEET *UDAS HEART AND MIND WERE lLLED WITH GUILT AS HE WATCHED *ESUS WASH THAT DUST FROM HIS FEET THEN GENTLY WIPE HIS FEET WITH A TOWEL 7HEN *ESUS LOOKED UP AT HIM THEIR EYES MET 3OMEHOW *UDAS KNEW THAT *ESUS HAD LOOKED INTO THE VERY CORE OF HIS SOUL AND HAD SEEN ALL HIS EVIL PLANS

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ + 1 4HE APOSTLE 0AUL HAD AN EARLIER NAME 7HAT WAS IT ! 2EAD !CTS OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

Volume 5: p 107

Quickly he turned his eyes away, for he could not look at the face of Jesus anymore. At last Jesus was finished. He put on His outer garments again and sat down at the table. The twelve were so stunned by Jesus’ humble act that they could say nothing. They waited for Jesus to tell them why He had done this. “Do you know what I have done to you?” Jesus asked them. “You call me Teacher and Lord, and that is true. But I, your Teacher and Lord, have stooped to do a servant’s work. If I have washed your feet, shouldn’t you also be willing to do such things for each other?” There it was. If the Son of God

Judas felt Jesus’ eyes look into his heart.

could be humble, why can’t we? That’s what He was saying. The disciples looked around the table at each other. As their eyes met, all the selfish pride disappeared. Never again would they hurry for the best seats. Never again would they claim to be the greatest. At the first sign of pride or selfishness, they would forever see in their minds God’s Son, quietly and humbly washing their feet. Then Jesus spoke to His disciples again. “One of you here at this table is going to betray me.” Judas sat up straight and shifted his eyes around the room. Jesus knew what He was going to do! Judas felt sure about that. But how could He? Suddenly Judas felt like running away. He wanted to run from the room into the dark night. His sin was uncovered. His evil, wretched soul was naked before the humble, spotless Son of God. What would Jesus do now?

4HE OTHER DISCIPLES THOUGH DID NOT SUSPECT WHO THE TRAITOR WAS *UDAS HAD BEEN SUCH A GOOD ACTOR THAT HE HAD DECEIVED THEM ALL 4HE OTHER DISCIPLES FELT TERRIBLE AT THE NEWS THAT THERE WAS A TRAITOR AMONG THEM 4HEY LOOKED AT EACH OTHER WITH SUSPICIOUS EYES 7HICH ONE OF THEM WOULD DO SUCH A THING /NE BY ONE THE DISCIPLES BEGAN TO ASK ALOUD h,ORD IS IT ) v *OHN WAS SITTING AT *ESUS RIGHT SIDE 0ETER SITTING ACROSS FROM *OHN MOTIONED FOR HIM TO ASK *ESUS WHO IT WAS 4HEN *OHN LEANED CLOSE TO *ESUS AND WHISPERED SO SOFTLY THAT THE OTHER DISCIPLES DIDN T HEAR h,ORD WHO IS IT v 7HILE THE OTHERS TALKED SADLY AMONG THEMSELVES *ESUS WHISPERED BACK TO *OHN h)T IS THE ONE TO WHOM ) GIVE THIS PIECE OF BREAD WHEN ) DIP IT v 7HEN *ESUS SAID THAT (E DIPPED (IS BREAD IN THE DISH BEFORE (IM AND GAVE IT TO *UDAS 3LOWLY WITH TREMBLING HANDS *UDAS REACHED OUT TO TAKE THE BREAD 4HEN HIS EYES MET *ESUS EYES AGAIN *ESUS KEPT LOOKING AT *UDAS AS (E SPOKE h7OE TO THAT MAN WHO BETRAYS ME v (E SAID h)T WOULD BE BETTER IF HE HAD NOT BEEN BORN v 4HE OTHER DISCIPLES HAD LOOKED NOW TO SEE WHAT *ESUS WAS DOING !LL OTHER TALKING STOPPED AS *ESUS SPOKE TO *UDAS h7HAT YOU ARE GOING TO DO DO QUICKLY v (E SAID *UDAS COULD STAY NO LONGER AT THE SUPPER *ESUS HAD SEEN WHAT WAS IN HIS HEART AND MIND AND *UDAS KNEW IT 4HE TRAITOR HAD BEEN DISCOVERED 1UICKLY HE JUMPED UP FROM THE TABLE AND HURRIED OUT OF THE ROOM h7HERE IS *UDAS GOING v ONE OF THE DISCIPLES WHISPERED h*ESUS MUST HAVE SENT HIM TO BUY SOMETHING v ANOTHER DISCIPLE WHISPERED BACK h/R PERHAPS HE S GOING TO GIVE TO THE POOR v "UT *UDAS WAS NOT GOING OUT TO BUY OR GIVE !S HE HURRIED FROM THE ROOM HE TURNED FOR ONE LAST GLANCE AT THE MAN HE WOULD BETRAY *ESUS EYES WERE STILL FASTENED UPON HIM AND THEY SEEMED TO LOOK THROUGH HIM

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ Õ ÌÞ Õ iÊ£{\Ê££Ê *À `iÊ«ÕÌÃÊ` Ü ÆÊÊ Õ ÌÞÊ vÌÃÊÕ«° * «« > ÃÊÓ\ÊÎÊ Õ ÌÞÊ ÃÊ«ÕÌÌ }ÊÊ Ì iÀÃÊ> i>`Ê vÊ ÕÀÃi ÛiÃ° * «« > ÃÊÓ\ÊÇ]ÊnÊÊÊ iÃÕÃ]Ê- Ê vÊ `]ÊÊ Õ L i`Ê Ãi vÊÌ ÊÊ V iÊÌ Êi>ÀÌ Ê>ÃÊ>ÊL>LÞ°Ê > iÃÊ{\ÊÇÊ Ê7iÊÃ Õ `ÊLiÊ Õ L iÊÊ ÊÌ iÊ«ÀiÃi ViÊ vÊ `°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Õ ÌÞ ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS WAS HUMBLE ) WANT TO BE HUMBLE TOO

Volume 5: p 109

4REMBLING AS HE FELT *ESUS EYES LOOK INTO HIS HEART *UDAS RAN OUT INTO THE DARK STREETS !FTER *UDAS LEFT *ESUS TOOK SOME OF THE BREAD IN (IS HANDS AND BEGAN TO PRAY 7HEN (E lNISHED (E BROKE IT INTO PIECES AND GAVE SOME TO EACH OF (IS DISCIPLES h4AKE THIS v (E SAID h%AT IT FOR IT IS MY BODY v 7HEN THE BREAD WAS EATEN *ESUS TOOK THE CUP OF WINE AND BEGAN TO PRAY AGAIN 0ERHAPS (E LOOKED ACROSS THE YEARS AS (E LIFTED THAT CUP SEEING ALL THE THOUSANDS AND THOUSANDS OF (IS FOLLOWERS WHO WOULD DRINK FROM THE COMMUNION CUPS IN THEIR CHURCHES 1UIETLY (E THANKED 'OD FOR THE CUP AND ALL IT WOULD MEAN TO (IS FOLLOWERS 7HEN *ESUS lNISHED PRAYING (E PASSED THE CUP TO (IS DISCIPLES h!LL OF YOU DRINK FROM THIS v (E SAID h4HIS IS MY BLOOD WHICH IS POURED OUT FOR MANY v )T WAS THE CUSTOM TO END THE 0ASSOVER SUPPER WITH SINGING 4HE HYMN THAT MOST PEOPLE OF )SRAEL SANG HAD THE BEAUTIFUL WORDS FROM 0SALMS THROUGH .EVER HAD THOSE WORDS MEANT MORE THAN THEY DID THAT NIGHT IN THE 5PPER 2OOM AS *ESUS SANG THEM WITH (IS DISCIPLES 7HAT SHALL ) DO FOR THE ,ORD &OR ALL (IS GIFTS TO ME ) WILL LIFT UP THE CUP OF SALVATION !ND CALL ON (IS NAME 0RECIOUS IN 'OD S SIGHT )S THE DEATH OF (IS SAINTS 4HROUGHOUT ALL THE YEARS OF THEIR LIVES THE DISCIPLES WOULD NEVER FORGET THAT NIGHT AS THEY SANG THAT BEAUTIFUL HYMN TOGETHER .OR WOULD THEY FORGET THE STRONG AND BEAUTIFUL VOICE OF *ESUS SINGING ABOVE ALL THE OTHERS AS (E LOOKED UP TOWARD HEAVEN

4HE MOST IMPORTANT SUPPER OF ALL TIME HAD ENDED 4HE TIME HAD COME FOR *ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES TO LEAVE THE 5PPER 2OOM AND GO OUT INTO THE DARK NIGHT THE NIGHT THAT WOULD LEAD TOWARD THE CROSS

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

(UMILITY / Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊvii Ê vÊÌ iÊ}Ài>ÌiÃÌÊ > Ê ÊÌ iÊÜ À `ÊÌ Ê vvÊÞ ÕÀÊ Ã iÃÊ> `ÊÜ>Ã i`ÊÞ ÕÀÊviiÌ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊvii Êi L>ÀÀ>ÃÃi`ÊÌ >ÌÊ ÃÕV Ê>Ê}Ài>ÌÊ«iÀÃ ÊÃ Õ `Ê` ÊÃÕV Ê` ÀÌÞÊÜ À Êv ÀÊÞ Õ¶Ê/ Ê ÜÊ Ì iÊ` ÃV « iÃÊ ÕÃÌÊ >ÛiÊvi ÌÊÜ i Ê iÃÕÃÊÜ>Ã i`ÊÌ i ÀÊviiÌ° Ê Ó°Ê Ê iÃÕÃ½Ê >ÃÌÊ-Õ««iÀÊÜ Ì Ê ÃÊ` ÃV « iÃÊÜ>ÃÊ ÀiÊÌ > Ê ÕÃÌÊ>Ê i> Ê Ì }iÌ iÀ°Ê ÌÊÜ>ÃÊ>Ê i> ÊÌ ÊÀi i LiÀÊv ÀÊ> ÊÌ i°Ê iÃÕÃÊÃ> `ÊÜiÊ Ã Õ `Êi>ÌÊ> `Ê`À Ê ÊÌ iÊÃ> iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ ÊÀi i LiÀÊ °Ê/ >ÌÊ ÃÊ Ì iÊÀi>Ã ÊÞ ÕÀÊV ÕÀV Ê >ÃÊ>ÊV Õ ÊÃiÀÛ Vi°Ê9 ÕÊÜ ÊViÀÌ> ÞÊ Ài i LiÀÊ ÃÊ Õ ÌÞÊÜ i Ê iÊÜ>Ã i`Ê ÃÊ` ÃV « iÃ½ÊviiÌ]ÊÜ ½ÌÊ Þ Õ¶Ê ÕÌÊÀi i LiÀÊ ÃÊ Õ ÌÞÊ> Ã ÊÜ i Ê iÊ` i`Ê ÊÌ iÊVÀ ÃÃÊ v ÀÊÞ ÕÊ> `Ê i°Ê/ >ÌÊ ÃÊÌ iÊ}Ài>ÌiÃÌÊ vÊ> Ê Õ ÌÞp `½ÃÊ- Ê `Þ }Êv ÀÊÃ iÀÃ° Ê Î°Ê / iÊ iÝÌÊÌ iÊÞ ÕÀÊV ÕÀV Ê >ÃÊ>ÊV Õ ÊÃiÀÛ Vi]ÊÌ Ê vÊÌ iÊ

4HINK OF ALL THE HUMBLE THINGS YOUR PARENTS DO FOR YOU 9OUR MOTHER OR FATHER WASHES YOUR DIRTY CLOTHES 4HAT S HUMILITY 9OUR MOTHER OR FATHER WORKS TO EARN MONEY TO TAKE CARE OF YOU 4HAT IS HUMILITY 9OUR PARENTS GAVE YOU A BATH WHEN YOU WERE LITTLE AND WASHED YOUR DIRTY FEET 7HEN YOU WERE A BABY THEY CHANGED YOUR DIRTY DIAPERS ! PARENT S JOB IS OFTEN A HUMBLE JOB (AVE YOU SAID THANK YOU TO THEM TODAY

} ÌÊ }Ê>} ÊÜ i Ê iÃÕÃÊ>ÌiÊÜ Ì Ê ÃÊ` ÃV « iÃ°Ê/ Ê> Ã Ê vÊÌ iÊ v Ü }Ê`>ÞÊÜ i Ê iÊ` i`Ê ÊÌ iÊVÀ ÃÃÊv ÀÊÞ Õ°Ê/ i ÊÌ > Ê Ê v ÀÊ> Ê i]ÊÌ iÊ Õ L iÊ- Ê vÊ `]Ê` `Êv ÀÊÞ Õ° Ê {°Ê 7 ÞÊ` ÊÞ ÕÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃÊ` i`Êv ÀÊÞ Õ¶Ê7>ÃÊ ÌÊLiV>ÕÃiÊ iÊ ÛiÃÊ Þ Õ¶Ê vÊ iÃÕÃÊ ÛiÃÊÞ ÕÊi Õ} ÊÌ Ê` iÊv ÀÊÞ Õ]ÊÜ ÊÞ ÕÊ ÛiÊ Ê i Õ} ÊÌ Ê ÛiÊv ÀÊ ¶Ê7 ÊÞ ÕÊÌi Ê Ì iÀÃÊÃ ÊÌ iÞÊV> Ê ÛiÊ Ê > `Ê ÛiÊv ÀÊ ]ÊÌ ¶Ê- iÌ iÃÊ ÌÊÌ> iÃÊ Õ ÌÞÊÌ ÊÃiÀÛiÊ iÃÕÃ]Ê LÕÌÊÌ Ê ÜÊ Õ L iÊ iÊÜ>ÃÊv ÀÊÕÃ°

Volume 5: p 111

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

/ iÊ `Ê iÃÕÃÊ> `Ê ÃÊ ÃV « iÃÊ Ìi

^ -ENU ^ s 5NLEAVENED BREAD ^ THIN HEAVY CAKES OF BREAD MADE WITHOUT YEAST OR LEAVEN s 2ED WINE ^ MIXED WITH TWICE ITS AMOUNT OF WATER s "ITTER HERBS s 6INEGAR OR SALT WATER IN WHICH THE BITTER HERBS WERE DIPPED s #HAROSETH ^ A MIXTURE OF ALMONDS RAISINS APPLES AND OTHER FOODS !FTER THE BITTER HERBS WERE DIPPED IN VINEGAR OR SALT WATER

THEY WERE DIPPED IN THIS THICK MIXTURE WHICH REMINDED PEOPLE OF THE CLAY THAT THE )SRAELITES USED TO MAKE BRICKS IN %GYPT

4HE 3OP OR -ORSEL^4HE WAFER OR CAKE OF UNLEAVENED BREAD WAS CURLED UP LIKE A POTATO CHIP )T WAS USED INSTEAD OF SILVERWARE TO DIP FOOD FROM A DISH JUST AS WE WOULD DIP A POTATO CHIP INTO A SPREAD 4HE SOP AND FOOD WERE THEN EATEN TOGETHER

Volume 5: p 112

/ iÊ ÕÀ ÌÕÀiÊ iÃÕÃÊ> `Ê ÃÊÊ

ÃV « iÃÊ1Ãi` )T HAS BEEN HUNDREDS OF YEARS SINCE *ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES ATE THE ,AST 3UPPER TOGETHER #AN WE KNOW WHAT KIND OF FURNITURE THEY HAD IN THE 5PPER 2OOM

-i>Ì }ÊÊ ÀÀ> }i i ÌÃ

7E CAN T KNOW EXACTLY BECAUSE THE "IBLE DOES NOT TELL US "UT OTHER ANCIENT WRITINGS DO TELL WHAT SOME CUSTOMS WERE LIKE IN

4HE HOST *ESUS LAY FACING

"IBLE TIMES 3OME OF THESE WRITINGS TELL US ABOUT THE FURNITURE USED FOR DINING

MOST HONORED PLACE WAS AT

)N MOST PICTURES YOU WILL SEE *ESUS AND THE DISCIPLES SITTING IN CHAIRS 4HIS WAS PROBABLY NOT TRUE !T THAT TIME PEOPLE IN "IBLE LANDS RECLINED ON THEIR LEFT SIDES TO EAT WITH AN ARM PROPPED UP ON PILLOWS AND HEAD UPRIGHT 0EOPLE LAY LIKE THIS ON A DIVAN SOMETHING LIKE A COUCH WITH HEAD TOWARD THE TABLE AND FEET AWAY FROM THE TABLE 4HERE WERE TWELVE OF THESE COUCHES AROUND THE TABLE IN THE 5PPER 2OOM 4HE TABLE IN THE 5PPER 2OOM WAS A VERY LONG TABLE MADE OF WOOD 4HE COUCHES WERE ARRANGED AROUND THREE SIDES OF THE TABLE LEAVING THE FOURTH SIDE EMPTY 4HE EMPTY END OF THE TABLE DID NOT HAVE A CLOTH ON IT BUT THE REST OF THE TABLE DID 0%4%2

THE CENTER OF THE TABLE 4HE (IS LEFT *UDAS APPARENTLY GRABBED THIS COUCH lRST *OHN TOOK THE COUCH AT *ESUS RIGHT SIDE 0ETER SAT ON THE LAST COUCH ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE TABLE THE PLACE OF LEAST HONOR 7E DO NOT KNOW WHICH DISCIPLES SAT ON THE OTHER COUCHES 7HEN *ESUS WASHED THE DISCIPLES FEET (E STARTED WITH 0ETER SITTING IN THE PLACE OF LEAST HONOR 0ERHAPS *ESUS WAS SHOWING HOW THE hLAST SHALL BE lRSTv -ATTHEW

0,!#% /& ,%!34 (/./2

4!",%

*5$!3

*%353

0,!#% (/34 3 /& -/34 #/5#( (/./2

*/(.

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 3AUL Volume 5: p 113

STORY

140 Matthew 27: 35–44, 55, 56; Mark 15: 24–32, 40, 41; Luke 23: 33–43; John 19: 18–27

The King upon a Cross Jesus is crucified

A STORY ABOUT

Giving

“P

lease give Him some of this,” the women begged. The soldiers looked down at the jar of wine the women held in their hands. They knew what it was. It was a special mixture of wine and myrrh. These wealthy women of Jerusalem came to every crucifixion with their drugged wine. When the prisoner drank it, he did not feel the pain so much. It was like someone today getting a shot to keep from hurting when the doctor removes his tonsils. “Oh, all right,” the soldiers said. So they dipped a sponge into the drugged wine and held it to Jesus’ mouth. But when Jesus knew what it was, He would not drink it. He did not want

YOU WERE THERE Would you like to have been there beneath the cross with Jesus’ other friends? What would you say to Jesus, as He suffered for you on the cross? You can say that now to Him, you know. What would you have said to Mary? To John? To the religious leaders who mocked Him? What would you say to yourself?

Around the cross, the people gathered to watch Him die.

Volume 5: p 138 138

to face death with a drugged mind. “Take off His clothes and nail Him to the cross,” the centurion shouted. He was the officer in charge of the soldiers. The soldiers hurried to obey. They took off Jesus’ clothes. Then they nailed Him to the cross, which was lying on the ground. “This man is certainly different,” one of the soldiers whispered to another. “Yes,” said the other. “All the others scream and curse us when we nail them to a cross. This man didn’t even take the drugged wine!” “Listen,” said the first soldier. “He’s talking. What is He saying?” The soldiers listened. Then they heard Jesus. “Father, forgive them,” Jesus prayed. “They do not know what they are doing.” The soldiers looked at each other. Never before had anyone prayed for them as they killed him. They felt ashamed.

Ê9"1Ê "7¶

7 ÞÊ7iÀiÊ*i « iÊ - Ê ÀÕi ÊÌ Ê iÃÕÃ¶

7 iÊ iÃÕÃÊ` i`Ê ÊÌ iÊVÀ ÃÃ]ÊÌ iÊ Ã ` iÀÃÊ}> L i`Êv ÀÊ ÃÊV Ì }°

4HROUGHOUT HISTORY PEOPLE HAVE SHOWN CRUELTY TO OTHERS 0RISONERS OF WAR ARE OFTEN TORTURED EVEN TODAY )N /LD 4ESTAMENT TIMES THE !SSYRIANS WERE ESPECIALLY CRUEL TO THEIR PRISONERS %GYPTIANS COULD BE ALMOST AS CRUEL 0RISONERS WERE CHAINED BOUND CRUSHED WITH HAMMERS CUT WITH AXES OR BLINDED BY HAVING THEIR EYES GOUGED OUT #APTORS CUT OFF PRISONERS HANDS OR FEET OR FORCED PRISONERS INTO SLAVERY AND UNTOLD MISERY !SSYRIANS ENGAGED IN mAYING TEARING OFF STRIPS OF SKIN A LITTLE AT A TIME WITH INCREDIBLE PAIN TO THE VICTIM /R THEY WOULD CUT A PERSON TO PIECES WHILE STILL ALIVE

Volume 5: p 140

h7E D BETTER GET THAT SIGN ON THE CROSS v ONE OF THE SOLDIERS SAID h4HE CENTURION GAVE ORDERS TO GET IT ON v h*ESUS OF .AZARETH THE +ING OF THE *EWS v THE OTHER SOLDIER READ AS HE PICKED UP THE SIGN h(E CERTAINLY DIES LIKE A KING v "EFORE LONG THE NAILING WAS lNISHED 4HE SOLDIERS LIFTED THE HEAVY CROSS AND DROPPED THE BOTTOM END INTO A HOLE THAT HAD BEEN DUG FOR IT 4HEN THEY SAT DOWN BENEATH THE CROSS TO GAMBLE FOR *ESUS CLOTHING !ROUND THE CROSS OTHERS CAME TO WATCH *ESUS DIE 4HE RELIGIOUS LEADERS WERE THERE 3O WERE THE DISCIPLES h(E SAVED OTHERS v THE RELIGIOUS LEADERS MOCKED hBUT (E CAN T SAVE (IMSELF )F (E IS THE KING OF )SRAEL LET (IM COME DOWN FROM THE CROSS 4HEN WE WILL BELIEVE IN (IM v *ESUS SAID NOTHING TO THESE MEN (E KNEW THEY WOULD NOT BELIEVE IN (IM EVEN IF (E CAME DOWN FROM THE CROSS (ADN T (E DONE GREATER MIRACLES BEFORE THEIR EYES (E HAD EVEN BROUGHT DEAD PEOPLE BACK TO LIFE 4HE SOLDIERS DECIDED TO ASK THE SAME THING h)F YOU ARE THE KING OF THE *EWS v THEY SAID hWHY DON T YOU SAVE YOURSELF v %VEN ONE OF THE ROBBERS HANGING ON A CROSS BESIDE *ESUS

BEGAN TO CALL TO (IM h)F YOU ARE THE -ESSIAH SAVE YOURSELF AND US v HE SAID "UT THE OTHER ROBBER DID NOT LIKE TO HEAR SUCH THINGS (E HAD WATCHED *ESUS AND WONDERED 4HIS MAN WAS NOT LIKE ANY OTHER MAN HE HAD EVER SEEN 3URELY (E WAS 'OD S 3ON h*ESUS v HE BEGGED h2EMEMBER ME WHEN YOU COME INTO YOUR KINGDOM v *ESUS LOOKED AT THE ROBBER (ERE WAS A CRIMINAL WHO BELIEVED IN (IM WHILE THE RELIGIOUS LEADERS MOCKED (IM h) SAY TO YOU v *ESUS TOLD THE ROBBER hTODAY YOU WILL BE WITH ME IN 0ARADISE v *ESUS LOOKED DOWN AT THE CROWD BENEATH THE CROSS 4HERE WAS (IS MOTHER (IS AUNT -ARY -ARY -AGDALENE AND 3ALOME *OHN S MOTHER h7OMAN v *ESUS SAID TO (IS MOTHER hBEHOLD YOUR SON v -ARY KNEW THAT *ESUS MEANT FOR *OHN TO TAKE CARE OF HER NOW 7HAT A KIND THING FOR *ESUS TO DO EVEN AS (E WAS BEING CRUCIlED 4HEN *ESUS SPOKE TO *OHN h3ON v (E SAID hBEHOLD YOUR MOTHER v -ARY LOOKED AT *OHN *ESUS WAS ASKING HER TO LIVE WITH *OHN (E WAS ASKING *OHN TO TAKE CARE OF HER 3HE KNEW THAT *OHN WOULD TAKE GOOD CARE OF HER 3HE KNEW THAT *ESUS WAS KIND EVEN AS (E WAS DYING "Y NOON THE SKY ABOVE THE THREE CROSSES BECAME VERY DARK )T WAS A QUIET MYSTERIOUS DARKNESSÂ&#x2C6;LIKE SOME GIANT SHADE DRAWN BETWEEN EARTH AND HEAVEN 4HE AIR WAS STILL AND HEAVY AS THOUGH NIGHT WAS COMING -ANY PEOPLE BEGAN TO HURRY BACK THROUGH THE GATES INTO *ERUSALEM 4HEY WERE AFRAID TO STAY OUT IN THIS STRANGE DARKNESS !T THREE O CLOCK THAT AFTERNOON THE PRIESTS IN THE 4EMPLE BEGAN TO KILL THE LAMBS FOR THE AFTERNOON SACRIlCE -ANY OF THE PRIESTS AND LEADERS HAD GONE BACK TO TAKE CARE OF THIS CHORE

/NE DRAWING SHOWS A PICTURE TAKEN FROM AN !SSYRIAN MONUMENT OF AN !SSYRIAN mAYING A PRISONER 4HE PICTURE AT THE FAR LEFT IS A 2OMAN WHIP LIKE THE ONE USED TO TORTURE *ESUS 2OMANS CRUCIlED THEIR PRISONERS BUT OFTEN TORTURED THEM MERCILESSLY BEFORE NAILING THEM TO THE CROSS 4HE CRUELTY TO *ESUS SEEMED TO BE ESPECIALLY SEVERE 4HE WHIP PICTURED HERE HAD SHARP METAL AT THE ENDS WHICH TORE THE mESH AS (E WAS BEATEN *ESUS ALSO HAD A CROWN OF SHARP THORNS JAMMED UPON (IS HEAD 4HE MOST CRUEL PART OF ALL WAS THAT RELIGIOUS LEADERS HAD THIS DONE TO THE 3ON OF 'OD &OR *ESUS THE GREATEST PAIN WAS NOT THE PHYSICAL SUFFERING FROM THIS CRUELTY BUT THE UNSPEAKABLE PAIN OF TAKING OUR SINS UPON (IMSELF AND BEARING THEM ON THE CROSS

Volume 5: p 141

)F ONLY THEY HAD KNOWN THAT THE ,AMB OF 'OD WAS BEING KILLED

7 >ÌÊÌ iÊ L iÊ /i>V iÃÊ L ÕÌÊÊ Û } , > ÃÊx\Ê£xÊ `Ê} ÛiÃÊÌ iÊ}i iÀ ÕÃÊÊ } vÌÊ vÊv À} Ûi iÃÃ° ÓÊ À Ì > ÃÊ \ÊÈÊ * > ÌÊ}i iÀ ÕÃ ÞÆÊÀi>«ÊÊ }i iÀ ÕÃ Þ° ÓÊ À Ì > ÃÊ \Ê Ê `½ÃÊ«i « iÊÃ Õ `Ê} ÛiÊ }i iÀ ÕÃ ÞÊÌ ÊÌ ÃiÊ Ê ii`° * i Ê£\ÊÈÊ > Ì Ê Ê `Ê > iÃÊÕÃÊ }i iÀ ÕÃÊÜ Ì Ê `½ÃÊ} vÌÃ°

*ESUS #HARACTER 4RAIT

Û } ) WANT THAT TOO *ESUS WAS GENEROUS IN (IS GIVING ) WANT TO BE GENEROUS IN MY GIVING TOO

Volume 5: p 142

AT THAT VERY MOMENT A SACRIlCE FOR THE SIN OF THE WHOLE WORLD 3UDDENLY THE PEOPLE BENEATH THE CROSS STOOD UP AND LOOKED AT *ESUS (E WAS SAYING SOMETHING h%LI %LI LAMA SABACHTHANI v *ESUS CRIED OUT h-Y 'OD MY 'OD WHY HAVE YOU DESERTED ME v %VEN *ESUS (EAVENLY &ATHER HAD TO TURN (IS BACK ON *ESUS AS (E DIED FOR THE SINS OF THE WORLD 'OD THE &ATHER COULD NOT LOOK ON (IS 3ON WHILE (E CARRIED THE WORLD S SINS 4HEN *ESUS CRIED OUT AGAIN h)T IS lNISHED v (E SAID h&ATHER INTO YOUR HANDS ) GIVE MY SPIRIT v 4HEN *ESUS DIED !T THAT MOMENT THE EARTH BEGAN TO SHAKE AND GROAN 2OCKS BURST IN TWO $EAD PEOPLE ROSE UP FROM THE NEARBY CEMETERY AND WALKED INTO *ERUSALEM TO TALK WITH PEOPLE WHO HAD KNOWN THEM 7HEN THESE FRIGHTENING THINGS HAPPENED THE SOLDIERS FELL TO THE GROUND 3URELY 'OD WAS CAUSING THESE THINGS TO HAPPEN 7HAT WOULD (E DO TO THEM 4HEN THE CENTURION LOOKED UP AT THE CENTER CROSS h4HIS MAN REALLY WAS THE 3ON OF 'OD v HE WHISPERED 4HE PRIESTS AND THEIR HELPERS WERE KILLING THE LAMBS FOR THE SACRIlCE WHEN THEY HEARD ALL THESE TERRIFYING SOUNDS 4HEY STOPPED FOR A MOMENT WONDERING WHAT WAS HAPPENING "UT EVEN AS THEY WONDERED THE EARTH TREMBLED AGAIN AND A LOUD TEARING SOUND CAME FROM WITHIN THE 4EMPLE 4HE PRIESTS HURRIED TO SEE WHAT HAD HAPPENED h,OOK v THEY SHOUTED h4HE CURTAIN THAT HIDES THE (OLY OF (OLIES HAS TORN FROM TOP TO BOTTOM v 4HIS HIDDEN SECRET PLACE WAS NO LONGER NEEDED .O LONGER DID THE (IGH 0RIEST NEED TO GO THERE TO MAKE AN OFFERING FOR SIN 4HE GREAT (IGH 0RIEST *ESUS #HRIST HAD MADE THAT OFFERING NOW ONCE AND FOR ALL

3O THE DARKEST DAY ON EARTH BECAME THE BRIGHTEST DAY OF ALL *ESUS HAD MADE A NEW WAY TO HEAVEN THROUGH (IMSELF ! TIME OF GREAT SORROW AND DARKNESS NOW BECAME THE DAY OF JOY AND

iV Ê9 ÕÀÊ L iÊ +

GLADNESS FOR *ESUS HAD DIED ONCE AND FOR ALL FOR OUR SINS .O LAMB WOULD EVER NEED TO BE SACRIlCED AGAIN

1 7HO WAS SWALLOWED BY A lSH ! 2EAD *ONAH OR LOOK AT THE END OF THIS UNIT

/ Ê Ê-/",9Ê

Ê 9" 1

Ê £°Ê 7 >ÌÊ vÊ iÃÕÃÊ >`Ê ÌÊ` i`Ê ÊÌ iÊVÀ ÃÃ]Ê} Û }Ê ÃÊ viÊv ÀÊÞ Õ¶Ê 7 >ÌÊÜ Õ `ÊLiÊ` vviÀi ÌÊÌ `>Þ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ >ÛiÊ>ÊV ÕÀV ÊÌ Ê} ÊÊ Ì ¶Ê7 Õ `ÊÌ iÀiÊLiÊ>Ê iÜÊ/iÃÌ> i ÌÊÌ ÊÀi>`]Ê ÀÊ ÃÌiÀÃÊÌ Ê «Ài>V ]Ê ÀÊ-Õ `>ÞÊÃV ÊÌi>V iÀÃÊÌ ÊÌi>V ¶ Ê Ó°Ê vÊ iÃÕÃÊ >`Ê ÌÊ` i`]Ê ÜÊÜ Õ `ÊÞ ÕÊ}iÌÊÌ Ê i>Ûi ¶Ê/ iÊÜ>ÞÊÌ Ê i>Ûi Ê ÃÊ iÊ vÊ ÃÊ}Ài>ÌÊ} vÌÃÊÌ ÊÞ Õ°Ê/ iÊ L iÊÌi ÃÊÕÃÊÌ >ÌÊ ÃÊ `i>Ì Ê«> `Êv ÀÊ ÕÀÊÃ ÃÊ> `Ê}>ÛiÊÕÃÊ>Ê iÜÊ «i°Ê iÃÕÃÊ ÃÊÌ iÊ ÞÊ Ü>ÞÊÌ Ê i>Ûi °Ê,i>`Ê Ê£{\ÊÈ°Ê ÃÊ`i>Ì Ê}>ÛiÊÕÃÊiÌiÀ > Ê vi°ÊÊ 7 ÊÞ ÕÊÀiVi ÛiÊ Ì¶Ê Ã Ê °Ê iÊÜ Ê} ÛiÊ ÌÊÌ ÊÞ Õ°

/½-Ê / Ê "1/

'IVING

/ iÊÃÌ ÀÞÊ vÊ iÃÕÃ½ÊVÀÕV wÝ Ê ÃÊÌ iÊ }Ài>ÌiÃÌÊÃÌ ÀÞÊ vÊ} Û }ÊiÛiÀÊÌ `°Ê,i>`Ê ÊÎ\Ê£È]Ê ÜÊ `ÊÃ Ê Ûi`ÊÌ iÊÜ À `Ê Ì >ÌÊ iÊ}>ÛiÊ ÃÊ ÞÊ- ÊÌ Ê` iÊv ÀÊ ÕÀÊ Ã Ã°Ê ÃÊÌ iÀiÊ> ÞÊ} vÌÊ ÀÊ} Û }ÊÌ ÊV «>ÀiÊ

Ü Ì ÊÌ >Ì¶Ê7 >ÌÊ>ÀiÊÞ ÕÊÜ }ÊÌ Ê} ÛiÊÌ Ê `¶Ê7 >ÌÊ} vÌÊÜ Õ `Ê iÊ iÊvÀ ÊÞ Õ¶

Volume 5: p 143

/½-Ê

Ê"1/

-Ìi«ÊLÞÊ-Ìi«ÊÜ Ì Ê iÃÕÃ / ÕÀÃ`>ÞÊ Ûi }]ÊÈÊÌ Ê Ê«° °Ê

*ESUS EATS THE ,AST 3UPPER WITH (IS DISCIPLES IN THE 5PPER 2OOM *UDAS LEAVES THE ROOM TO MEET THE RELIGIOUS LEADERS SO HE CAN TAKE THEM TO 'ETHSEMANE / ÕÀÃ`>ÞÊ } Ì]Ê Ê«° °ÊÌ Ê ` } ÌÊ

*ESUS AND (IS DISCIPLES GO TO THE 'ARDEN OF 'ETHSEMANE 4HERE *ESUS PRAYS WHILE THE DISCIPLES FALL ASLEEP %ARLY &RIDAY -ORNING -IDNIGHT TO A M *UDAS LEADS A BAND OF SOLDIERS AND OTHERS TO 'ETHSEMANE *ESUS IS CAPTURED AND LED BACK INTO *ERUSALEM WHERE (E IS TRIED BEFORE THE HIGH PRIEST >À ÞÊ À `>ÞÊ À }]ÊÎÊÌ ÊÈÊ>° °Ê

*ESUS IS TRIED BEFORE THE 3ANDEDRIN THE COUNCIL OF RELIGIOUS LEADERS )N THE COURTYARD 0ETER DENIES THAT HE KNOWS *ESUS À `>ÞÊ À }]ÊÈÊÌ Ê Ê>°

0ILATE TALKS WITH *ESUS THEN SENDS (IM TO (EROD "UT (EROD SENDS (IM BACK TO 0ILATE 4HE CROWD FORCES 0ILATE TO CONDEMN *ESUS TO DEATH *ESUS CARRIES (IS CROSS AND IS TAKEN TO 'OLGOTHA À `>ÞÊ À }]Ê Ê>° °ÊÌ Ê °Ê

*ESUS IS CRUCIlED 2OMAN SOLDIERS NAIL (IM TO THE CROSS AND GAMBLE FOR (IS CLOTHING À `>ÞÊ vÌiÀ ]Ê ÊÌ ÊÎÊ«°

$ARKNESS COVERS THE EARTH AS *ESUS DIES *ESUS DEATH COMES AT THE TIME OF THE SACRIlCE AT THE 4EMPLE À `>ÞÊ vÌiÀ ]ÊÎÊÌ ÊÈÊ«° °

.ICODEMUS AND *OSEPH OF !RIMATHEA PUT SPICES ON *ESUS BODY AND BURY IT IN *OSEPH S NEARBY TOMB HURRYING TO lNISH BEFORE THE 3ABBATH BEGINS AT SUNDOWN

Volume 5: p 144

iÃÕÃ½Ê >ÃÌÊ >Þ

!NSWER TO #HECK 9OUR "IBLE )1 *ONAH Volume 5: p 145

$AILY "IBLE 'UIDE *ANUARY

*ANUARY

2%!$ THE CREATION STORY 6OLUME PAGES

2%!$ THE STORY OF !DAM AND %VE AND HOW THEY DISOBEYED 'OD 6OLUME PAGES

!3+ THE QUESTIONS 6OLUME PAGE 345$9 THE CREATION CHART 6OLUME PAGES 4().+ !"/54 THE WORDS hCREATEv AND hCREATIVITY v 'OD MADE ALL THE BEAUTIFUL WORLD THE ANIMALS AND BIRDS AND MAN FROM NOTHING (E DESIGNED EACH BEAUTIFUL SNOWmAKE !LTHOUGH THERE ARE MILLIONS OF THEM THEY ARE ALL DIFFERENT %ACH PERSON LOOKS DIFFERENT #OULD YOU MAKE MILLIONS OF THINGS THAT LOOK ALMOST THE SAME BUT EACH ONE IS DIFFERENT 'OD DID %ACH lNGERPRINT IS DIFFERENT 9OU ARE YOU AND THERE IS NOBODY LIKE YOU IN ALL THE WORLD 7HAT A CREATIVE 'OD ,OOK AT THE PHOTOS OF EARTH PLANETS AND STARS TAKEN FROM OUTER SPACE (OW MARVELOUS IS (IS CREATIVITY 'OD MADE YOU A SPECIAL PERSON SO (E COULD LOVE YOU AND YOU COULD LOVE (IM !REN T YOU GLAD 'OD HAS ALSO GIVEN YOU THE GIFT OF CREATIVITY 9OU CAN T MAKE SOMETHING FROM NOTHING AS 'OD DOES "UT YOU CAN MAKE MANY WONDERFUL THINGS OR DO MANY WONDERFUL THINGS FROM SOMETHING 4HINK OF SOME WAYS YOU CAN BE CREATIVE TODAY 02!9 TO 'OD NOW AND THANK (IM FOR MAKING YOU TO BE A CREATIVE PERSON 4HANK (IM FOR MAKING YOU TO BE YOU WITH NO ONE ELSE IN ALL THE WORLD EXACTLY LIKE YOU Volume 7: p 10

!3+ THE QUESTIONS 6OLUME PAGE 345$9 THE h,ET S 4HINK !BOUTv FEATURE 6OLUME PAGE 4ALK ABOUT THE THINGS THAT !DAM AND %VE GAVE UP BECAUSE OF DISOBEDIENCE 4ALK ABOUT THE THINGS WE COULD LOSE WHEN WE DISOBEY 'OD 4!,+ !"/54 WHAT IT MEANS TO OBEY OR DISOBEY )F A MOTHER SAYS h$ON T TOUCH THAT HOT STOVE v BUT A CHILD TOUCHES IT WHAT WILL HAPPEN 4HE CHILD GETS BURNED DOESN T HE 4HEN THE CHILD SUFFERS FOR A LONG TIME )F 'OD SAYS h$ON T STEAL v BUT A WOMAN SHOPLIFTS SOMETHING AT THE STORE AND IS CAUGHT THINK OF THE SHAME THAT COMES TO THAT FAMILY 4HE WOMAN AND HER FAMILY GET HURT DON T THEY /BEYING MEANS DOING WHAT PARENTS AND 'OD SAY BECAUSE THEY KNOW WHAT IS BEST FOR US /BEYING PLEASES PARENTS AND 'OD BUT IT ALSO PROTECTS US 4ALK ABOUT THIS AS A FAMILY 02!9 TO 'OD NOW AND ASK (IM TO HELP YOU OBEY (IM AND YOUR PARENTS

*ANUARY

2%!$ THE STORY ABOUT #AIN AND !BEL 6OLUME PAGES

2%6)%7 THE LAST THREE STORIES YOU HAVE READ WITH THE FOLLOWING QUIZ 3EE HOW MUCH YOU REMEMBER

-%$)4!4% ON THE STORY OF TWO BROTHERS (OW WERE THEY ALIKE (OW WERE THEY DIFFERENT !BEL HAD A THANKFUL HEART #AIN HAD AN UNGRATEFUL HEART #AIN MADE OFFERINGS OR GIFTS TO 'OD BUT HIS HEART WASN T IN THEM 4HEY WERE GRUDGING GIFTS !BEL GAVE FROM A HEART OF LOVE AND GRATITUDE 'OD REJECTED THE GRUDGING THANKLESS GIFT OF #AIN (E ACCEPTED THE THANKFUL JOYFUL GIFT OF !BEL 4ALK AS A FAMILY ABOUT THE GIFTS YOU GIVE AND HOW YOU SHOULD GIVE THEM (AVE YOU GIVEN ANY THANKLESS JOYLESS GIFTS LATELY )T IS NOT ENOUGH TO GIVE A GIFTÂ&#x2C6;YOU SHOULD GIVE IT THANKFULLY AND JOYFULLY 02!9 TO 'OD NOW 4HANK (IM FOR THE MANY GIFTS (E HAS GIVEN YOU LATELY 0RAY FROM A THANKFUL HEART NOT A THANKLESS HEART

7HO WAS THE lRST BABY ON EARTH A !DAM B #AIN C !BEL (OW MANY DAYS DID IT TAKE 'OD TO CREATE THE UNIVERSE 7HICH SON GAVE AN OFFERING OF GRAIN A #AIN B !BEL 7HAT KIND OF CREATURE KEPT !DAM AND %VE FROM RETURNING TO THE GARDEN A ANGEL B 3ATAN C CHERUBIM /N WHICH DAY DID 'OD MAKE MAN A lRST B THIRD C SIXTH 7HAT KIND OF FRUIT DID !DAM AND %VE EAT A PEAR B APPLE C NOT NAMED !BOUT HOW MANY YEARS DID !DAM LIVE A B C 7HO WAS THE lRST MURDERER A #AIN B !BEL 4HE GARDEN WHERE !DAM AND %VE LIVED AT lRST WAS CALLED THE 'ARDEN OF

!.37%23 #AIN SIX #AIN CHERUBIM SIXTH NOT NAMED #AIN %DEN

!3+ THE QUESTIONS ON PAGE OF 6OLUME

Volume 7: p 11

*ULY

4!,+ !"/54 hGIVING YOURSELF AWAY v 7HICH OF THE FOLLOWING SITUATIONS TELL OF SOMEONE WHO DID THIS

2%!$ THE STORY OF *ESUS TRIP TO %GYPT 6OLUME PAGES

0OOR -RS -ARTIN COULD HARDLY WALK WITH HER HEAVY BAGS OF GROCERIES "UT !NDY KNEW HE WOULD BE LATE TO THE PARTY IF HE STOPPED TO HELP HER h"UT ) CAN T JUST LEAVE HER LIKE THAT v HE THOUGHT h3O WHAT IF ) MISS SOME OF THE FUN v 3O !NDY RAN TO HELP HER CARRY HER GROCERIES

!3+ THE QUESTIONS AT THE END OF THE STORY 6OLUME PAGE 345$9 THE FEATURE ABOUT %GYPT S VISITORS 6OLUME PAGES 345$9 THE FEATURE ABOUT CARAVANS IN "IBLE TIMES 6OLUME PAGE 4!,+ !"/54 THE FOLLOWING

h7E NEED SOME HELPERS HERE 3ATURDAY AFTERNOON TO CLEAN UP THE CHURCH BASEMENT v THE 3UNDAY SCHOOL TEACHER SAID h3ATURDAY v #HUCK THOUGHT h.OT ME 4HAT S WHEN MY FAVORITE 46 PROGRAMS ARE ON v 3O #HUCK STAYED HOME

*ESUS PRESCHOOL PLAYMATES WERE %GYPTIAN BOYS AND GIRLS

02!9 THAT YOU MAY LEARN TO GIVE YOURSELF AWAY TO PLEASE 'OD

-ARY AND *OSEPH PROBABLY TRAVELED IN A CARAVAN TO BE SAFE

!$$ 4(%3% ")",% -%-/29 6%23%3 TO YOUR "IBLE MEMORY BANK 7HEN YOU ARE CAUGHT UP WITH YOUR MEMORY WORK MEMORIZE THE VERSES IN YOUR FAVORITE "IBLE VERSION

4HE BOY *ESUS PROBABLY SAW THE PYRAMIDS MANY TIMES

'IVING 0SALM 'OD S PEOPLE SHOULD BE GENEROUS PEOPLE ,UKE 'OD REWARDS GENEROUS GIVING 2OMANS 7E SHOULD SHARE OUR MONEY GENEROUSLY #ORINTHIANS 4HANK 'OD FOR (IS GENEROUS GIFTS #ORINTHIANS 'OD GENEROUSLY GIVES ALL WE NEED Volume 7: p 106

*ESUS NEVER SAW (IS HOME IN .AZARETH UNTIL (E WAS AN OLDER PRESCHOOL CHILD +ING (EROD WANTED TO KILL *ESUS

*ULY

2%!$ THE STORY ABOUT THE BOY *ESUS WORKING IN A CARPENTER S SHOP 6OLUME PAGES

2%!$ THE STORY ABOUT *ESUS IN THE 4EMPLE 6OLUME PAGES

!3+ THE QUESTIONS AT THE END OF THE STORY 6OLUME PAGES 345$9 THE FEATURE ABOUT CARPENTRY AND CARPENTERS 6OLUME PAGE 4().+ !"/54 THIS IMPORTANT TEST IN LIFE 7HENEVER YOU ARE DOING SOMETHING BUT YOU ARE NOT SURE THAT IT IS RIGHT ASK THE QUESTION h7OULD *ESUS DO IT v &OR EXAMPLE

4HE NEXT TIME YOU ARGUE WITH -OM OR $AD ASK YOURSELF h7OULD *ESUS DO IT v 4HE NEXT TIME YOU lGHT WITH YOUR BROTHERS OR SISTERS ASK YOURSELF h7OULD *ESUS DO IT v 4HE NEXT TIME YOU ARE TEMPTED TO CHEAT OR STEAL OR LIE ASK YOURSELF h7OULD *ESUS DO IT v

!3+ THE QUESTIONS AT THE END OF THE STORY 6OLUME PAGE 345$9 THE FEATURE ABOUT *ESUS FAMILY TREE 6OLUME PAGE 4().+ !"/54 THE THINGS YOU TALK ABOUT EACH DAY !SK YOURSELF WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING YOU TALK ABOUT MOST 4HEN PUT THEM IN THAT ORDER .OW PUT THEM IN THE ORDER IN WHICH YOU THINK 'OD WOULD BE MOST PLEASED 3CHOOL PROBLEMS #OMPLAINTS ABOUT BROTHERS OR SISTERS #OMPLAINTS ABOUT CLOTHING #OMPLAINTS ABOUT FOOD #OMPLAINTS ABOUT HOME OR PARENTS #OMPLIMENTS ABOUT BROTHERS OR SISTERS

#OMPLIMENTS ABOUT CLOTHES 4HE NEXT TIME YOU WANT TO DO SOMETHING BECAUSE YOU THINK hIT S COOLv #OMPLIMENTS ABOUT FOOD OR BECAUSE YOUR FRIENDS DARE YOU TO ASK #OMPLIMENTS ABOUT HOME OR PARENTS YOURSELF h7OULD *ESUS DO IT v 4HE TRUTHS OF THE "IBLE 02!9 THAT YOU WILL BE MORE LIKE *ESUS IN (OW WE CAN PLEASE 'OD MORE ALL THAT YOU DO (OW WE CAN WITNESS BETTER (OW WE CAN PRAY BETTER )MPORTANT THINGS LEARNED FROM THE "IBLE TODAY 1UESTIONS ABOUT 'OD 1UESTIONS ABOUT DAILY LIVING

Volume 7: p 107

0RESCHOOL #HILDREN 7HAT !RE 4HEY ,IKE

7(!4 !2% 02%3#(//, #(),$2%. ,)+% 4HEY ARE SUGAR AND SPICE 3OMETIMES THE SUGAR RISES TO THE TOP SOMETIMES THE SPICE 7HEN YOU RE FRUSTRATED AT THE END OF THE DAY PRESCHOOL CHILDREN ARE NOISE WITH RUNNY NOSES AND A KNOT IN THEIR SHOESTRINGS "UT LATER WHEN YOU TUCK THEM INTO BED THAT NIGHT AND THEIR SOFT EYES MEET YOURS YOU FORGET ALL THE PROBLEMS 9OU RE A TOTAL CAPTIVE WHEN THEY SOFTLY SAY h) LOVE YOU v 0RESCHOOL CHILDREN HAVEN T YET LEARNED TO lGHT THEIR WAY THROUGH A CLASSROOM OF hFRIENDS v 4HEY HAVEN T YET BEEN TOUGHENED BY THE DAY BY DAY STRUGGLES OF SCHOOL AND PLAYGROUND 4HEY ARE STILL SOFT AND SWEET !T TIMES THEY ARE A JAR OF TWINKLES FROM THE FARTHEST STAR /R A SUNBEAM TO CHEER THE DULLEST ROOM 4HEY ARE SOFTNESS LIKE THE TATTERED BLANKET THEY SOMETIMES CARRY AROUND 4HEY ARE CUTENESS UNTIL THEY KNOW IT !ND THEY ARE AS CUDDLY AS THE ONE EYED PANDA BEAR AT THE FOOT OF THEIR BEDS 0ACK A HUNDRED QUESTIONS INTO A THREE FOOT HIGH BUNDLE OF NOISE ADD A SPOONFUL OF MISCHIEF AND A GALLON OF GOODNESS SEASON IT WITH WITTY SAYINGS AND EXHIBIT IT TO THE WHOLE WORLD AS hOURS v AND YOU HAVE PRESCHOOL CHILDREN READY TO CHALLENGE YOU TO NEW HEIGHTS OF LEADERSHIP AND LOVE #HARACTERISTICS OF 0RESCHOOL #HILDREN

s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO SEE THAT THEY ARE PERSONS WHO CAN DO THINGS BY THEMSELVES 4HEY CAN LEARN TO TIE THEIR OWN SHOES AND PUT ON THEIR OWN CLOTHES s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO SEE THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GOOD AND BAD 4HEY KNOW WHEN THEY HAVE DONE SOMETHING BAD AND FEEL SORRY ABOUT IT 4HEY ARE GLAD WHEN THEY HAVE DONE SOMETHING GOOD s 4HEY HAVE LEARNED WHAT PUNISHMENT MEANS TO BE SEPARATED FROM THE LOVE AND APPROVAL OF THEIR PARENTS 4HEY HAVE ALSO LEARNED WHAT FORGIVENESS MEANS TO BE BROUGHT BACK INTO THAT LOVE AND APPROVAL

Volume 8: p 20

s 4HEY HAVE LEARNED TO EXPLORE NEW SIGHTS AND SOUNDS TO BROADEN THEIR WORLD BEYOND THEIR HOMES AND PARENTS s 4HEY HAVE LEARNED TO PLAY WITH OTHERS THEIR OWN AGE 4HEY TAKE PART IN A GROUP NOW AND CONTRIBUTE SOMETHING TO THE GROUP s 4HEY HAVE LEARNED THAT THEY CAN PLEASE THEIR PARENTS BY DOING WHAT IS RIGHT AND DISPLEASE THEM BY DOING WHAT IS WRONG s 4HEY TAKE PART IN FAMILY LIFE 4HEY ARE BEGINNING TO ADD TO THE FAMILY CONVERSATION s 4HEY HAVE LEARNED TO DEPEND ON CERTAIN PEOPLE AND NOT ON OTHERS 4HIS HELPS THEM LEARN TO DEPEND ON 'OD ALSO s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO LEARN MANY THINGS ABOUT THE WORLD AROUND THEM AND THEY HAVE MANY QUESTIONS TO HELP THEM LEARN TO UNDERSTAND IT s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO ASK QUESTIONS ABOUT THE STRANGE MYSTERIES OF LIFE OF BIRTH AND DEATH OF SICKNESS AND HEALTH s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO USE WORDS WELL 4HEY TALK WITH OTHERS ABOUT THEIR FEELINGS AND THOUGHTS s 4HEY HAVE BEGUN TO LOSE THEIR BABY FAT BUT THEY ARE STILL LITTLE CHILDREN IN MANY WAYS 4HEY STILL DO NOT HAVE ENOUGH COORDINATION TO DRAW OR COLOR THE WAY THEY WANT 4HIS OFTEN MAKES THEM UNHAPPY FOR THEY KNOW WHAT THEY WANT TO DO BUT HAVE NOT DEVELOPED THE SKILL TO DO IT s 3OMETIMES THEY STILL THROW TEMPER TANTRUMS BECAUSE THEY CAN T DO SOMETHING THEY WANT TO DO 7ISE PARENTS OR TEACHERS WILL SHIFT THEIR CHILDREN S ATTENTION ONTO A NEW SUBJECT 4HE CHILDREN WILL QUICKLY FORGET THEIR PROBLEMS AND ENTER INTO THE NEW SUBJECT WITH RENEWED INTEREST s 4HEY LIKE TO DO THINGS BY THEMSELVES 7HEN THEY SUCCEED THEY LIKE TO BE PRAISED 4HEY LIKE TO HEAR GOOD COMMENTS ABOUT THE THINGS THEY HAVE LEARNED s 4HEY ARE LEARNING TO TAKE TURNS AND TO SHARE WITH OTHERS )T IS NOT AN EASY THING TO LEARN BUT THEY WANT OTHERS TO SHARE WITH THEM

Volume 8: p 21

s 4HEY STILL LIVE IN A MAKE BELIEVE WORLD 3OMETIMES PARENTS THINK PRESCHOOL CHILDREN ARE LYING WHEN THEY ARE ONLY TALKING ABOUT THEIR MAKE BELIEVE WORLD 3OMETIMES THERE IS NO DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FACT AND FANCY s 4HEY HAVE A SHORT ATTENTION SPAN 4HEY CANNOT LEARN MANY THINGS AT ONE TIME .OR DO THEY REMEMBER THEM LONG EITHER

7HAT 0RESCHOOL #HILDREN #AN ,EARN !BOUT 'OD

'OD LOVES US 'OD TAKES CARE OF US 'OD LOVES OUR MOTHER AND FATHER 'OD TAKES CARE OF OUR FAMILY 'OD SENDS THE SUNSHINE AND RAIN 'OD HELPS FOOD TO GROW 'OD DOES GOOD THINGS FOR PEOPLE 'OD IS ALL AROUND US 'OD WANTS US TO TALK WITH (IM 'OD MADE THE WORLD AND ALL THAT IS IN IT !BOUT *ESUS

*ESUS LOVES US *ESUS ONCE LIVED ON EARTH BUT IS NOW IN HEAVEN *ESUS IS 'OD S 3ON *ESUS IS THE 3AVIOR *ESUS IS A FRIEND *ESUS SAID MANY GOOD THINGS THAT ARE IN THE "IBLE !BOUT THE "IBLE

4HE "IBLE IS A FRIENDLY "OOK 4HE "IBLE TELLS US ABOUT 'OD 4HE "IBLE IS 'OD S 7ORD 4HE "IBLE TELLS ABOUT 'OD S PEOPLE

Volume 8: p 22

4HE "IBLE SHOWS WHAT 'OD WANTS PEOPLE TO DO 4HE "IBLE IS A GOOD "OOK TO OBEY !BOUT (OME AND 0ARENTS

'OD GAVE PARENTS TO TAKE CARE OF US 'OD GAVE PARENTS TO SHOW US WHAT IS RIGHT 'OD GAVE PARENTS TO TEACH US 'OD S 7ORD 'OD GAVE PARENTS TO PRAY FOR US AND LEAD US 7E SHOULD OBEY OUR PARENTS 7E SHOULD LOVE OUR PARENTS AND TRY TO PLEASE THEM !BOUT #HURCH AND 3UNDAY 3CHOOL

#HURCH IS A PLACE TO LEARN ABOUT 'OD #HURCH IS A PLACE TO SING ABOUT 'OD #HURCH IS A PLACE TO BE WITH 'OD S PEOPLE #HURCH IS A HAPPY PLACE #HURCH IS A PLACE TO BRING FRIENDS #HURCH IS A PLACE TO LEARN ABOUT THE "IBLE !BOUT /THERS

'OD MADE ALL PEOPLE YOUNG AND OLD 'OD LOVES ALL PEOPLE EVEN THOSE WHO DO NOT LOVE (IM 'OD WANTS ALL PEOPLE TO LOVE (IM 'OD WANTS US TO HELP OTHERS LOVE (IM 'OD WANTS US TO BE KIND TO OTHERS AND SHARE 'OD WANTS US TO SHARE OUR MONEY AT 'OD S HOUSE 'OD WANTS US TO PRAY FOR OTHERS 'OD WANTS US TO LOVE ALL PEOPLE /THERS MAY SOMETIMES BE UNKIND TO US /THERS MAY NOT LISTEN TO US TELL THEM ABOUT *ESUS /THERS MAY NOT SHARE AS WE DO

Volume 8: p 23

#HILDREN OF 3IXTEEN AND 3EVENTEEN 7HAT 4HEY !RE ,IKE

7(!4 !2% #(),$2%. /& 3)84%%. !.$ 3%6%.4%%. ,)+% 4HEY ARE NOT REALLY CHILDREN ANYMORE NOT IN THE SENSE THAT WE THINK OF CHILDREN -OST YOUNG PEOPLE THIS AGE ARE FULLY DEVELOPED PHYSICALLY 4HEY ARE MENTALLY ADULT AND SHOW ADULT MANNERS IN MANY OF THEIR ACTIVITIES "UT THERE ARE TIMES WHEN hTHE CHILDv SHOWS THROUGH 4OUCHES OF IMMATURITY COME TO THE SURFACE FROM TIME TO TIME 4HE SO CALLED GENERATION GAP POINTS OUT TO PARENTS AND OTHERS THAT THEY HAVE NOT FULLY ACCEPTED THE ADULT WORLD AND PERHAPS THE ADULT WORLD HAS NOT FULLY ACCEPTED THEM 9OUNG PEOPLE OF SIXTEEN AND SEVENTEEN SOMETIMES MARRY AND HAVE CHILDREN OF THEIR OWN 4HEY DRIVE CARS AND GET JOBS 4HEY APPLY TO COLLEGES THEY HOPE TO ENTER SHORTLY OR EXPLORE SOME BRANCH OF THE SERVICES THEY WOULD LIKE TO JOIN 0ARENTAL GUIDANCE TAPERS OFF DRASTICALLY AT THIS AGE 0ARENTS HAVE LESS OPPORTUNITY THAN EVER TO SHAPE THEIR CHILDREN S THOUGHTS OR HABITS BY THE TIME THE YOUNG PEOPLE REACH THIS AGE %VEN THOUGH THE YOUNG PEOPLE OF SIXTEEN AND SEVENTEEN ARE BETTER EQUIPPED THAN AT ANY TIME IN PREVIOUS HISTORY THEY LACK TWO IMPORTANT QUALITIES THAT WOULD PLACE THEM SECURELY IN THE ADULT WORLDÂ&#x2C6;EXPERIENCE AND JUDGMENT BASED ON EXPERIENCE 4HEY MUST DEPEND ON ADULT LEADERS FOR THESE TWO AND FOR THEIR PRAYERS 4HEIR #HARACTERISTICS

s 4HEY ARE MORE EASYGOING THAN BEFORE 4HE TENSIONS OF GROWING UP PHYSICALLY ARE MOSTLY OVER 'IRLS OF SIXTEEN AND SEVENTEEN ARE FULLY MATURED PHYSICALLY "OYS ARE ALMOST MATURED EXCEPT PERHAPS FOR FURTHER MUSCLE DEVELOPMENT

Volume 8: p 44

s 4HEY ARE IN BETTER CONTROL OF TEMPER THAN PREVIOUSLY 4HEY DON T GET ANGRY AS QUICKLY AS FOURTEEN OR lFTEEN DOES 4HEY MAY BROOD WHEN THEY BECOME ANGRY OR SULK ALONE IN THEIR ROOMS s 4HEY UNDERSTAND AND APPRECIATE ADULT HUMOR NOW 4HEY LIKE THE SUBTLE TOUCHES OF HUMOR s 4HEY ARE ABLE TO REASON NOW 4HEY CAN THINK SOMETHING THROUGH QUITE LOGICALLY 4HEY SEE HOW DIFFERENT RELATIONSHIPS lT TOGETHER "UT SOMETIMES THEY STILL LACK GOOD JUDGMENT 4HEY HAVE NOT HAD ENOUGH EXPERIENCE TO GIVE THEM THE BASIS FOR GOOD JUDGMENT s 4HEY ARE DOERS RATHER THAN READERS 4HEY READ MORE MAGAZINES AND NEWSPAPERS THAN BOOKS 7HEN THEY DO READ BOOKS NOVELS SPORTS MYSTERY HUMOR AND CLASSICS ARE FAVORITES s 4HEY LIKE TO MAKE PLANS AND CARRY THEM OUT 4HEY ENJOY MAKING INDEPENDENT PLANS BASED ON INDEPENDENT THINKING s 4HEY THINK MUCH ABOUT CAREER AND FUTURE 3HE WONDERS ABOUT HER FUTURE HUSBAND OR HE WONDERS ABOUT HIS FUTURE WIFE WHAT KIND OF JOBS THEY WILL GET WHERE THEY SHOULD GO TO COLLEGE WHAT THEY SHOULD TAKE AS MAJOR SUBJECTS AND WHAT THEY SHOULD DO WITH THEIR LIVES s 4HEY PLAN MORE ACTIVITIES AWAY FROM THE FAMILY 4HEIR INDEPENDENCE TAKES THEM MORE AND MORE INTO THEIR OWN CIRCLES OF FRIENDS SCHOOL GROUPS YOUNG PEOPLE S CHURCH GROUPS AND OTHERS 4HIS IS PART OF THEIR NATURAL PROCESS OF GROWING AWAY FROM HOME AND PARENTS INTO THEIR OWN LIVES )T IS NATURAL AND PARENTS MUST EXPECT IT EVEN THOUGH IT MAY BE PAINFUL FOR THEM TO SEE THEIR CHILDREN hCUT THE CORDv AND LEAVE THEM s 4HEY ARE AT THE AGE WHERE THEY BEGIN TO DATE 3OME YOUNG PEOPLE DATE EARLIER BUT MOST BEGIN THEIR DATING DURING THESE YEARS

Volume 8: p 45

s 4HEY RESIST ADVICE FROM ADULTS BECAUSE THEY ARE REACHING FOR THEIR OWN INDEPENDENCE )F THEY LISTEN TO AN ADULT IT IS USUALLY SOMEONE OTHER THAN PARENTS 4HIS IS ONE REASON WHY YOUTH LEADERS ARE SO IMPORTANT IN THE CHURCH 4HEY CAN BECOME #HRISTIAN COUNSELORS TO THE LATE TEENS HELPING THEM SEE THE #HRISTIAN POINT OF VIEW FOR THEIR PROBLEMS s 4HEY ARE CONSCIOUS OF SUCCESS AND WANT TO SUCCEED IN WHATEVER THEY DO 4HEY WANT RECOGNITION FOR SUCCESS s 4HEY GET ALONG WELL WITH THEIR FAMILIES NOW AND HAVE DEVELOPED A BETTER ATTITUDE TOWARD -OTHER !T FOURTEEN AND lFTEEN THEY FELT -OTHER WAS RESTRICTING THEM TOO MUCH BUT NOW THEY ARE LETTING UP SOME PERHAPS BECAUSE THEY DO NOT REQUIRE AS MUCH SUPERVISION "UT THE YOUNG PERSON STILL DOES NOT HELP MUCH AT HOME AND SOMETIMES SEEMS LAZY AND DISINTERESTED

7HAT #HILDREN OF 3IXTEEN AND 3EVENTEEN #AN ,EARN !BOUT 'OD

4HIS IS THE AGE TO lNALIZE COMMITMENT TO 'OD SEEKING 'OD S GUIDANCE FOR THE CHOICE OF A MATE AND CAREER !BOUT #HRIST

4HE SIXTEEN YEAR OLD AND SEVENTEEN YEAR OLD CAN LEARN THE FULL MEANING OF DISCIPLESHIP FOLLOWING *ESUS #HRIST !BOUT THE "IBLE

3IXTEENS AND SEVENTEENS ARE AT A FOCAL POINT WHERE THEY SHOULD DEVELOP LIFELONG HABITS OF "IBLE READING AND "IBLE STUDY

Volume 8: p 46

Honesty

Bible Stories That Teach Honesty Story 24, Joseph was honest with Pharaoh and became governor.

What It Means To Be Honest

Story 36, God gave Moses a law about honesty.

To be honest is to measure up to what God says we should be. Truthfulness is honesty of words. Godliness, or Christlikeness, is honesty of soul. Rightness is honesty of conduct. Honest people are not a surprise to others. They live according to the “yardstick” of life that God has given in His Word. They “measure up” to God’s standards, which thinking people have adopted as the standards of rightness. These standards are not arbitrary human standards, for they ultimately come from the Scriptures, the Word of God. To be honest is to be trustworthy. People can trust their money, their time, or their lives in the hands of honest people. People know that honest persons will do what they say, for their hands and feet follow the same measure as their lips. Honesty is a positive quality, which avoids negative qualities, such as lying, stealing, cheating, and deceiving. Christians are expected to be honest, for they walk in the steps of the perfect Son of God. Unbelievers have not yet faced the greatest test of honesty, to weigh themselves in God’s balances and seek the only one who can correct their deficiency, God’s Son, Jesus Christ.

Story 62, Absalom tried to steal his father’s kingdom and was killed. Story 130, Zacchaeus learned to be honest when he met Jesus. Story 138, Peter lied about Jesus, which almost broke his heart. Stories 139, 140, The leaders lied about Jesus and sent Him to the cross. Story 152, Ananias and Sapphira lied about giving and lost their lives. Problems Honesty Will Solve

Do you see any of the following problems in your child? If so, read the Bible stories above and talk about the value of honesty: cheating, deceit, dishonesty, dishonor, lack of respect, doubt, lying, prejudice against others, stealing, suspicion of others, uncaringness, unfairness to others, unfaithfulness, unjustness, unreliablity, and wastefulness. Jesus Was Honest

Look for a Bible story where Jesus was dishonest, where He lied, cheated, stole, or deceived anyone. Of course you will not find it, for Jesus was honest. As you read stories about Jesus, look for the many ways He showed honesty to others. Your child will want to be like Jesus.

Volume 8: p 93

What Do You Want Most For Your Children? A Guide to Christian Character Building You are a parent. What do you want to accomplish most as a parent?

By the time your child leaves home for college or a career, what do you hope to have accomplished? The foundation for purposeful parenting is first and foremost to have a purpose, then pursue it. To do or to become—which comes first?

Becoming precedes doing. We must first become the kind of person we should, then, having become that kind of person, we do the things we should. Focus on helping your children become what they should become, so they can then do what they should do. What do you want your children to become?

Most parents would say, “I want my children to be honest faithful, friendly, loving, or gentle.” Can you imagine any caring parents saying, “I want my children to be dishonest, unfaithful, unfriendly, hateful, and violent”? In Family Bible Library, we identify 36 character qualities, sometimes called values. Together, they describe the total person you want your child to become, with the kind of character you want your child to have, a godly or Christlike character. What is godliness or Christlikeness?

When God created people, His desire was for them to live “in the image of God” (Genesis 1:27). Godliness, like God, or Christlikeness, like God the Son, Jesus, is living in the image of God.

Volume 8: p 48

Christian Character Building

The purpose of Family Bible Library is to provide for you the blueprint and the tools to help you achieve your highest purpose-to grow your children God’s way-with Christian character. This is a Christian Character Building program, designed for every caring parent to use with ease and simplicity. So how do we build Christian character in our children? What do we do?

Through the Bible we discover the character of the person of God the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. We discover also the great truths or doctrines about God. By helping our children become like Him, we help them live in the image of God (Genesis 1:27), to become godly, or Christlike, people, like Jesus. What is Jesus like?

Every building is made from building blocks or building materials. So also every life is made from building blocks. In Family Bible Library, we have identified 36 building blocks, each reflecting the character of God. In this program, we focus on Christlikeness, like Christ, becoming like Him, because children can relate more easily to Jesus. The 36 Building Blocks of Character

These 36 building blocks describe the character qualities of Jesus. They also condense key doctrines or truths from

the Scripture into single words. The 36 building blocks are the character qualities that you, the parent, will help your growing child to develop. This program will help you. Here are the 36: accepting, ambition, belonging, choosing, contentment, courage, courtesy, creativity, fairness, faith, faithfulness, following, forgiveness, friendliness, gentleness, giving, helpfulness, honesty, humility, joy, kindness, loving, obeying, patience, perseverance, praising, praying, providing, purpose, seeking, self-control, serving, sympathy, thankfulness, trusting, worship. Is there any ONE of these you would not want for your child? How would you feel if your child lacked only ONE of them? Which one would you give up? You would want all 36, every one of them, for your child, wouldn’t you? How does success fit into all this? We want our children to succeed, don’t we?

Worldly success, such as earning money, building a business, succeeding at a job, or becoming well educated, is one measure of success. While we all want that, the most desirable success is living a Christlike life, which anyone, rich or poor, can achieve. Being rich or poor should not distract us from living a Christlike life. A person can have both spiritual success and worldly success, and we all desire that. But a person can have spiritual success without worldly success. Many do.

Volume 8: p 49

! 'UIDE TO 'REAT "IBLE 4RUTHS 7HAT )S 4RUTH 0),!4% !3+%$ 4(!4 15%34)/. 7(%. (% *5$'%$ *%353 *OHN )F ONLY 0ILATE HAD KNOWN THAT 4HE 4RUTH STOOD BEFORE HIM ABOUT TO BE CONDEMNED BY THE LIES OF THE CROWD *ESUS SAID h) AM THE 7AY THE 4RUTH AND THE ,IFE *OHN (E ALSO SAID THAT THE (OLY 3PIRIT IS 4RUTH *OHN AND THAT 'OD THE &ATHER IS 4RUTH *OHN 7E READ ALSO THAT THE 7ORD OF 'OD IS 4RUTH 0SALM AND *OHN 4RUTH )S #HANGELESS

,IES WEAR MANY FACES BUT TRUTH STANDS UNCHANGED FOREVER )T IS A STANDARD THAT NEVER VARIES A TREASURE THAT NEVER ROTS RUSTS OR FADES 4RUTH IS BEAUTY THAT NEVER GROWS OLD OR DIES 4HE WORLD ABOUT US SEEMS TO OFFER NO PERFECT MEASURES NO CHANGELESS BEAUTY NOTHING SAFE FROM ROT OR DECAY 0EOPLE ARE BORN RISE TO GREATNESS AND SET FORTH SIGNS OF POWER 4HEY BUILD EMPIRES AND UTTER WISE WORDS 7E ARE TEMPTED TO TRUST IN THEM AND THEIR WORKS "UT PEOPLE S MINDS CHANGE 4HEIR EMPIRES CRUMBLE 4HE WORDS TREASURED BY ONE GENERATION MAY BE DESPISED BY THE NEXT 4HE CAPTAINS AND THE KINGS GROW OLD AND DIE AND THEIR SUCCESSORS STRUGGLE TO ERASE THEIR PREDECESSORS MARKS OF GREATNESS

Volume 8: p 122

OR TO SURPASS THEM 3O PEOPLE AND THEIR SUCCESSES ARE LIKE mOWERS PLEASANT FOR A SHORT TIME BUT TOO TRANSIENT TO TRUST FOREVER .ATURE ITSELF IS TRANSIENT )T CONSTANTLY CHANGES .OTHING STANDS STILL .OTHING KEEPS ITS FACE UNCHANGED FOREVER 4RUTH )S 0ERFECT

7HERE CAN WE lND SOMEONE SO RELIABLE THAT WE CAN HITCH OUR DESTINIES TO THAT PERSON S PERFECTION 7HERE CAN WE PUT OUR FUTURE ON A hSURE THING v SOMETHING WHICH CANNOT FAIL 7HERE CAN WE lND TRUTH SO PERFECT THAT IT WILL NEVER LET US DOWN EVEN WHEN WE DIE 7HERE )S 4RUTH

7HERE CAN WE lND TRUTH 'OD IS TRUE (IS 3ON (IS (OLY 3PIRIT (IS 7ORD (IS JUDGMENTS ARE TRUE 'OD IS THE MEASURE OF PERFECTNESS THAT WILL NEVER CHANGEÂ&#x2C6; THROUGHOUT ALL TIME AND EVEN THROUGHOUT THE ENDLESS AGES OF ETERNITY 4RUST IN PEOPLE AND EMPIRES AND THEY WILL CRUMBLE INTO DUST ONLY TO BE EXCAVATED AND ANALYZED BY TOMORROW S ARCHAEOLOGISTS 4RUST IN NATURE AND IT WILL WITHER AND DIE OR BE DESTROYED BY THE CARELESSNESS OF ITS CARETAKERS 4RUST IN SELF ALONE AND YOUR GOD WILL FACE ITS GREATEST FAILURE IN THE MIRROR 7HEN SELF FAILS WHERE CAN ONE GO FOR HELP .OBODY BUT 'OD NOTHING BUT 'OD IS ABSOLUTELY TRUE 'OD (IS 3ON (IS (OLY 3PIRIT AND (IS 7ORD REMAIN UNCHANGED hYESTERDAY TODAY AND FOREVERv (EBREWS

7HERE $O 7E ,EARN 'OD S 4RUTH

)S 4HERE A 'OD

7HERE DO WE LEARN ABOUT THE TRUTH OF 'OD )N THE TIMELESS TRUTHS OF (IS 7ORD THE "IBLE 'OD HAS GIVEN US A RECORD OF (IS NEGOTIATIONS AND INTERACTIONS WITH PEOPLE (E HAS SPOKEN THROUGH PEOPLE OF OLD AND HAS INSPIRED THEM TO WRITE (IS MESSAGE TO US AND TO ALL FUTURE GENERATIONS (E HAS BREATHED THE BREATH OF TRUTH ON (IS CHOSEN MESSENGERS AND THEY HAVE WRITTEN IT FOR US TO READ 3INCE 'OD HAS DONE THIS FOR US WE SHOULD TAKE THE TIME TO READ IT /UR SOURCE OF TRUTH IS THE "IBLE SO WE NEED TO LEARN ALL WE CAN ABOUT IT 7E NEED TO STUDY IT AND PUT ITS TIMELESS MESSAGE TO WORK IN OUR LIVES

!THEISTS 3AY h.O v

4HE 'REAT 4RUTHS

4HE FOLLOWING PAGES SEEK TO SIMPLIFY THE GREAT TRUTHS OF THE "IBLE SO THAT WE MAY MORE EASILY MAKE THEM PART OF OUR DAILY LIVES 4HE TRUTH OF 'OD IS NOT MERELY TO BE LEARNED )T MUST BE LIVED 4RUTH MUST NOT END WITH OUR HEADS )T MUST lND ITS WAY INTO OUR HANDS AND FEET AND LIPS 7HEN THAT HAPPENS SOMEONE MAY SAY CONCERNING US THE WORDS THAT *OHN THE APOSTLE WROTE h) GREATLY REJOICED WHEN SOMEONE TOLD ME ABOUT THE TRUTH OF YOUR LIFE FOR YOU CERTAINLY DO FOLLOW THE TRUTHv *OHN 4RUTH BRINGS JOY TO US AND TO OTHERS

3OME PEOPLE SAY THERE IS NO 'OD 4HEY ARE CALLED ATHEISTS 3OME LIVE AS THOUGH THERE IS NO 'OD 4HEY ARE ATHEISTS TOO EVEN THOUGH THEY MAY NOT LIKE THE WORD 3OMETIMES WE CALL THEM hPRACTICING ATHEISTS v 4HE "IBLE TELLS ABOUT ATHEISTS IN 0SALM )T SAYS h4HE FOOL SAYS IN HIS HEART THAT THERE IS NO 'OD v 4HIS IS WHAT 'OD THINKS OF ATHEISTS 7OULD YOU WANT 'OD TO SAY THIS ABOUT YOU 4HE "IBLE 3AYS h9ES v

4HE "IBLE BEGINS WITH 'OD h)N THE BEGINNING 'OD CREATEDv IS THE OPENING STATEMENT OF THE "IBLE 'ENESIS 'OD IS THE CENTRAL PERSON THROUGHOUT THE "IBLE (IS NAME IS MENTIONED ABOUT FOUR THOUSAND TIMES IN THE "IBLE 4HE "IBLE ENDS WITH 'OD AND A WARNING NOT TO ADD TO (IS 7ORD 4O BELIEVE IN THE "IBLE IS TO BELIEVE IN 'OD -ILLIONS OF 0EOPLE 3AY h9ES v

)F YOU BELIEVE IN 'OD YOU ARE NOT ALONE -ILLIONS THROUGHOUT ALL AGES BELIEVED ALSO (OW COULD SO MANY PEOPLE BE SO WRONG FOR SO MANY CENTURIES 4HE #REATED 7ORLD !BOUT 5S 3AYS h9ES v

%VERYTHING THAT IS MADE HAD TO HAVE A MAKER 3OMEONE HAD TO BUILD THE HOUSE YOU LIVE IN THE CAR YOU RIDE IN THE CLOTHING 4HE 4RUTH !BOUT 'OD YOU WEAR .OTHING hJUST HAPPENS v 4HE 4(% ")",% )3 '/$ 3 "//+ )T WAS WORLD IS A BEAUTIFUL CAREFULLY DESIGNED WRITTEN BY 'OD )T WAS WRITTEN ABOUT 'OD INSTRUMENT 4HE TIMES AND SEASONS SHOW 4HERE ARE MANY IMPORTANT TRUTHS ABOUT A LOVELY PLAN "EHIND WHAT IS MADE IS A 'OD IN IT (ERE ARE SOME QUESTIONS THAT THE -AKER )T DIDN T JUST HAPPEN "IBLE ANSWERS Volume 8: p 123

4HE SNOWmAKES ARE WORKS OF ART 4HE mOWERS ARE MASTERPIECES OF BEAUTY 4HE CAREFUL DESIGN OF THE UNIVERSE SPEAKS TO EACH OF US ABOUT A -ASTER $ESIGNER 'OD

7HO )S 'OD 'OD )S A 3PIRIT

(OW DO WE KNOW THAT 'OD IS A SPIRIT "ECAUSE *ESUS SAID SO AND *ESUS LIVED WITH 'OD 7HEN *ESUS TALKED WITH THE WOMAN AT THE WELL (E SAID h'OD IS A SPIRIT 4HOSE WHO WORSHIP (IM MUST WORSHIP IN SPIRIT AND IN TRUTHv *OHN *ESUS OUGHT TO KNOW 7HAT IS A SPIRIT )N ,UKE WE READ h! SPIRIT DOES NOT HAVE mESH AND BONES v ! SPIRIT DOES NOT HAVE A PHYSICAL BODY SUCH AS OURS )T HAS A SPECIAL BODY BUT IT IS NOT mESH AND BLOOD ! SPIRIT IS INVISIBLE #OLOSSIANS )T IS hINCORRUPTIBLE v THAT IS NOT SUBJECT TO DISEASE OLD AGE OR DEATH AS OUR PHYSICAL BODIES ARE 7HAT DOES IT MEAN TO WORSHIP hIN SPIRIT AND IN TRUTH v 7ORSHIP IS NOT DONE THROUGH OUR lVE SENSESÂ&#x2C6;TASTING TOUCHING HEARING SEEING SMELLING 7E DON T TASTE TOUCH HEAR SEE OR SMELL 'OD WITH OUR PHYSICAL SENSES 7ORSHIP IS SPIRITUALÂ&#x2C6;TUNING OUR HEARTS AND MINDS TO THE HEART AND MIND OF 'OD (IMSELF 7E ARE GUIDED IN WORSHIP BY THE TRUTH OF (IS 7ORD hTHE 4RUTH v SO WE WORSHIP IN SPIRIT AND IN TRUTH 'OD )S A 0ERSON

!LTHOUGH 'OD IS INVISIBLE WITHOUT A BODY SUCH AS THE KIND WE HAVE (E IS A REAL PERSON (E HAS A MIND AND CAN THINK (E HAS INTELLIGENCE AND CAN SHOW WISDOM 'OD LOVES HATES PLANS WORKS REASONS SHOWS JEALOUSY GRIEVES AND DOES OTHER THINGS THAT WE SEE PEOPLE DO 'ENESIS $EUTERONOMY 0ROVERBS +INGS AND 2EVELATION 0EOPLE WERE MADE IN THE IMAGE OF 'OD SO 'OD AND PEOPLE HAVE SIMILAR KINDS OF PERSONALITIES 4HE CHARACTERISTICS THAT DESCRIBE 'OD ARE THE SAME THAT DESCRIBE PEOPLE EXCEPT FOR THOSE DISTINCT CHARACTERISTICS MENTIONED ON THESE PAGES 4HE THINGS THAT MAKE US hPERSONSv CAN BE SEEN IN 'OD ALSO FOR WE HAVE BEEN MADE TO BE LIKE (IM 4HE Volume 8: p 124

CHARACTER TRAITS WE WANT TO BUILD IN OUR CHILDREN AND OURSELVES lND THEIR ORIGIN IN THE TRUTH OF THE 3CRIPTURE AND THE PERSON OF *ESUS 'OD S 3ON 4HEY ARE ALSO THE CHARACTER TRAITS OF 'OD (IMSELF BUT CHILDREN CAN RELATE TO THEM MORE IF WE FOCUS THEM ON *ESUS 'OD )S 4RINITY (E )S /NE 0ERSON 7HO (AS 3HOWN (IMSELF IN 4HREE 7AYS

4HE "IBLE TEACHES THAT 'OD IS ONE PERSON $EUTERONOMY #ORINTHIANS AND 4IMOTHY "UT 'OD HAS SHOWN (IMSELF IN THREE WAYS AS &ATHER 3ON AND (OLY 3PIRIT THREE DIFFERENT WAYS OF PRESENTING (IMSELF TO PEOPLE 3EE 2OMANS &ATHER (EBREWS 3ON AND !CTS (OLY 3PIRIT 4HIS IS A DIFlCULT TRUTH TO UNDERSTAND AND MANY HAVE TRIED DIFFERENT WAYS OF EXPLAINING IT ,IKE MANY TRUTHS IN THE "IBLE OUR HUMAN MINDS ARE NOT BIG ENOUGH TO GRASP IT "UT WE ARE TO ACCEPT IT BECAUSE IT IS TRUE BECAUSE THE "IBLE SAYS IT IS

7HAT )S 'OD ,IKE 'OD +NOWS %VERYTHING (E )S /MNISCIENT

'OD KNOWS ALL THAT IS HAPPENING IN THE WORLD 4HAT IS CALLED OMNISCIENCE .OTHING TAKES PLACE WITHOUT THE EYES OF 'OD WATCHING IT 0SALM 0ROVERBS 2OMANS *OHN !LL THAT HAPPENS TO PEOPLE IS KNOWN AND WATCHED BY 'OD (E SEES EVERYTHING THAT EVERY PERSON IS DOING %XODUS 0SALM n 0ROVERBS 'OD EVEN KNOWS THE NUMBER OF HAIRS IN EACH PERSON S HEAD -ATTHEW 'OD KNOWS EVERYTHING YOU DO WHETHER YOU DO IT IN PUBLIC OR IN SECRET (E SEES YOU IN THE QUIETNESS OF YOUR ROOM OR IN THE BUSY CROWD ON A CITY STREET (E KNOWS AND (E CARES (E KNOWS WHEN YOU HAVE THE SMALLEST PROBLEM OR THE GREATEST CRISIS (E WANTS TO HELP YOU IF YOU WILL ASK (IM 'OD #AN $O %VERYTHING (E )S /MNIPOTENT

'OD HAS THE POWER TO DO ANYTHING AND EVERYTHING (E WANTS TO DO 4HAT IS CALLED OMNIPOTENCE 4HERE IS NOTHING THAT (E CANNOT DO 'OD MADE THE WORLD AND THE HEAVENS AROUND IT 'ENESIS n (E CAN SHAKE MOUNTAINS .AHUM AND CONTROL THE STORM 0SALM n 'OD CONTROLS THE ANGELS $ANIEL (EBREWS AND EVEN LIMITS THE POWER OF 3ATAN *OB

Volume 8: p 125

About the Author V. Gilbert Beers, Ph.D., Th.D. V. Gilbert Beers has spent his career providing his readers with resources to enhance their faith. He is the author of over 140 books for children and young adults, with more than a dozen appearing on the best sellers list. Gil began his publishing career as editorial director at David C. Cook Publishing Company, developing its children’s curriculum. He has served as editor of “Christianity Today” magazine, as well as the president of Scripture Press Publications, and is a Trustee Emeritus of Wheaton College. Among his many projects, Gil developed the best-selling Family Bible Library, a Bible study and devotional program for families that is tailor-made for parents to read with children of all ages—from toddlers to teens. The 180 timeless biblical stories in the Family Bible Library are based on 36 “building blocks of character.” Each building block is a character trait of Jesus, such as faith, selfcontrol, sympathy, and courage. Easy-to-understand language is accompanied by beautiful illustrations, and colorful sidebars encourage questions for family discussions about the featured character traits. Together the Family Bible Library inspires families to grow in their Christian faith.

Family Bible LibraryTM Prospectus: © 2005 by The Southwestern Company, a division of Southwestern/Great American, Inc., Nashville, Tennessee, www.southwesternadvantage.com Reprinted 2020 by Southwestern Advantage Manuscript: © V. Gilbert Beers Executive Editor: Dan Moore Editorial Director: Janet D. Sweet Art Director: Travis Rader

Cover photograph: © Douglas R. Beers Internal photography: © V. Gilbert & Arlisle F. Beers Paintings: © Tyndale House Publishers, Cook Communications Ministries, Inc., Southwestern Advantage Drawings: © Tyndale House Publishers, V. Gilbert Beers Program and Concepts: V. Gilbert Beers Design: Highgate Cross+Cathey, Ltd. All rights reserved. Printed in the Republic of Korea (ROK)

“Train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” —Proverbs 22:6